CN=Parallan/OU=CAM/O=NotesCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Parallan/OU=CAM/O=NotesCN=Daytona/OU=CAM/O=NotesCN=Parallan/OU=CAM/O=NotesCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
a. How Do I?b. What's New?c. Top 10 Taskse. Search IndexRef a. Setting UpRef b. WorkspaceRef c. ShortcutsRef d. ScriptingRef e. @FunctionsRef f. Troubleshooting.
Use DatabasesUse ViewsUse DocumentsSearch for InformationUse MailPrint Documents and ViewsKeep Notes SecureShare Information With Other ApplicationsUse Notes Away from a NetworkDesign Notes DatabasesManage Notes DatabasesAdminister Notes Servers---Where is this Release 3 command?What are the important new features?What changed at the last minute?How do I upgrade my site to Release 4?----Things you do before startingThings you do every dayThings you do frequentlyOther things-----About NotesSetting Up NotesStarting & Stopping NotesAbout Other Notes Documentation------About MenusAbout the SmartIcons PaletteAbout WindowsAbout FoldersAbout Split PanesAbout the Status Bar-------SmartIcon ShortcutsMouse ShortcutsKeyboard Shortcuts--------About ScriptingLotusScript BasicsLotusScript Reference----------@Functions Basics@Functions Reference@Commands Basics@Comands Reference---------About MessagesAbout Customer SupportList of Messagest
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########################################
Release NoteInvalid Formula Structure Error03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#################################
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
(fixed)Duplicate information - see New Features sectionNot needed
PhoneEmail34728Microsoft Windows NT 4.0Release Note
CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteSMTP TCP/IP Port Hangs in Windows NT 3.5103 Troubleshooting05 Networking Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#########
Release NoteInstalling Notes R4 on a UNIX Workstation05 Interoperability05 Notes R4 and R3 on the Same Workstation
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#########################
Release NoteNovell Server03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##################################
Release NoteUpgrading With R4.13 on UNIX04 Documentation updates05 InstallUpgrading with Notes R4.1
01 Release Notes04 Documentation updates
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
####################
Release NoteSPX Wrapper Error03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteServer Names in Public Address Book03 Troubleshooting04 Security IssuesServer Security
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###########
Release NoteSun Solaris02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsTuning Parameters
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########################
Release NoteApplication Developer's Guide04 Documentation updates02 Application Development
01 Release Notes04 Documentation updates
Leatrice McLaughlinCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#####
Release NoteSun Solaris 2.5 and 2.5.102 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsEnvironment Variables
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteNew Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.1301 What's new?02 New Operating System Versions
01 Release Notes01 What's new?
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
################
Release NoteInstalling Notes R4 on a Workstation with OS/205 Interoperability03 Notes R4 Workstation and R3 Server Issues
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###########################################
Release NoteServer Configuration Document03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###################
Release NoteLimitations05 Interoperability03 Notes R4 Workstation and R3 Server Issues
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#######################################
Release NoteServer-created Databases03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##########################################
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
(fixed)Operating System Versions No Longer Certified with 4.12Fixed
PhoneEmail34728Microsoft Windows NT 4.0Release Note
CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########################################
Release NoteODBCConnection Object03 Troubleshooting07 LotusScript and LotusScript Extension IssuesLotusScript Data Objects (LS:DO)
About
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
################
Release NoteNew in Notes Release 4.106 History of changes04 Notes 4.1
01 Release Notes06 History of changes
David MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
############
Release NoteErrata and Updates04 Documentation updates05 InstallInstall Guide for Servers
01 Release Notes04 Documentation updates
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
############################
Release NoteSun Solaris Install03 Troubleshooting01 Install Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
,Release NoteClient and Server System Requirements02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsCertifications and Memory/System Requirements
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteLAN Server 4.0 DCDBREPL Service03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########################
Release NoteNew in Notes Release 4.0206 History of changes03 Notes 4.02
01 Release Notes06 History of changes
David MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##################
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
8&9}!<]
$ACLDigest
Started running agent 'CHF' on 10/23/96 04:14:21 PM
Running on selected documents: 6 total
Found 6 document(s) that match search criteria
Modified field in 6 document(s)
Done running agent 'CHF' on 10/23/96 04:14:22 PM
bullet
RN body
A Notes client cannot build an archive on any server if there is a Notes server running on the same machine with the same UNIX ID. To avoid this problem, use unique UNIX IDs for Notes clients and servers.
FormContext Help Form - Release Notes
Notes Product Development
)I^-.
PURSAF
O=Lotus
O=Lotus
PURSAFO
O=Lotus
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
PURSAFO
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
0fBm3
PURSAFO
$TITLE
$AssistType
$AssistLastRun
$AssistDocCount
$AssistFlags
$AssistInfo
$AssistQuery
$AssistAction
$AssistAction_Ex
Started running agent 'rn' on 11/05/96 01:53:50 PM
Running on selected documents: 310 total
Found 310 document(s) that match search criteria
Modified field in 310 document(s)
Done running agent 'rn' on 11/05/96 01:54:20 PM
FormRelease Note
Notes Product Development
)I^-.
PURSAF
O=Lotus
O=Lotus
PURSAFO
O=Lotus
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
PURSAFO
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
0fBm3
PURSAFO
$TITLE
$AssistType
$AssistLastRun
$AssistDocCount
$AssistFlags
$AssistInfo
$AssistQuery
$AssistAction
$AssistAction_Ex
Started running agent 'RR' on 11/05/96 02:05:11 PM
Running on selected documents: 4 total
Found 4 document(s) that match search criteria
Modified field in 4 document(s)
Done running agent 'RR' on 11/05/96 02:05:11 PM
FormFRVR
Notes Product Development
)I^-.
PURSAF
-M1S]Xn"^
O=Lotus
O=Lotus
PURSAFO
O=Lotus
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
PURSAFO
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
0fBm3
PURSAFO
$TITLE
$AssistType
$AssistLastRun
$AssistDocCount
$AssistFlags
$MachineName
$AssistInfo
$AssistQuery
$AssistAction
$AssistAction_Ex
$UpdatedBy
$Flags
Started running agent 'rn' on 11/05/96 02:29:35 PM
Running on selected documents: 310 total
Found 310 document(s) that match search criteria
Modified field in 310 document(s)
Done running agent 'rn' on 11/05/96 02:29:39 PM
FormRelease Note
Notes Product Development
)I^-.
PURSAF
O=Lotus
O=Lotus
PURSAFO
O=Lotus
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
PURSAFO
OU=CAM/O=Lotus
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
0fBm3
PURSAFO
e.Vc#
!B!of
$TITLE
$AssistType
$AssistLastRun
$AssistDocCount
$AssistFlags
$AssistInfo
$AssistQuery
$AssistAction
$AssistAction_Ex
ODBCConnection objects, ODBCQuery objects, and ODBCResultSet objects are not supported on the Macintosh in Release 4.13.
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$INFO
$BODY
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$INFO
$BODY
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
d[Y\6n
$INFO
$BODY
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$INFO
$BODY
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$INFO
$BODY
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
Mk/FiG
$INFO
$BODY
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$INFO
$BODY
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
;]}b0
$INFO
$BODY
BHead
CHead
IndPara
BHead
CHead
Bullet
Using this database
The four most important things you need to know about Help are:
To open Help as a database, choose Help - Help Topics. To get help on your current task, choose Help - Guide Me or press F1.
Macintosh
1S2S
Click here for Macintosh information
Macintosh
1S2S
To get help on your current task, press Command-? or Help.
To find a topic in the Index view of Help, click the right-hand pane, type the first letter of the topic you're looking for, and double-click any topic to see its documents.
To jump from one topic to another, double-click green
underlined
text (press green text in a box for a pop-up definition of a term). To return to where you were, click Go Back. You can also return to the Help Contents screen by clicking Help Topics at the top of any topic.
To search for a word or phrase anywhere in Help, close this document, and choose View - Search Bar. You see the search bar at the top of workspace.
If there's no bar, and you see a message saying that the database is not enabled for conditional searching, select Yes to get the database ready for searching. When the bar appears, you can type the word or phrase you want to search for.
Notes then shows all the Help topics that contain the word or phrase, in order of the most occurrences.
Getting Help when there is no Help
If you choose Help - Guide Me or use the keyboard to open Help and see a message saying "There is no Help available for that topic," it may only mean that Help isn't available in your current context in Notes. Choose Help - Help Topics and look through the Index view for the topic, or switch to the Find view and use full text search. If you were trying to get help on an error message, look for it in the Troubleshooting view.
If you ask for Help and see a message that the Help database cannot be located, ask your organization's Notes administrator to add the database to your home server.
About editing and printing Help topics
To suit the needs of your site, you can create a replica of this database and edit its documents strictly for the sole use of users within your organization. You cannot resell or otherwise distribute this documentation, modified or unmodified, to anyone outside your organization. Lotus assumes no responsibility for the technical accuracy of any modifications made to this documentation or the operation of Lotus products in reliance on such modifications.
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
9(z=A[
$INFO
$BODY
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
PERUSEACTIVE
SEARCH BAR
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
23100
63199
23198
23178
23095
13354
13321
13324
15284
13429
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
|0m1:
AGENTDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DATABASE ACTIVE PERUSE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DATABASE ACTIVE SEARCH BAR
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DESK ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 1778
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2667
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|'
DIALOG 2693
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2695
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2709
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2721
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2747
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2780
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2787
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2791
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|E
DIALOG 2794
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2795
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2798
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2799
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2810
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2814
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|i
DIALOG 3028
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|&
DIALOG 7165
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 9495
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 9499
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 9959
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|C
DOCUMENT ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|:
FORMDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
FORMDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1029
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|e
MESSAGE 1045
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1068 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1072
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1290 H
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1291 3
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|e
MESSAGE 1294 2 t
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1303
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|.
MESSAGE 1310 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 13321 6
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 13324 6
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|$
MESSAGE 13354 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 13429 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1347
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 15284 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|u
MESSAGE 258
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|o
MESSAGE 259 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|l
MESSAGE 269
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|F
MESSAGE 2834 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 302 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|o
MESSAGE 3089 2 I
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|h
MESSAGE 3095 2 s
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3100 6
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|V
MESSAGE 3119
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3163
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|v
MESSAGE 3178 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3197
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3198 N
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3199
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|^
MESSAGE 3211
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3215
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3233
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3303 1
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3306
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3343
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3364 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3373 8
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3446
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3533
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|%
MESSAGE 3595
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|P
MESSAGE 3857 1
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 549 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 553
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|&
MESSAGE 591 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|~
MESSAGE 5929
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 609 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 6402
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 641
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 645
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 972 1540
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
NAVIGATOR ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
VIEWDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
a. Contents\f. History of Changes
Rectangle2
GraphicButton18
TextBox1Contents
TextBox2What's new?
TextBox3Things you need to know
TextBox4Troubleshooting
TextBox5Documentation updates
TextBox1Interoperability
TextBox2Search
TextBox2Printed Book
Text3History of changes
Text4Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator.
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NInter
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
Show Navigator0
NInter
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_zea
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folderm
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
Y:D'O
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Show Navigator0
NHist
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
a. Contents\b. Things you need to know
Rectangle2
TextBox1Contents
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
NInter
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
Show Navigator0
NKnow
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze$
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Categori_zeD
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$Name
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Show Navigator.
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folders
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$FormFormula
$Comment
$ACTIONS
a. Contents\e. Interoperability
Rectangle2
GraphicButton17
TextBox1Contents
TextBox2What's new?
TextBox3Things you need to know
TextBox4Troubleshooting
TextBox5Documentation updates
TextBox1Interoperability
TextBox2Search
TextBox2Printed Book
Text3History of changes
Text4Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator..
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
Print1h$35z
Print1
Print1
Print2"
Print2
3S4S6S10S13S14S15S17SPrint_Sequenceh$18H
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$38All topics, in the order they would appear in a printed bookP
To print all the topics in this database, make sure your printer is ready, and click Yes.
resetpages
0R9S
Print Selected Topicsr
Are you ready to print?
To print all the topics you have selected, make sure your printer is ready, and click Yes.
resetpages
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
BR},{
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
c. Printed Book
Rectangle5
Hotspot1
Hotspot2
NSrch
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
Show Navigator.
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
.0mGV
:yM ~
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$FormFormula
$Comment
$ACTIONS
1st lev para
There is n
o need to set anything for
Notes_SHARED_DPOOLSIZE.
a. Contents\d. Documentation updates
Rectangle2
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
NInter
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
b. Search
Rectangle4
GraphicButton5
TextBox4How do I search?
TextBox61. Click "Show search bar."
2. Click in the white box
that appears at the left.
3. Type the word or phrase
you want to search for.
4. Click Search.
TextBox7Contents
TextBox8Search
TextBox10Printed Book
Text11Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator except for the How do I search box.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator except for the How do I search box, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language, and translate the How do I search box.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator.
Hotspot1
Hotspot2
NPrint
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
Ghnhl
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$FormFormula
Show Navigator.
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
8%{;a
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
c. Printed Book
Rectangle5
GraphicButton12
TextBox7Contents
TextBox8Search
TextBox9Printed Book
Text13Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator.
Hotspot1
Hotspot2
NSrch
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
a. Contents\a. What's new?
Rectangle4
GraphicButton14
TextBox1Contents
TextBox2What's new?
TextBox3Things you need to know
TextBox4Troubleshooting
TextBox5Documentation updates
TextBox1Interoperability
TextBox2Search
TextBox2Printed Book
Text3History of changes
Text4Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator.
Hotspot1
NPrint
Region45Region35
NKnow
Region66Region56
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
NInter
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
a. Contents\f. History of Changes
Rectangle2
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NInter
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
a. Contents\a. What's new?
Rectangle4
Hotspot1
NPrint
Region45Region35
NKnow
Region66Region56
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
NInter
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
Copying Bit
Clipboard...
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
mC3k@=
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
a. Contents\d. Documentation updates
Rectangle2
GraphicButton16
TextBox1Contents
TextBox2What's new?
TextBox3Things you need to know
TextBox4Troubleshooting
TextBox5Documentation updates
TextBox1Interoperability
TextBox2Search
TextBox2Printed Book
Text3History of changes
Text4Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator.
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
NInter
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
Bt_N[
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
Show Navigator0
NSrch
0S0E
Show Search Bar?&
0S0E
Hide Search Bar &
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$TYPE
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
a. Contents\c. Troubleshooting
Rectangle2
GraphicButton15
TextBox1Contents
TextBox2What's new?
TextBox3Things you need to knowd
TextBox4Troubleshooting
TextBox5Documentation updates
TextBox1Interoperability
TextBox2Search
TextBox2Printed Book
Text3History of changes
Text4Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator.s
Region87Region77
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region10Region98
NInter
Region90Region80
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98a
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
a. Contents\c. Troubleshooting
Rectangle2
Region45Region35
Region87Region77
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region10Region98
NInter
Region90Region80
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
{a|S{#2
x;vKX
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
a. Contents\e. Interoperability
Rectangle2
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
NKnow
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
a. Contents\b. Things you need to know
Rectangle2
GraphicButton14
TextBox1Contents
TextBox2What's new?
TextBox3Things you need to knows
TextBox4Troubleshooting
TextBox5Documentation updates?
TextBox1Interoperability
TextBox2Search
TextBox2Printed Book
Text3History of changes
Text4Translators:
1. Translate and size as needed the text blocks in this navigator.
2. Choose View - Show and show this navigator.
3. Snap a picture of the navigator, starting exactly from the top left corner. Save the picture in the clipboard.
4. Open the equivalent real navigator, choose Design - Remove Graphic Background, and then choose Create - Graphic Background to use the picture you snapped.
5. Adjust the size of the hotspots as needed for the new language.
6. Save the real navigator.
7. Delete this translation navigator.
Region45Region35
Region66Region56
Region87Region77
Region10Region98
NInter
Hotspot1
NPrint
Hotspot2
NSrch
HotspotRectangle3Region98
NHist
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
/9qCd
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
b. Search
Rectangle4
TextBox4How do I search?
TextBox61. Click "Show search bar."
2. Click in the white box
that appears at the left.
3. Type the word or phrase
you want to search for.
4. Click Search.
Hotspot1
Hotspot2
NPrint
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$ViewMapDataset
$ViewMapLayout
1st lev para
Body Text
2nd lev para
If you have a mail file that uses the R4 template and you replicate that mail file to a Notes R3 UNIX server, you will get this error when you open the database:
"Invalid formula structure".
To resolve this problem, replace the design of the replica on the R3 server, using the local R3 MAIL.NTF template. This gives the database the R3 design. You also need to block replication of design elements by using an R4 workstation to do the following to all replicas:
Select File - Database - Properties.
Click the Replication Settings button.
Deselect the check box for Forms, views, etc.
Deselect the check box for Agents.
Server:
4.1.5
Client:
AIX 4.1.5
Subject
Lotus Notes Release 4.13 Release Notes||Copyright 1997 Lotus Development Corporation
01 What's new?02 Things you need to know03 Troubleshooting04 Documentation updates05 Interoperability06 History of Changes
What top-level category does this document appear in?
ViewSection
BookAssign this topic to a section in a view'
- What's new categories -01 Welcome02 New Platforms03 New Features04 New Enhancements- Things you need categories -01 Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure02 Platforms and Requirements03 Memory and System Support Requirements04 Network Protocol and Method Requirements05 LotusScript06 InterNotes Web Navigator- Troubleshooting categories -01 Install Issues02 Workstation Issues03 Server Issues04 Security Issues05 Networking Issues06 Application Design Issues07 LotusScript and LotusScript Extension Issues08 MAPI Service Provider Issues09 Domino Issues10 Web Navigator Issues- Documentation categories -01 Administrator's Guide02 Application Developer's Guide03 Deployment Guide04 Help05 Install Guides06 Network Configuration Guide07 Programmer's Guide08 Working with Lotus Notes and the Internet- Interoperability categories -01 Notes R4 and R3 on the Same Workstation02 Notes R4 Platform Interoperability03 Notes R4 Server and Notes R3 Server Issues04 Notes R4 Server and R3 Workstation Issues05 Notes R4 Workstation and Notes R3 Workstation Issues06 Notes R4 Workstation and R3 Server Issues
What subcategory does this document appear in?
SectionAssign this topic to an Applications view
- Things you need subcategories -UNIX System RequirementsOperating Systems and Networking PlatformsMemory and System RequirementsSystem Support LevelsMethods SupportedProtocols SupportedPatch RequirementsTuning ParametersEnvironment VariablesSystem Performance- Troubleshooting subcategoriesOS/2 OnlyWindows 95 OnlyWindows OnlyDominoPC PlatformsUNIX PlatformsAdministration SecurityServer SecurityWorkstation SecurityLotusScript Data Objects (LS:DO)
What entries should the document appear under in the Index view?
Index_Entries
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$TITLE
$INFO
$$ScriptName
$BODY
"Helvetica
Body Text
Body Text
CHead
BHead
Bullet
IndPara
CHead
BHead
Numbered List
Indented Text
Bullet
Indented List
Ahead
About Lotus Notes Release 4.13 Release Notes
Body Text
This database contains the online version of the Lotus Notes
Release 4.13 Release Notes.
These Release Notes contain the following chapters:
1 What's New
introduces you to Notes
tells you about the new features and enhancements in this release, and points you to further information.
2 Things You Need to Know
describes supported platforms and environments and other information that you need to know before installing this release.
3 Troubleshooting
describes limitations and issues associated with this release of Lotus Notes.
4 Documentation Updates
describes errata and updates to the Notes documentation.
5 Interoperability
describes known restrictions or potential incompatibilities between the R4 and R3 release versions of Notes. This chapter also describes known interoperability issues among R4 platforms.
6 History of Changes
describes the features and enhancements new to past Notes 4.x releases.
You can edit the documents in this database to suit the particular needs of your site. However, if you do edit the contents of this database, it must be strictly for the sole use of users within your organization. You cannot resell or otherwise distribute this documentation, modified or unmodified, to anyone outside your organization. Lotus
assumes no responsibility for the technical accuracy of any modifications made to this documentation.
The following information applies to the United States and Canada only:
The latest Lotus Notes Release 4.x technical bulletins, product specifications, and upgrade information are available through Lotus Fax support. All you need is a touch tone phone and a fax machine. To use this support service, call Lotus re:Quest at 1-800-346-3508 or (617) 253-9150 in the United States. In Canada, call 1-800-565-5331.
If you print these Release Notes, we recommend you print on regular 8.5-by-11 inch paper, using a laser printer. This ensures that page size and other formatting is maintained.
Close this window to access the Lotus Notes Release 4.13 Release Notes database.
COPYRIGHT
Original: Original book produced for Lotus Notes Release 4.
First revision: Incorporated information on Lotus Notes Release 4.1.
Second revision: Incorporated information on Lotus Notes Release 4.11.
Third revision: Incorporates information on Lotus Notes Release 4.12.
Fourth revision: Incorporates information on Lotus Notes Release 4.13.
Neither the documentation nor the software may be copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated, or reduced to any electronic medium or machine-readable form, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Lotus Development Corporation, except in the manner described in the documentation.
Copyright 1995 - 1997 Lotus Development Corporation
55 Cambridge Parkway
Cambridge, MA 02142
All rights reserved. Printed in the United States.
and SmartCenter are trademarks and Ami Pro, Approach, DataLens, Freelance, Freelance Graphics, Lotus, Lotus Notes,
Lotus Organizer,
LotusScript, Notes Mail, 1-2-3, SmartIcons, SmartSuite, and
Word Pro
are registered trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation. cc:Mail is a trademark of cc:Mail Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Lotus Development Corporation. PowerPC is a trademark and AIX, IBM, OS/2, Presentation Manager, and SNA are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product and companies mentioned herein may be the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$INFO
$BODY
Symbol
1st lev para
Design Synopsis does not include new R4 features, such as the Navigator, Action Bar, private views and folders, full Agent information,
the Allow stored forms option, and LotusScript settings and information.
Chead
1st lev para
RN body
A server does not always recognize that a remote client has terminated a phone call. The server does not reinitialize the serial port for about 3 minutes. During this time, if another client calls in to the server, the server will not answer the phone. After 3 minutes elapse, the serial port will reinitialize and function properly.
2 things here:
original: supports Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 Workstation and Windows NT Server 4.0
proposed: supports Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 Workstation and
Windows NT
4.0 Server
2. We should be more specific about the NT platforms since there is a lot of confustion right now wether we mean NT on Intel or on the DEC Alpha platform. I suppose we certify for both platforms, so I would add a prefix
both Intel and DEC Alpha
Symbol
RN bullet
Chead
1st lev para
indent bullet
Body Text
indent bullet
2nd lev para
bullet
If you edit and save a launched attachment, Notes does not save the changes you make to the attachment. Instead, it saves the changes in a temporary file created in the Temp directory. After you exit the launched application and Notes, Notes deletes the file.
Double-clicking an attachment brings up the Attachment Properties InfoBox. The box remains open until manually closed. You can avoid opening InfoBoxes by selecting a attachment and clicking with the right mouse button to open the menu or by using the Main menu Attachment pulldown menu.
Intermittent Attachment Viewer Failure
Occasionally Notes is unable to view certain attachments. When this occurs, Notes gives the user an error message such as,
There is no viewer filter available to view this file
. If this happens when trying to view an attachment that is supported by Lotus Notes, you should check the home or /tmp directory for the files
.sccdisplay.bin,.sccfilter.bin and .sccoption.bin
hese files store error messages or attachment viewer failures that prevent Notes from trying to open a file because of previous experience. You should erase these files if you encounter error messages when trying to view supported attachment types. Once these files are removed, the attachment viewer should not fail.
"Helvetica
indent Note
Bullet
1st lev para
indent bullet
bullet
bullet
Chead
Bhead
Body Text
2nd lev para
Errata and Updates
Corrections to "Viewing an attached file" and "Details: Viewing an attached file" topics
The topic "Viewing an attached file" says that you can view a file only if you're using Windows, which is incorrect. You can now also view files if you're using Windows, OS/2, Macintosh, or UNIX.
The topic "Details: Viewing an attached file" lists the file formats you can view. In addition to those listed, you can also view files in the following file formats: Lotus 1-2-3 for Macintosh and Lotus 1-2-3 for OS/2 (.WG2). Additionally, the file extension for WordPerfect 6.x files should be .WPD (not .DOC) and the file extension for Microsoft Access files should be .MDB (not .ACS).
Correction to "About OLE and DDE objects" topic
The topic "About OLE and DDE objects" says that OLE is supported for Windows and Macintosh, which is incorrect. OLE is not supported for the Macintosh in Release 4.1
Correction to "[EditDetach]" topic
The "[EditDetach]" topic states that if a file path is not specified for the detached file, it is placed in the user's Notes data directory, which is incorrect. The file is placed in the user's Notes directory. Other topics in this LotusScript category may have similar errors.
Correction to "Refresh Method" topic
The "Refresh Method" topic states that "Additions and deletions to the view which occurred since the NotesView object was created are not reflected in the NotesView object until you call Refresh," which is unclear. The topic should state that if you add or delete in a view, you must use the Refresh method to ensure that Navigation through the rest of the NotesView is accurate.
Correction to "@Dialogbox" topic
The "@Dialogbox" topic does not list the updated parameters for the method, though they are available in the topic "Dialogbox method." The parameters are as follows:
form$
String. The name of the form.
autoHorzFit
Boolean. Optional. Specify True if you want to scale the layout region horizontally to fit into the dialog box. If you specify False or omit this parameter, the layout region is not scaled horizontally.
autoVertFit
Boolean. Optional. Specify True if you want to scale the layout region vertically to fit into the dialog box. If you specify False or omit this parameter, the layout region is not scaled vertically.
noCancel
Boolean. Optional. Specify True if you want to display only an OK button. If you specify False or omit this parameter, both OK and Cancel buttons appear.
noNewFields
Boolean. Optional. Specify True if you don't want to add fields (that are on the dialog box form but not on the underlying form) to the underlying form. If you specify False or omit this parameter, all dialog box fields are passed to the underlying form.
noFieldUpdate
Boolean. Optional. Specify True if you don't want to pass any edits from the dialog box to the underlying form (for example, if you're passing the edits somewhere else in a Queryclose script for the dialog box form) . If you specify False or omit this parameter, the edits are passed to the underlying form.
readOnly
Boolean. Optional. Specify True if you want to prohibit writing to the dialog box (for example, if you are using the dialog box to display a help screen). If you specify False or omit this parameter, the dialog box is read-write. This option makes
noCancel
true.
title$
String. A title for the dialog box. Defaults to "Lotus Notes."
Correction to "Platform Property" topic
The "Platform Property" topic incorrectly lists the versions of OS/2 as follows:
"OS/2v"
8" 08"
OS/2 version 2.x or 3.x
The correct listing for OS/2 version 2 is OS/2v2 and the listing for OS/2 version 3 is OS/2v3.
Correction to GetAttachment method topic
The "GetAttachment method" topic states that GetAttachment is not supported under OS/2, under UNIX, and on the Macintosh, which is incorrect. GetAttachment is supported on all platforms.
Graphics within word processing document formats
For graphics within word processing document formats, Notes does not support color graphics export. Notes exports graphics in black and white for RTF files. Notes imports platform-independent color graphics within Ami Pro and MS RTF format files.
Exporting documents
Notes now allows you to export a selected part of a document. The Export feature will export the entire document if you have nothing selected. If you have selected a portion of the document, Notes exports only the selected portion.
Lotus 1-2-3 file formats
Previous versions of Notes exported Lotus 1-2-3 files in WK1 format only. Release 4 will export the WK1, WK3 or WK4 format, based on what you specify.
Printer Setup
This information relates to Notes for UNIX platforms.
To change to another printer to print
Select a document and then select File - Print.
Click the Printer option to bring up the Printer Setup dialog box.
Click the Options button and then select a printer from the Printer list.
Click OK and then Apply.
Choose Save if this printer change is intended for future Notes sessions instead of for current only.
The new printer name should be set in Print dialog box.
Alternate Mail
The following information is related to the Alternate Mail feature and describes what happens when a Notes document is sent to a cc:Mail user.
Results of Notes-to-cc:Mail Text Conversion
RN bullet
When a Notes document is sent to a cc:Mail user in text format, the results are as follows:
Notes file attachments, including text and graphics files, are represented in cc:Mail as file items and appear at the end of the list of message items.
The rich text body of the Notes document is separated into cc:Mail text items and file items, as appropriate. In cc:Mail, the original Notes rich text order is denoted by embedded messages in the cc:Mail text item, as follows:
Notes bitmap images are extracted and converted to PCX files and attached to the cc:Mail message as file items. TIFF and CGM format graphics images are also extracted and attached to the cc:Mail message as file items in their native file formats. The image is replaced in the body of the cc:Mail message with the following text:
(Embedded image moved to file: PICnnn.filetype)
where
is replaced by the sequential number associated with the graphics image, and
filetype
replaced by the file extensions PCX, TIF, or CGM, depending on the type of graphics file.
Notes Doclinks are lost in cc:Mail. Lotus Mail Exchange Facility does not have the appropriate information to locate the linked document. In the cc:Mail text item, each graphics symbol denoting the Notes Doclink is replaced by the following text:
(Document link not converted.)
Graphics symbols denoting Notes DDE links to other applications are preserved and maintained as separate cc:Mail file items. In the cc:Mail text item, each Notes DDE link is replaced by the following text:
(Embedded image moved to file: PCX file name)
For each Notes OLE link, both the OLE object file and the OLE content are preserved in conversion to cc:Mail. The OLE object file is attached to the cc:Mail message as a separate file item. The content of the OLE link is rendered as text if it is ordinary rich text, or moved to a separate PCX file item if the content is a graphics image. If the OLE content is a graphics image, the original position of the image in the cc:Mail message is marked with the following text:
(Embedded image moved to file: PCX file name)
Message Splitting
A Notes document sent to a cc:Mail user may be divided into message items under these conditions:
If the size of the Notes document exceeds the cc:Mail limit of 20,000 characters, one or more additional cc:Mail text items (each up to 20,000 characters in size) is created to accommodate the text. Each text item concludes with the following information (displayed as highlighted text) to indicate continuation with the next text item:
Due to its size, this text item will be continued in the next text item.
If the message requires more than 20 items then you get the error message:
The number of documents and/or attachments in the selected messages exceeds the capacity of your mail system.
Text Formatting
The conversion of Notes rich text fields to cc:Mail text items preserves paragraph groupings, left margins, tabs, tables, Notes keywords, hidden paragraphs, foreground colors, paragraph separation, and paragraph justification.
The text of the Notes document is translated to ASCII text in cc:Mail. Text that contains attributes, such as
bold
italics
, and
underline
, or any combination of those attributes in Notes appears with background color highlighting in cc:Mail to differentiate it from plain or normal text, that is, text without attributes. In general, text colors of the original Notes or cc:Mail document are preserved during mail exchange between Notes and cc:Mail. However, in a few cases, certain text colors might be altered to maintain readability.
Notes text that is
strikethrough
superscript,
subscript
is enclosed by text strings in cc:Mail, as follows:
Strikethrough text
If the text
example
appears in Notes, it will appear as
(strikethrough: example)
in cc:Mail.
Superscript text
If the text
example
appears in Notes, it will appear as (
superscript: example)
in cc:Mail.
Subscript
If the text
example
appears in Notes, using the default text strings, it will appear as
(subscript: example)
in cc:Mail.
Due to cc:Mail support of only a monospaced font (8-point Courier), Notes font sizes and styles with proportional spacing are lost in translation to cc:Mail.
In general, Notes tabs are handled in cc:Mail by converting the Notes tab position to an appropriate number of spaces in the cc:Mail text item. However, when converting from a Notes proportional font to the cc:Mail monospace (Courier) font, the calculation can only be approximate due to the manner in which Notes stores tab information. In most cases, columnar text is preserved.
Tables
Notes tables are translated to preserve as much of the Notes format as possible in cc:Mail.
Once a Notes table is sent to a cc:Mail user, the table cannot be converted back to a Notes table if the cc:Mail user forwards it to a Notes user. If table information is important to the Notes user, the original message with table information should be saved in Notes.
Keywords
The basic format of Notes keywords defined with the check box or button styles is maintained in translation to cc:Mail. As with Notes tables, very wide Notes keywords are formatted somewhat differently in order to fit the cc:Mail screen. The text and icons of keywords are converted to Courier 8-point text in cc:Mail.
Text Colors and Attributes
When a Notes document is sent to cc:Mail users in text format, text colors and Notes text attributes are handled programmatically in the following manner:
A default (screen) background color of White for plain text in both Notes and cc:Mail documents is assumed. Plain or Normal text in Notes is text that does not contain any of the text attributes
italic
underline
; plain text in cc:Mail is text that does not contain background color highlighting.
Eight foreground (text) color mapping tables, one for each cc:Mail background color, are created to preserve readability of text. (Readability refers to the perceived contrast between the color of the text and its background in a document. Higher contrast implies higher readability.)
Notes text attributes
italic
underline
, and combinations of these attributes are represented in cc:Mail by mapping them to the eight available cc:Mail background colors so that text with any of these attributes in Notes is displayed with background color highlighting in cc:Mail. Table D-1 shows the mapping of Notes text attributes to cc:Mail background colors.
In summary, when a Notes document is sent to cc:Mail users in text format, the cc:Mail default background color is set to White. For each combination of attributes in a Notes document, the foreground color mapping table for the cc:Mail background color associated with the Notes attribute is used to determine the appropriate text color in cc:Mail.
Here is the mapping of Notes text attributes to cc:Mail background colors:
Notes text attribute
cc:Mail background color
Plain Text (no attributes)
White
Italic
Green
Bold
Underline
Bold & Italic
Bold & Underline
Magenta
Italic & Underline
Brown
Bold, Italic, & Underline
Black
Launching an attachment on UNIX
If you have the application an attached file was created with, you can start the application directly from Notes and read the file.
Launching documents in UNIX is based on the Mime Specification (RFC1521) It is controlled by two files: the Mailcap file and the Mimetypes file. The Mimetypes file is a formatted file that associates a mime-type with certain file extensions. The mailcap file associates the mime-type with a UNIX command line where the "%s" will be replaced by the file name at run-time. See the sample files below.
Sample mime-type file
# Sample notes mime-type file
# Version 4.1.0
application/viewer gif jpg
Sample mailcap file
# Sample mailcap
# Version 4.1.0
application/viewer;myviewer %s;
The above example maps all files that have extensions of
".gif"
".jpg"
to be launched using the
"myviewer"
shell command in UNIX.
Notes uses the following directory search order to find these files:
Notes Data directory under the unix subdirectory
Users Home directory
System Global directory (usually /usr/local/mirage)-
In accordance with the Mime spec, personal launch files ( in the Notes Data directory and the user's home) must be named .mailcap and .mime-types. The system launch files do not require the initial "." and are named mailcap and mime-type respectively.
All commands in the mailcap file must have a complete path specified or that path must be located in the users PATH environment variable.
Personal Use Exemption Certificate
U.S. citizens can take the North American edition of Lotus Notes overseas as long as they keep careful records of their itinerary. Release 4.1 of Notes includes a
Certificate for Temporary Export of Lotus Notes,
that assists you in meeting the legal obligations of this law.
The Personal Use Exemption authorizes temporary export of cryptographic products for personal use by U.S.citizens and lawful permanent residents when travelling abroad. The exemption requires the traveller to keep certain records and report instances where the product was stolen or otherwise compromised. There are no other export related requirements such as export licenses or Shipper's Export Declarations.
If you are travelling abroad with Lotus Notes, please read the following requirements:
Use of the cryptographic items must be for personal use and not for sales, marketing, or demonstration purposes.
Only one copy of a cryptographic item may be exported (that is, one phone, one laptop, and so forth) and one copy each of cryptographic software to be used on simultaneously exported hardware.
The Exemption cannot be used for travel to countries which have been identified as supporting terrorism or those under certain United Nations embargoes. These countries currently are Cuba, Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria.
The cryptographic products must be hand carried (may be included with accompanying baggage), not sent separately, and must be returned to the U.S. at the completion of the stay abroad. Upon request of a U.S. Customs officer, the exporter will submit the products for inspection.
The exporter must keep records for five years from the date the trip commenced. The records must include the description of the handcarried cryptographic products; dates and countries visited; dates of leaving the U.S. and re-entry. The record is to contain a statement that all conditions of the Exemption as outlined above were met and that no products were stolen, transferred or otherwise compromised.
The exporter also has a duty to report to the U.S. Department of State, Office of Defense Trade Controls, any loss, transfer, copy, or compromise of the product while abroad within 10 days of returning to the U.S. If the exporter has a reason to know that any of these events has occurred, he or she should immediately inform the Department of State.
The Certificate for Temporary Export of Lotus Notes, North American version, that is included as a template for Release 4.1 includes the following information:
Name:
Company:
Travel information:
Destination(s) [ ]
Product(s) [Lotus Notes, North American version]
Date of departure from U.S. [ ]
Date of return to U.S. [ ]
I hereby certify, by checking the box [below/opposite] that I have complied with the requirements of U.S. export law, specifically, 22 CFR 123.27, pertaining to the "temporary" export of cryptographic products for "personal" use.
I certify that:
(1) the use of the product identified above was solely for
personal use and not for sales, demonstration or marketing purposes;
(2) only one copy of the product identified above was exported and it remained in my possession (and was not sent separately) during this travel;
(3) I did not travel to a country to which exports are prohibited (countries on which a "ban or embargo" has been imposed by the U.S. government or United Nations); and
(4) I have no knowledge or reason to believe the products were copied, transferred, stolen, or compromised while abroad.
bullet
In Windows NT 3.51, an SMTP TCP/IP socket port stops responding (hangs) when a client computer sends a request to open the socket port, but the request contains information for an invalid endpoint to be opened. This problem applies to Microsoft Windows NT Workstation version 3.51 and Windows NT Server version 3.51. To work around this problem, shut down and restart Windows NT.
If you are having problems with a Windows NT server not being able to accept connections, Lotus recommends that you upgrade to 3.51 service pack 4.
Contact Microsoft Product Support Services for more information about this problem and fix status.
Body Text
indent Note
Chead
When installing Notes for UNIX R4.13 onto a Workstation that is running R3.x, be aware of the following issues:
Caution
Install Notes for UNIX Release 4.13 in a new directory that does not contain a pre-existing version of Notes for UNIX R3 software. If you install Notes R4.13 in the same directory with R3, you will not be able to use Notes.
UNIX User Accounts
Install R4.13 user data files into a new UNIX user account. Use the following table to determine where to copy other R3 files in order to have them accessible by R4.13.
File Type
F0OWU
Instructions
R3 database files
F0OWU
R3 database files can be used in R4 if you copy them into the new R4 data directory.
R3 desktop.dsk files
F0OWU
R3 desktop.dsk files can be used in R4 if you copy them into the new R4 data directory .
R3 ID files
F0OWU
R3 user ID files can be used in R4 if you copy them into the new R4 data directory .
Symbol
1st lev para
RN body
Design Synopsis does not include new R4 features, such as the Navigator, the Action bar, private Views and Folders, full Agent information,
the Allow stored forms option,
and LotusScript settings and information.
bullet
If there is a memory problem using a Novell Server and you receive the error message "too many record locksxxxxxxx please increase setting", increase your maximum record locks per connection in your AUTOEXEC.NCF file by adding the following variable:
RN body
set Maximum Record Locks Per Connection =xxxx
(Maximum Value for Netware 3.12=100000)
(Maximum Value for Netware 4.1 =10000)
A good rule of thumb is xxxx = 10* Anticipated Number of Users + Default, but you can adjust as is appropriate.
Basic
Obtain and install the following patches from Sun Microsystems, Inc.:
Patch Number
Synopsis
103017-02
Jumbo point patch for sparcstorage array (ssa) 2.0
103074-01
sx graphics patch
103169-06
ip driver and ifconfig fixes
103210-09
OpenWindows 3.5 : server (Xsun) patch
103447-06
tcp patch
103732-01
sys V msgs are protected by a single global mutex
Sun SPARC Solaris is certified using Common Desktop Environment for UNIX and Motif X11 R4 and R5.
Symbol
1st lev para
bullet
RN bullet
If you use the ventilator (double-click upper left corner) to quit Notes after working with OLE, you may have problems restarting Notes. If this problem occurs, reboot your computer and start Notes again. Lotus recommends that you close Notes by choosing File - Exit Notes.
Microsoft's Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) support in Notes is not yet available on Macintosh platforms.
Do not press the Escape key (ESC) while editing an OLE object in place as this may cause problems. Some applications may not recognize the Escape key function; other applications may become unstable when you press the Escape key. For example, Microsoft Word 6.0 and 7.0 may terminate. Some applications may experience display problems with the OLE object or with the icon palette.
As a workaround, to deactivate an in-place object while using Windows 95 or Windows 3.1, click outside the object. The display and icon palette problems are corrected when the Notes document reopens.
RN body
OLE objects created in Notes Release 4 cannot be edited in Notes Release 3.x.
Some server applications may redisplay tools improperly if you resize the window while editing an OLE object in place. To keep tools displayed properly, maximize the Notes window before you activate the object.
If the OLE object you want to edit is very large (for example, a spreadsheet containing several hundred lines), it is best not to edit the object in place (by choosing Edit from the OLE server application menu). Instead, choose Open and edit the object in the application window.
1st lev para
RN body
Importing Lotus 1-2-3 .WK3 format files may cause a memory segment allocation error, generating the following message:
Memory allocation request exceeded 65,000 bytes. No data is imported.
As a workaround, save the file in .WK1 or .WK4 format. This is not a problem on Windows 95 platforms.
bullet
Chead
Bhead
indent bullet
Body Text
indent Note
The documents in this view describe procedures for installing and using Lotus Notes Release 4.13 on a workstation that also runs Notes Release 3.x.
Throughout these documents, the use of the term "R3" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 3.0 to the latest 3.x release. The term "R4" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 4.0 to the latest 4.x release.
Lotus does not recommend running Notes Release 4 software on the same system with Release 3 software or using Notes Release 4 user data files in the same user account as Release 3. Doing so may cause problems within your system or system configuration and may result in data corruption and loss.
If you must set up a workstation that runs both Notes R4 and R3 together, Lotus recommends that you do this only if you are an advanced user.
RN body
1st lev para
The Find/ Replace and Check Spelling functions search the content of sections but not section title bars or layout regions contained within forms. This problem occurs only when you are not in design mode.
When performing a Find/Replace, you must put the cursor at the beginning of the document, otherwise Notes will return an error message saying that the item is not found.
Customizing install files for Windows
You can customize the Notes for Windows install files by excluding, adding, or modifying install files. When users install the software, they install the customized files.
Caution
The Notes install was tested and certified using the files as they originally ship with Notes. Modifications to these files may result in installation problems. We strongly recommend that you make backup copies of all original files before you modify them. If you change the files you do so at your own risk.
Customizing install files is supported for Notes for Windows installs only.
Customizing install files for a shared (node) install
If you've installed a shared (node) version of Notes to a file server by choosing the "Install on a file server" option, follow these steps to customize the data files that users install.
1. Make a backup copy of the NOTNODE.INF file, located in the root directory where you installed Notes.
2. To exclude a file from being installed:
a. Search for the file you want to exclude in NOTNODE.INF and then type !Copy between the third and fourth commas after its file name.
b. Save the modified NOTNODE.INF file.
3. To add a file to the install files:
a. Copy the file to the appropriate directory containing the Notes files. For example, to add a new modem file, copy the file to the modem directory
on the file server.
b. Locate the header section of the NOTNODE.INF file that corresponds to the directory in which users will install
the new file. The NOTNODE.ENF header sections correspond to directories as follows:
Header section in NOTNODE.INF Corresponding directory
NOTDIR Notes program directory
NOTWORKDIR Notes data directory
WINSYSDIR Windows/System Directory
WINDIR Windows Directory
c. Under
the appropriate header section, add a new line for the new file. Assign the new line the line number previously given the dummy.txt line, and increment the dummy.txt line number by 1.
d. Save the modified NOTNODE.INF file.
4. To modify an install file:
a. Search the install files for the file you want to modify.
b. Modify the file.
c. Copy the modified file over the original.
5. Do the following:
Make a backup copy of the file INSTALL.LST located in the directory in which you installed the Notes files. Give the file a different name.
b. Cut the line NOTNODE.INF=NOTNODE.INF from the [LotusDisk=1] section of the original INSTALL.LST file and paste it into the [Files] section of the file.
c. Save the modified INSTALL.LST.
6. Test the install with the modified files.
Details: Customizing install files for a shared (node) install
If you installed Notes using the Network Distribution install option to enable network installs from a file server, follow these steps to customize the install files. Since the files are compressed, you must obtain a copy of the shareware program ARJ.EXE to modify a file; this program allows you to extract a file, modify it, and insert it back in compressed format.
1. Excluding a file:
For example, to exclude the template JOURNAL4.NTF, add !Copy to NOTNODE.INF as follows:
"12" is the line number for the new line, previously assigned to the dummy.txt line.
"13" is dummy.txt line number incremented by 1
<date> is the last modification for the file in the format yyyy-mm-dd
<file size> is the size of the file to be added in bytes
Customizing the install kit on a file server
If you installed Notes using the Network Distribution install option to enable network installs from a file server, follow these steps to customize the install files. Since the files are compressed, you must obtain a copy of the shareware program ARJ.EXE to modify a file; this program allows you to extract a file, modify it, and insert it back in compressed format.
1. Make a backup copy of the NOT.INF file, located in the root directory of the Notes files on the file server.
2. To exclude a file from being installed, search for the file you want to exclude in NOT.INF and then type !Copy between the third and fourth commas after its file name.
3. To add a file to the install files:
a. Locate the header section of the NOT.INF file that corresponds to the directory in which users will install the new file.
Header section in NOT.INF Corresponding directory
NOTDIR Notes program directory
NOTWORKDIR Notes data directory
WINSYSDIR Windows/System Directory
WINDIR Windows Directory
b. Under the appropriate header section, add a new line for the new file. In this line indicate the .DSK file in which to store the new file, the date the file was last modified, and the size of the file. Assign the new line the line number previously given the dummy.txt line, and increment the dummy.txt line number by 1.
c. Use ARJ.EXE to insert the new file into the appropriate .DSK file.
4. To modify an install file:
a. Search NOT.INF for the name of the file you want to modify. The entry tells you which .DSK file in the install kit stores the file, the date the file was last modified, and the size of the file.
b. Use ARJ.EXE to extract the file you want to modify from the appropriate .DSK file.
c. Make a backup copy fo the file you extracted.
d. Modify the file as desired.
e. Use ARJ.EXE to insert the modified file back into the compressed .DSK file.
f. Edit NOT.INF to reflect the new file size and modification date.
5. Save the modified NOT.INF file.
6. Do the following:
a. Make a backup copy of the file INSTALL.LST, located in the directory in which you placed the Notes files. Give the file a different name.
b. Cut the line NOT.INF=NOT.INF from the [LotusDisk=1] section of the original INSTALL.LST file and paste it into the [Files] section.
c. Save the modified INSTALL.LST.
7. Test the install with the modified files.
Details: Customizing the install kit on a file server
1. Excluding a file
For example, to exclude the template JOURNAL4.NTF, add !Copy to NOTnode.inf as follows:
"14" indicates the file is located in the install file LOTUS014.DSK
"1995-12-22" is the last modification date
"294912" is the size of the file in bytes.
To use ARJ.EXE to extract RESERVE4.NTF as indicated above, type:
ARJ E LOTUS014.DSK RESERVE4.NTF
To insert RESERVE4.NTF back into the install kit after modifying it, type:
ARJ U LOTUS014.DSK RESERVE4.NTF
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
Some Navigator text objects in the Notes for UNIX templates do not display properly.
Navigator text objects created on one Notes for UNIX platform may not display properly on another.
When you paste an icon that was copied from a database's Icon Editor into a navigator, only the icon's original size is pasted. If this icon is pasted into an editor window such as a form and then resized, then copied and pasted again into the navigator, the navigator will still only paste the original icon size.
It is not possible to switch from an open navigator in its own window to the Folders navigator, as the Folders navigator is specific to the Navigation pane. Designers should include actions and @Commands set on objects in the "solo" navigator which will open the database to the view state. Then you can select Folders and display them in the opened Navigation pane.
When you design navigators, note that a Collection, or selection of multiple objects, does not allow setting actions on multiple objects. Only one object will be assigned the action while multiples are selected.
When using the Collection Properties InfoBox, note that properties will be available that may not apply to all selected objects. For example, the Fill option will be available if one of the objects allows this property, even if another object, such as a Hotspot Rectangle, cannot use this setting. The appropriate settings will be applied to the correct objects.
High color bitmaps are not displayed as sharply from a navigator window compared to when you display them from within a rich text field in a document.
You can set the Bevel Width for a Button to a negative value in the Button Properties InfoBox. However, this grossly distorts the display of the button and the navigator design window and should be avoided.
When using an alias with a navigator name, the alias name will appear in the window title in addition to the real name when that navigator is displayed in its own designated window.
If an object hits the window border or design pane during create or resize, it may automatically flip and resize in the opposite direction. When possible, avoid extending an object's size beyond the visible border of the navigator design window.
Complex polygons with intersecting lines may cause problems when selecting the object in the navigator at runtime.
bullet
For both server and workstation installations, a previous Notes R4 installation may be upgraded with the Notes R4.13 install. To upgrade, specify the path of the existing installation (if the previous installation created a link at /opt/lotus, /opt/lotus may be specified). This upgrades all previously installed product options, in addition to installing any additional options that you specify. After the product install is complete, each Notes user's data directory will need to be upgraded. To do this, simply back up the existing data directory and invoke Notes (or the server) in the same manner as before the upgrade (the appropriate notes.ini in the path). The Notes setup program will appear for upgrading the data directory.
2nd lev para
2nd lev para
L ]/L
2nd lev para
2nd lev para
2nd lev para
2nd lev para
RN body
For sites using the IPX/SPX protocol, error messages may be generated on a UNIX server when some sessions are being closed. You may receive one of the following sets of messages:
2nd lev para
Unexpected IPX/SPX Wrapper error. IPX/SPX Wrapper error 3001h on function code 350Dh
Unexpected IPX/SPX Stack error. IPX/SPX 9h on function code 4201h
Unexpected IPX/SPX Wrapper error. IPX/SPX Wrapper error 2FFFh on function code 350Dh
Unexpected IPX/SPX Stack error. IPX/SPX 9h on function code 4201h
1st lev para
Symbol
2nd lev para
indent bullet
Body Text
indent bullet
1st lev para
Chead
bullet
Notes does not display
document fields for Notes documents in an encapsulated database.
When you launch an encapsulated database, Notes creates a local database; restricted sections do not work on local databases.
Chead
1st lev para
Chead
RN body
When you add entries to the ACL, Form Security, View Security, Folder Security, or Document Security dialog boxes of any database, servers are not listed in the Public Address Book list box. When you add entries to any of the above dialog boxes, the Names dialog box displays and you are allowed to select a Public or Personal Address Book. If you select the Public Address Book, Notes lists only people and groups. Servers are not listed. To add a server entry, you must manually enter the server's name using the "New" button.
Kernel Configurations for Solaris Servers
The parameters in /etc/system should be:
set max_nprocs=4096
set strctlsz=4096
set shmsys:shminfo_shmmax=268435456
set shmsys:shminfo_shmseg=600
set shmsys:shminfo_shmmni=512
set shmsys:shminfo_shmmin=1
set semsys:seminfo_semmns=4096
set semsys:seminfo_semmni=4096
set semsys:seminfo_semmnu=4096
set semsys:seminfo_semume=64
set semsys:seminfo_semmap=512
set semsys:seminfo_semmsl=128
The SPX maximum packet size parameter in /etc/opt/SUNWipx should be:
SPXMAXPACKET=1500
Solaris platforms using SPX with ipxtab file specifying a frame type of 802.2 require
SPXMAXPACKET=1490
in the same file.
indent bullet
Bhead
1st lev para
Ahead
Body Text
The printed version of the
Application Developer's Guide
has not been updated for Notes Release 4.13. For a list of topics from this book that are updated online, see the document "Changes to the Application Developer's Guide, Database Manager's Guide, and Scripting Guide" in the What's New view of Help.
The following information will be added to the
Application Developer's Guide
in a future release of Notes.
API Requirements for Notes R4.1 on AIX
New API Applications - The New Library "libnotes_r.a" - What it Means to You
With R4.1 on AIX, Notes has been made to be reentrant and is built to use threads. This means that the Notes server is now more scaleable and has greater performance characteristics. The use of reentrant libraries in Notes requires some changes in the way API programs are built. First, the dynamic library for the Notes API has now changed from "libnotes.a" to "libnotes_r.a". The significance of this is simply a name change to indicate that it is a reentrant dynamic library. Second, new API programs must now use the C++ Reentrant compiler/linker (xlC_r) for the final stage when linking their program and libraries/object code with "libnotes_r.a" instead of using either the standard C/C++ compiler/linker (xlc/xlC) or the linker directly (ld). This is because 1) "libnotes_r.a" contains C++ object files in which static variable initialization will not function correctly unless the C++ linker is used and 2) libnotes_r.a is built with threads support and is reentrant and therefore a compiler/linker which supports both must be used (i.e. xlC_r, wherein _r indicates reentrant version of compiler/linker). As noted in the AIX documentation on xlC/xlC_r, when you build your API program, it is better to let the compiler call the linker (by using xlC_r -o) rather than to call the linker directly (with ld -o) in most cases.
Existing API Applications - Relinking with the New Library "libnotes_r.a"
If you have already built your API program against Notes R4.0.X or earlier releases of Notes, and your API program is NOT stripped, you can relink it with the "libnotes_r.a" library providing a list of the dynamic libraries needed by the program. The command to relink your program is as follows:
/usr/libcrt0_r.o
$NOTESLIBPATH
-lC_r -lc_r -lpthreads
-lnotes_r
$API_LINKLINE
executable_name
executable_name
where
NOTESLIBPATH
is the path to the location of libnotes_r.a (for example, /opt/lotus/notes/latest/ibmpow)
API_LINKLINE
contains -L and -l for dynamic libraries you create for the API program, i.e. dynamic libraries which are not provided by AIX or with Notes.
executable_name
is the name of the API program being relinked
If your API program has already been stripped, you cannot just relink it with the new "libnotes_r.a" library and existing dynamic libraries. You must rebuild the executable. See the section "New API Applications - The New Library "libnotes_r.a" - What It Means to You" above.
MAPI Service Providers
Lotus Notes Release 4.x includes three MAPI Service Providers:
Address Book Provider
Message Store Provider
Message Transport Provider
The MAPI Service Providers provide access to Notes message, directory, and transport services to simple or extended MAPI clients. This section describes the three providers and the support they provide.
Address Book Provider
The Address Book Provider provides access to the Notes Public Address Books. The Public Address Books are read-only. You cannot create individual or group entries in a Notes Public Address Book using the Notes Address Book Provider.
You may specify that multiple
Notes
Public Address Books be searched by setting the NAMES= variable in your NOTES.INI file
and ensuring that these address books are added for Options - Addressing during Microsoft Exchange profile setup. The Address Book Provider searches the Address Book for recipients' names according to the order specified in the profile.
Any Simple or Extended MAPI client may access a Lotus Notes mail file and Public Address Book using the Notes Message Store and Address Book Providers.
Message Store Provider
The Message Store Provider may be used as the default MAPI Message Store and is a tightly-coupled Message Store. A tightly-coupled message store causes received messages to be handled in the Message Store, rather than by the Transport Provider. Also, messages are sent using calls to the Message Store IMessage Interface rather than the MAPI Spooler.
MAPI creates an Outbox folder the first time the mail file is used. The Outbox folder captures outgoing messages when you are not connected to the LAN. Memos that specify recipients of type "Notes" are captured in the Outbox folder, and are placed in the local MAIL.BOX database in Notes, where they can be transferred once connection to the server is reestablished. Memos that specify recipients who are not of type "Notes" are placed in the outgoing mail queue, and are handled by the MAPI Spooler.
The MAPI Folder Interface is mapped onto Notes folders. Folders may be created, moved, copied, renamed, and deleted. One or more file attachments may be created and/or deleted within a message. Attachment data is set or obtained using the OLE IStream interface. RTF is supported. Message Encryption and Signing is also supported. The Notes MAPI Service Providers also support UNICODE clients.
Complex restrictions, MAPI associated messages and folders, view definition, and arbitrary message sorting are not currently supported.
Message Transport Provider
The Notes MAPI Transport Provider registers Address and Message Types and sends messages to Notes recipients when messages composed in a non-Notes Message Store are passed to it by the MAPI Spooler. The Notes Mailer and Router are used to send and receive messages between Notes users. Messages are passed to the MAPI Spooler if one or more recipients are non-Notes users.
MAPI Recipient Types
Notes MAPI Service Providers handle delivery of messages to the following recipient types. They are:
RN bullet
MAPI users that use the Lotus Notes Service Providers.
MAPI users whose mail files are not Notes mail files
Notes recipients whose mail file interface is through the Notes desktop.
Users of foreign mail systems when a gateway is used as a backend.
Available Platforms and Requirements
Windows 95
The Notes MAPI Service Providers are available for Windows 95. The required DLLs and LIBs are already present in WIN95.
Windows NT
The Notes MAPI Service Providers are available for Windows NT. MAPI is not provided with the base Windows NT platform and must be installed separately.
The Notes MAPI Service Providers may only be used to access mail files that use the Standard Notes Release 4 mail template (MAIL4.NTF). If you are upgrading from Notes Release 3 to Release 4, you must upgrade your mail file to use the Release 4 mail template (for more information, see
The Lotus Notes Release 4 Migration Guide
). Both the client and server must be running Release 4 in order to use the Service Providers.
The Profile Setup Wizard installs all three service providers without requiring you to manually select them individually. The Wizard uses information stored in the current Location document in Notes when you create a Microsoft Exchange profile. You may configure the Location for server-based mail by making modifications to the "Office (Network)" Location document. To use workstation-based mail, modify the "Travel" or "Island (Disconnected)" Location document appropriately. Note that the Location type in the document must be either "Local Area Network," or "No connection." The name of the mail file and domain must be specified in the Mail section of the document.
During logon to the providers, the settings for the MDB_NO_DIALOG and AB_NO_DIALOG flags are not honored. As a result, the user will always be prompted for a password.
Address Book Template
To access Notes Public Address Books through the Address Book Provider, the Notes Release 4 Public Address Book template (PUBNAMES.NTF) must be applied to the design.
If you are using workstation-based mail, apply the PERNAMES.NTF template to the design of your Personal Address Book.
MAPI classes and methods supported by the Notes MAPI Service Providers
MAPI classes
supported methods
CLASS IMAPIContainer
GetContentsTable
GetHierarchyTable
OpenEntry
GetSearchCriteria
CLASS IABLogon
Advise
CompareEntryIDs
GetLastError
Logoff
OpenEntry
dvise
CLASS IABProvider
Logon
Shutdown
CLASS IMAPIControl
Activate
GetLastError
GetState
CLASS IMAPIFolder
CopyMessages
CreateFolder
CreateMessage
DeleteFolder
DeleteMessages
EmptyFolder
GetMessageStatus
SaveContentsSort
SetMessageStatus
CLASS IMAPIProp
CopyTo
GetIDsFromNames
GetLastError
GetPropList
GetProps
OpenProperty
SaveChanges
SetProps
CLASS IMAPITable
Abort
Advise
CreateBookmark
FindRow
FreeBookmark
GetLastError
GetRowCount
GetStatus
QueryColumns
QueryPosition
QuerySortOrder
Restrict (supported for Address Book Provider, but not for Message Store Provider)
SeekRow
SeekRowApprox
SetColumns
Unadvise
QueryRows
CLASS IMessage
CreateAttach
DeleteAttach
GetAttachmentTable
GetRecipientTable
ModifyRecipients
OpenAttach
SetReadFlag
SubmitMessage
CLASS IMsgStore
AbortSubmit
Advise
CompareEntryIDs
FinishedMsg
GetOutgoingQueue
GetReceiveFolder
NotifyNewMail
OpenEntry
SetLockState
SetReceiveFolder
StoreLogoff
Unadvise
CLASS IMSLogon
Advise
CompareEntryIDs
GetLastError
Logoff
OpenEntry
Unadvise
CLASS IMSProvider
CompareStoreIDs
Logon
Shutdown
SpoolerLogon
CLASS IXPLogon
AddressTypes
EndMessage
FlushQueues
Idle (supported, but not used for tightly-coupled message store)
OpenStatusEntry
Poll (supported, but not used for tightly-coupled message store)
RegisterOptions
StartMessage (supported, but not used for tightly-coupled message store)
SubmitMessage
TransportNotify
CLASS IXPProvider
Shutdown
TransportLogon
All methods for the following classes are supported and/or used:
CLASS IMailUser
CLASS IAttach
CLASS IMAPIAdviseSink
CLASS IMAPIProfile
CLASS IMAPIContainer
CLASS IMAPIStatus
CLASS IPropData
CLASS ITableData
Symbol
Ahead
Body Text
bullet
1st lev para
RN body
Errata and Updates
On page 311, line 9 of the
Administrator's Guide
(R4) describes the Directory Links Server feature which enables a Notes server to find a database's directory path by including the "directory path" in a text file in the Notes data directory. Please change line 9 to read as follows:
Save the file, giving it any file name with the extension .DIR. Note that if you are running Notes for UNIX, that the extension must be in lowercase (.dir).
RN bullet
The server commands Show Sessions and Show Transactions described in Appendix B are not included with Notes Release 4.
Chapter 9 of the
Administrator's Guide
for Release 4.1, the
"Using the Mail Router to report statistics"
section describes
changing the NOTES.INI setting ReportUseMail to 1on the reporting server. In R4.1, do not set ReportUseMail to 1 as this will cause Notes to terminate.
The feature "adjacent domain" that is documented in the "Restricting explicit mail routing" section in Chapter 5 of the
Administrator's Guide
is not implemented in Notes Release 4. Lotus intends to implement this feature in a future release of Notes.
The printed version of the
Administrator's Guide
has not been updated for Notes Release 4.1. For a list of topics in this book that are updated online, see the document "Changes to server administration topics for Notes Release 4.1" in the What's New view of the online Administration Help (ADMNHELP.NSF).
About agents and actions
R4 agents behave similarly to R3 macros. The action defined in an agent is executed on the documents "in the background", that is, on the stored documents within the database. Actions such as view actions, form actions, buttons, and hotspots act by executing on the active document.
For example, an agent acting on "Selected Documents" in a view searches first to act upon documents preceeded by a checkmark. If there are none, the agent then searches for the location of a highlighted selection in the view.
A view action will only search for the highlighted selection within the view that indicates the active document.
Likewise, form actions, buttons, and hotspots only execute on the currently active (open) document, regardless of whether the user checked off documents in the view from which the document was opened.
Folder security
In the Folder Properties - Security dialog box there are two types of access to shared folders: View and Update access. "Update" access to a folder gives a user, group, or role Reader access as well.
Please remember that particular documents (or all documents) contained in the folder may have Reader access lists that restrict who may open and read the document. A document's read access list overrides folder access, and therefore can deny read access to a document within a folder that has Reader access.
NOTES.INI file:
DST_BEGIN_DATE and DST_END_DATE
If the notes server is a region that does not observe the beginning or ending of DST under normal guidelines (first Sunday in April, last Sunday in October), set parameters to the correct dates for the region.The server does not need to be restarted.
Printer Setup on UNIX Platforms
In Release 4.1, the printer setup for Notes for UNIX is integrated in the Print dialog box, similar to the PC platform but not exactly.
Please add the following information to the section about printer setup in the
Administrator's Guide
. This information relates to Notes for UNIX platforms.
To change to another printer to print:
Select a document and then select File - Print.
Click the Printer option to bring up the Printer Setup dialog box.
Click the Options button and then select a printer from the Printer list.
Click OK and then Apply.
Choose Save if this printer change is intended for future Notes sessions instead of for current only.
The new printer name should be set in the Print dialog box.
Recovering from abnormal termination of a Notes UNIX workstati
on/client
If a Notes workstation terminates abnormally it is necessary to clean up any hung Notes processes and shared memory before restarting. If the Notes client process is hung, use the UNIX
command to terminate all Notes client processes for the user account that was running Notes when it failed. Then clean up shared memory for the same user account by using the UNIX
ipcrm
commands. Use the UNIX
command to list shared memory objects owned by the user account. Then use the UNIX
ipcrm
command to remove the objects.
For convenience the following UNIX shell script can be used to clean up hung Notes processes and shared memory objects for a specific user account. Copy and paste the code below to a file on the UNIX file system in a directory that will be accessible to the Notes user. The file can be called
killn
(or some other name you chose). Make sure the execute permission bit is set on the file.
#!/bin/csh
echo "Enter the user's name Notes is running under: "
To use the script, after an abnormal termination of Notes, enter
killn
on the UNIX command line. A prompt displays and asks for the user account name. Enter the UNIX user account name. The script will kill any remaining Notes processes for the user and remove the user's shared memory objects.
What if I see a record lock threshold exceeded error on my NetWare Console?
If your Notes users get the error message "This database is currently being used by someone else" when they try to access a Notes database, it means that they cannot create a physical record lock on the database they're about to use. This could happen for a variety of reasons. One reason is that two versions of Notes are attempting to access the file simultaneously. Another reason is that Notes has reached the maximum amount of physical file locks allowed. It is the second case if the NetWare System Adminstrator sees the following error on the NetWare Console :
1.1.69 Station 0 record lock threshold exceeded
In the second case, you need to adjust the Maximum Record Locks Per Connection by entering this command at the NetWare Console and putting it into the AUTOEXEC.NCF file:
SERVER_NAME:set Maximum Record Locks Per Connection = 1000
This overrides the default of 500, which is small for a Notes Server with a lot of user activity. A good rule of thumb to use when determining the number to use for this setting is 10 Record Locks per User. For example, if you have 200 users, set Maximum Record Locks Per Connection to 2000.
1st lev para
Solaris can have up to 100 memory segments. The default of 1MB size is good for 500 users. To support more users, increase the size of SHMSYS : SHMINFO_SHMMAX on /etc/system and set the environment variable
Notes_SHARED_DPOOLSIZE
to a larger size (5MB).
Symbol
bullet
Body Text
RN bullet
If you attempt to review a selection formula that exceeds 14K of text by selecting Replication - New Replica and then clicking Replication Settings, you receive the message:
Note item not found
. To avoid this problem, limit the text of a selective formula to 13-14K maximum.
Release 4 .13 uses a different method than Release 3 to replicate multiple databases from the workspace. To replicate multiple databases from the Release 4.13 workspace, select the first database and choose File - Database - Replicate. Then select the second database and choose File - Database - Replicate.
You will not receive an error message if replication of a local database has been temporarily disabled and you replicate using File - Replication - Replicate - Replicate with options
The replication statistics dialog box shows no changes and no replication errors. For this information, go to the Events section of the Replication Log Entry.
Users who have Anonymous Access cannot create new replicas on a target Notes server.
Courier Bold
Bhead
Chead
bullet
indent Note
This document describes installing and using Lotus Notes Release 4.13 on a workstation that runs OS/2 Presentation Manager
with Notes Release 3.x. To use Notes R4 and Notes R3.x on your OS/2 workstation, follow the steps below.
Before Installing
As a routine precaution, back up all Notes files on the workstation and save them on a diskette. Include
NOTES.INI, DESKTOP.DSK, NAMES.NSF
Notes ID file, and
CONFIG.SYS
. Save any local databases. Create a separate data directory for these files for Notes R4 (You can instruct Notes to do this automatically during installation.)
Copy
CONFIG.SYS
and save it with a new name (such as,
CONFIG.R3
). This will be the
CONFIG.SYS
file you use for running Notes R3.x.
Edit the original
CONFIG.SYS
to remove the Notes R3.x program and data directories from the
LIBPATH
statements. This ensures that Notes does not upgrade your R3.x
NOTES.INI
and
DESKTOP.DSK
during R4 installation and setup.
If you use the Main Group window to start Notes, change the name of the program (for example, Notes R3.x). This ensures that you can run Notes R3.x from Program Manager - Main Group.
Reboot. You must reboot in order for the changes in
CONFIG.SYS
to take effect.
Installing Notes R4
To install Notes R4, follow the instructions in the Install program.
Install all Notes R4 files into different directories from the ones used for the R3.x files. All Notes R4 files must be completely separate from R3.x files. Also, during installation be sure to answer Yes to allow Notes to modify
CONFIG.SYS
. Otherwise, you must manually edit the
LIBPATH
statement to include the Notes program directory, and edit the
statement to include the Notes program and data directories.
After Installing
If you want the R4 workspace to contain the same database icons and settings as R3.x, copy
DESKTOP.DSK
from the R3.x data directory to the R4 data directory.
Reboot. You must reboot in order for the changes in
CONFIG.SYS
to take effect.
Copy
CONFIG.SYS
and save it with a new name (for example,
CONFIG.R4
). You now have two versions of
CONFIG.SYS
; one for R3.x and one for R4.
You can start Notes R4 to finish Setup by typing
NOTES
at the OS/2 full screen or Windows prompt, or by selecting it from the Main Group window.
You can rename the Notes R4 program (for example, Notes R4) to distinguish between the two versions of Notes on the workstation.
Switching Between R3.x and R4
To run either version of Notes, you must copy the appropriate
CONFIG
file to
CONFIG.SYS
(making sure to backup the original
CONFIG.SYS
first) and reboot. For example:
RN bullet
To switch to R3.x
, type
COPY CONFIG.R3X CONFIG.SYS
and reboot.
To switch to R4,
type
CONFIG.R40 CONFIG.SYS
and reboot.
You can create two batch (
) files to perform these path changes.
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
The text is cut off at the bottom of the screen used to modify the NSF_BUFFER_POOL_SIZE parameter.
There is an extra equal sign (=) appended when you reset a parameter by clearing the parameter value.
Body Text
Lotus does not recommend that you configure a Notes R4 workstation with a Notes R3 server. Although Notes R4 workstations that access Notes R3 servers work with some limitations, the R4 workstation will have a superset of features that cannot be recognized by an R3 server. This places an important responsibility on the user to know which features can be used successfully and which cannot, based on the server to which they attach.
In general, Notes R4 workstations are fully compatible with Notes R3 servers. However, certain new feature enhancements in Notes R4 require that you review and possibly redesign the way you currently manage Notes servers and workstations in your network. The following sections describe some of the limitations you must consider as part of this process. See also the
Migration Guide.
1st lev para
RN body
The Server entry in the ACL will have a User Type of User instead of Server f
or databases created automatically by the server, including:
Mail Router Mailbox
Administration Requests (R4)
Database Catalog
Statistics and Events
Statistics Reporting
Web Navigator 4.1
Notes Log (if it's been deleted after setup completes)
The User Type should be changed to Server to prevent accessing the database using the workstation with the server's ID.
Operating System Versions no longer certified with 4.12:
OS/2 Warp 3.0
OS/2 2.11 SMP
AIX 4.1.3
Solaris 2.4 for Solaris/SPARC
1st lev para
New Notes Features
Word Perfect 5.x Import and Export Filters
Notes Release 4.11 is now updated with import/export filters for Word Perfect 5.x and is capable of importing/exporting Word Perfect 5.x files.
Word Perfect 5.x Viewer
Notes Release 4.11 is now updated with a Viewer for Word Perfect 5.x and is capable of viewing Word Perfect 5.x files.
New Notes Enhancements
LAN/WAN:
Fix an IPX socket leak which occurs when resolving IPX addresses using the IPX broadcast method.
Fix potential memory overwrite when running multiple processes (for instance, multiple replicators) on Notes for NetWare servers running SPX.
Fix problem with lack of server response when an X.PC connection is in progress.
Increased the R4.x limit of approximately 150 modem connection records (decreased from 300 in R3.3x) on a server to approximately 600. As a side effect of this fix, modem connection records on a server now require a telephone number even for null modems (enter any character in this field). This problem will be addressed in 4.12.
SERVER:
Allow server administrators who have author access to the Address Book to edit the Person documents they have created during user registration.
Allows running of AMgr on WinNT and Win95 servers without hanging other applications.
Correctly create a Server Configuration document in the Address Book for a non-hierarchical server when executing a Set Config command.
Allow Notes servers to route mail via the SMTP MTA without explicit connection documents to each Post Office.
Correctly display the New Database dialog (instead of the Choose Other Server dialog) on the OS/2 workstation when server setup has just been completed.
Prevent an intermittent Router error, "You are not authorized to perform that operation," on mail.box resulting from a reply to a mail message being delivered on a given server before the original.
Prevent Router loop resulting in a delivery failure with error, "Maximum hop count exceeded," when costs are the same and one of the servers is not responding.
Prevent server termination resulting in, "PANIC: LookupHandle: handle out of range," when an R3.x client attempts to access a database with many unread documents.
Prevent the loss of logging messages to the Log database evidenced by messages, "maximum number of in-memory log entries exceeded. Can not create another until some are flushed to the database," on the server console.
Set the default Replication Type to Pull-Push on server connection documents created during setup.
The Router will now print XXXX.box (e.g., smtp.box) as the destination for mail to be transferred to MTA's and in other logging messages.
Fix problem with being prompted to transfer outgoing mail when starting the workstation on a server; if the administrator answered Yes, all the pending mail in mail.box would be sent with the server's name as the sender.
Prevent server termination caused by writing to a very large replication history.
Prevent an inappropriate prompt for a user ID when setting up an additional NetWare server and getting the server ID from the Address Book. If a user ID was provided at the prompt, the NetWare server would report that it was unable to find the server ID and not come up.
Prevent documents from being out of synchronization when using the Merge Replication Conflicts feature if simultaneous replications on multiple servers are taking place.
Prevent R3.x clients from receiving error message,
03:85
, when attempting to open certain mail messages on an R4.x server when the single copy object store is being used. The server would receive the error, "An item's value or datatype differs from the same item in the object store note," when trying to open the same mail message.
Prevent the server from hanging when the NSFBufferPool reaches its maximum size.
The cc:Mail MTA Server field will now be set when composing a Foreign cc:Mail Domain record in the public Address Book.
CLIENT/WORKSTATION:
Allow cc:Mail users to read Notes mail by sending as text instead of as an encapsulated Notes database.
Allow the use of scheduled local agents on Win95 clients without hanging other applications.
Correct the behavior of @ReplaceSubstring when replacing a string with a shorter string, e.g., replacing two characters with one character or replacing one character with a null.
Display the Guess list in the Spell Check dialog in the correct relevance ranking, rather than in alphabetical order on OS/2 workstations.
Expand the space available for the name of the Certifier ID in the Register Organizational Unit dialog.
Fix problem with users' license types changing to Lotus Notes from Lotus Notes Desktop and Lotus Notes Mail after recertification by mail allowing them to upgrade their software. Note that the problem still exists with recertification by the Admin Process.
Fix the function @Modulo(x;0) to return @Error instead of x (which also prevents termination on the Alpha NT platform).
Fix the problem of a hotspot popup remaining displayed even after the mouse button is released when the hotspot is on a keyword field with interface of either checkbox or radio button.
Honor the "Show 'About database' document" launch option when opening a database via a database link.
Prevent an R3.3x client from terminating when opening a database on an R4.x server when there are many unread marks.
Prevent erroneous message, "Document not signed," from appearing when opening a document composed with a form which is signed when the user first logs on.
Prevent the error message, "The document is not a child of its parent document," from occurring when attempting to delete a document, thus inhibiting deletion.
Added Eastern European language support for full-text search. You must set FT_INDEX_ACCENT_SENS=1 in notes.ini to enable finding words which begin with an accented character.
Correctly display "Security type" instead of "License type" for the North American/International choice on Certifier Registration dialogs.
Correctly save newly created Call and Hangup Entries on the Replicator page when switching locations.
Fix a problem with document fields which use readerlists either not replicating or replicating when they should not via field-level replication unless the readerlist changed (note this problem only occurs when the database is in R4.0 format, thus enabling field-level replication).
Fix memory overwrite problem resulting in possible system termination when 128 bytes of text were presented in a listbox or in a combobox.
Prevented termination when retrieving unread mail messages in SmartCenter.
Fixed copy of a text field in a layout region to copy only the text instead of the entire document when in read mode.
Fixed poor performance in the display of navigators when used under OS/2 as compared to Windows platforms.
Fixed Quick Search in views to work correctly with accented characters.
Fixed the display of bitmaps and buttons created under Windows to display correctly when viewed under OS/2.
Handle deletion of multi-byte characters correctly in Infoboxes.
Prevent certain "type 15" terminations on the Macintosh when OLE Extensions are loaded for use by other programs.
Use the correct font for imported text on the Macintosh on international systems.
INSTALL:
Corrected a problem during installation of Notes R4.0 for OS/2 with deleting of the existing EPFIS.INI (fix supplied by IBM installer group).
Provide support for the MAPI 1.0A and MAPI 1.0B upgrade that is required for the released versions of Microsoft Exchange and Microsoft Office and provide support for embedded OLE objects in MAPI.
Correctly prompt for a password in AddInMain API programs when calling SECKFMGetCertifierCtx with NULL passed as the parameter for the password.
Provide support for R3.x API applications in R4.11 under OS/2.
LOTUSSCRIPT:
Allow multiple invocations of various LotusScript class methods when using Microsoft Visual Basic to script Lotus Notes, instead of causing a hang and the error message, "OLE Automation argument type mismatch."
Correctly decrypt sealed items for which you have the key in NotesDocument.
Correctly post a "type mismatch" error when a variant argument is passed to the GetDocumentByKey method in LotusScript.
Correctly register the LotusScript classes, Notes.NotesSession and Notes.NotesUIWorkspace, for OLE automation.
Fix NotesDatabase.CreateFromTemplate to copy data documents as well as the design to emulate the behavior of the Notes user interface.
Fix NotesDatabase.CreateFromTemplate method so that databases do not become templates when the server Design task runs or when File->Database->Refresh Design is run.
Prevent termination when a LotusScript NotesEmbeddedObject instance's parent NotesRichTextItem object is destroyed.
Prevent termination caused by using LotusScript method, NotesItem.AppendToTextList, when the input is null.
Prevent termination when using NotesNewsletter.FormatMsgWithDoclinks method when the database provided is not open and returning an appropriate error instead.
Prevent LotusScript programs from converting text fields to textlist fields when saving a document containing text fields which were not modified, thereby causing unmodified fields to replicate.
The LotusScript property NotesEmbeddedObject.Source now includes only the file name for attachments instead of the full pathname. However, if you create an attachment using LotusScript (NotesRichTextItem.EmbedObject method) and look at the properties box for the attachment, you will still see a full pathname there.
The LotusScript property, NotesDatabase.Title, now truncates titles at 32 bytes to emulate the user interface correctly.
UNIX ONLY:
The correct Language Resource files are now being accessed and utilized for the particular localized version of Notes being executed. [e.g.
The German version of Notes is correctly picking up the German resource files].The paragraph character (
) can be entered from a German keyboard.
All double-byte characters (i.e.
, etc. and the Asian character set) are correctly displayed and can be correctly entered in all fields of the Infobox.
All double-byte characters (
, etc. and the Asian character set) are supported in the Web Navigator fields.
All double-byte characters (
, etc. and the Asian character set) can be entered in the Agent Builder Dialogbox.
Resolved conflict of Dialog titles being displayed in ANSII while Dialog text is being displayed in LMBICS.
All international characters, such as
, can be entered from a French Keyboard using Dead Keys.
Resolved a UNIX server PANIC condition when trying to compact a database.
Resolved a UNIX server hang condition when running in the background with a NotesBench load.
Resolved a UNIX server hang condition when routing mail through DNS.
On Solaris Intel Edition only: Resolved the problem of not being able to locate a data directory on an NSF mounted partition.
The Xprinter module can now be localized for all European and Asian language versions of Notes.
The Xprinter fields (i.e. scale, copies, edit port, print to file :filename, etc..) are now editable.
The WordPerfect 5.x import and export file filters are included in this release.
The file attachment Viewer capability for WordPerfect 5.x file type is included in this release.
API - Resolved the discrepancy in byte order for the functions MailAddMessageAttachment() & MailGetMessageAttachmentInfo().
API - The Solaris/Intel Edition platform has now been included in the global.h file, which allows Notes applications to run on this platform.
For the HP-UX platform only : Resolved an interoperability conflict when viewing large bitmap images while running a Win95 client with an HP-UX server using IPX/SPX.
For the HP-UX platform only: Resolved an interoperability conflict when viewing large bitmap images while running an HP-UX server with Netware NLM using IPX/SPX.
For the HP-UX platform only: IPX/SPX now runs wrapper 2006h on function code 350Bh
For the HP-UX platform only: Increased the number of possible IPX/SPX connections to four hundred.
For the HP-UX platform only: Resolved all IPX/SPX port driver errors that occurred during the initial connection phase on the HP-UX server.
1st lev para
Chead
RN body
If a database inherits its design from a design template and a design element in the database has the "Do not allow design refresh/replace to update" option checked in the Design Properties InfoBox, changes to that design element in the template may not be updated into the database by the Design task that runs on the server, even if you deselect that option at a later date. If this occurs, refresh manually or replace the database design to update the design element properly.
Methods
GetRegistrationInfo and IsTimedOut
have been removed from the ODBCConnection object.
The DisconnectTimeOut property of the ODBCConnection object
has been permanently deactivated.
The Exclusive property of the ODBCConnection object can be set but has no effect. ConnectTo will behave as if Exclusive is True.
We have encountered cases where an ODBC driver indicated that it did not support a certain mode, although it actually did. The IsSupported property of the ODBCConnection object may report incorrectly due to bugs in the ODBC driver. On the DB_SUPP_READONLY item, it may report incorrectly due to limitations in ODBC.
The planned support for asynchronous execution of queries has been removed. The IsSupported property of the ODBCConnection object will return False so that scripts that attempt to use asynchronous mode when available will behave correctly.
The ConnectTo method of the ODBCConnection object does not perform the auto-registration of unregistered data sources.
The ConnectTo method of the ODBCConnection object does not work when re-invoked on the same data source for a second time in the same script. Either hold the connection open or use more than one script.
The ExecProcedure method of the ODBCConnection object does not work. To execute a procedure, create an ODBCQuery object, set its SQL property with a valid procedure statement, then use the ODBCResultSet to execute the procedure. The ODBC documentation specifies the syntax {CALL procedure(arg1,arg2,...)} for the SQL statement, with braces and parentheses required.
The ListProcedures method of the ODBCConnection object does not work with some drivers.
&Helvetica
New Notes Features:
Allow Use of Stored Forms
Release 4.1 added a new feature in the Database Properties InfoBox called "Allow use of stored forms in this database". This feature protects users from opening a document that may have damaging options set.
If you open a document that was created based on a form with the Store form set in the Form Properties infobox, you get a warning message. You can also set an option in the Database properties Basics tab to allow you to open documents with stored forms. This feature is described in detail in the Release 4.1 Notes documentation set and is available on both the PC and UNIX Notes platforms.
Limit for locally cached server-based forms
In Release 4.1 you can define a limit for the amount of disk space to be used to locally store server-based forms. The rationale for storing these forms locally is that the server access speed is increased if the form information does not have to be transferred to the local workstation. You can set the limit by opening the Workspace InfoBox and selecting the Information tab. The default setting is 5MB. This new feature is available on both the PC and UNIX Notes platforms.
Local Full Text Indexing
In Release 4.1 Local Full Text Indexing is available on both the Macintosh 68K and Power PC systems. You are now able to create a local full text index that you can store on your local hard drives.
Personal Use Exemption certificate
U.S. citizens can take the North American edition of Lotus Notes overseas as long as they keep careful records of their itinerary. Release 4.1 of Notes includes a certificate that assists you in keeping such legal records. This certificate is available on both PC and UNIX Notes platforms. For more information about the
new Certificate for Temporary Export of Lotus Notes
, refer to the Help section of the Documentation Updates in these Release Notes.
New UNIX Features
Lotus Notes Release 4.1 provides full Notes workstation capabilities on all Notes for UNIX platforms. The Notes for UNIX client workstation is available in Release 4.1 on HP-UX, IBM AIX, Solaris SPARC and Solaris Intel Edition systems. Refer to the What's New view in Help for a complete list of new features for Notes R4 workstations.
In addition to these, the following new features are unique to the Notes for UNIX platforms in Release 4.1:
Frame Maker
Import and Export Filter
Updated with import/export filters for Frame Maker 3.0, 4.0 and 5.0, Notes 4.1 is now capable of importing/exporting Frame Maker files.
Launch
You can now launch an attachment from a Notes for UNIX platform if you have the application that the attached file was created with.
Viewers
In Release 4.1 you can now view attached files on a Notes for UNIX platform.
New Web Navigator Enhancements:
Add to Category View
Add to category view action - Open any Web page in the database and choose Actions - Add to Category View. Notes displays a dialog box that allows you to add that Web page to the hot lists of topics available from the Home navigator Sampler Icons. (This action is only available to users who have the Webmaster role in the database ACL.)
1st lev para
Creating a view to display the retriever of a Web page
You can now save the name of the person who retrieves each Web page into the Web Navigator database. To save the author name, edit the Web Navigator Administration document and choose Yes in the Save Author Information field. The author name will be saved into a field called $Authors. You can then use the @Author function to create a view to display the name of the user (or server) that retrieved the Web page. There is a variant of the hidden $All view, called $All with Authors, which demonstrates this capability.
Launch a URL automatically from a document
You can design a form that launches a URL automatically whenever a user opens a document created with that form. To design this type of form, add a text field called URL anywhere in the form and then go into the form properties and on the Launch tab, select Auto Launch - URL. For more information, see the Notes online help. (Note that this feature will not work with Notes releases earlier than Notes Release 4.1.)
New Web page views
When you click any of the Sampler icons on the Home navigator, a categorized list of Web pages appears. In addition, click any of the Internet search engines in the view to see additional Web pages related to the category you are viewing.
Refresh agent
The Refresh agent behavior has been modified to normalize the time and date of the Web pages in the database and on their Internet server. In addition, you can set the following environment variable on the Notes server so that after the Refresh agent runs, you can see how many pages were actually refreshed:
WebDebugRefreshAgent=1
Reload and Recommend button
The Reload and Recommend buttons on the Action bar now display icons without text in order to conserve screen space.
@Created function
You can now use the @Created function in the Web Navigator database when designing forms, views, and so on.
New Notes Enhancements:
LAN/WAN:
Produce more error message during server startup for servers using SPX which are not configured to use NDS.
Permit AppleTalk to run on OS/2 servers without getting the message, "Unable to start database server on port AppleTalk: OS/2 failed to lock memory required by the AppleTalk driver (A long-term lock failed)."
Keep WAN connection open for fifteen seconds when sending Pull request to another server to enhance server connectivity.
SERVER:
Correctly return Delivery Failure reports on documents remaining in mail.box for 24 hours even when the mail.box is compacted on a daily schedule.
Permit the Delegation Agent to run on Connection records created under R3.x in the server's Address Book.
Prevent OS/2 server and client malfunctions with SYS3175 when using Server Administration on the client when the server is running and double-clicking on any server in the list.
Prevent OS/2 server problems with SYS3170 when launching the client a second time when the server is running.
Correctly delete sub-directory when database is deleted on a R3.x server.
Fix Windows NT server problem in NCHRONOS.EXE resulting in "Panic: LookupHandle: handle out of range."
Display Lotus Notes instances in the Performance Monitor on Windows NT servers.
Grant proper access to users and servers included in Group documents in the Address Book even when there are replication conflicts in the Group view.
Allow Stats and Events created in R3.x Address Book to continue working after Address Book is upgraded to Release 4.1.
Provide new Notes.ini parameters, UPDATE_NAB_VIEWS_DISABLE and UPDATE_NAB_SUPPRESSION_TIME, to prevent updating of views in the Address Book every minute during intervals when many changes are happening, e.g., during processing of a large Register from File session, processing of many name change requests in the Administration database, etc. These parameters may be applied and changed while the server is running. Use the first to disable updates altogether and the latter to set the time to something other than the one minute default.
Fix a memory overwrite in the server causing OS/2 server problems.
INSTALL:
Allow the installation of Windows 95 server and client via CD on a CD-ROM device that uses a 16-bit driver.
Fix node install on all platforms.
Correctly upgrade Windows NT servers from R3.x to R4.1 by locating the existing Notes.ini in all cases and removing the RemoteServer= line.
WORKSTATION:
Resolve problem that occurred when pressing the "Mark Completed" button after choosing the "Update Tasks" action button in an empty ToDo view in your mailfile.
Allow the use of fonts other than Times New Roman in views.
Fix @PostedCommand to work as @Command did in Release 3 as far as the order in which commands execute in an agent.
Fix @Command([OpenView]) to work correctly when the first column is hidden and sorted.
Post a warning dialog when opening a document which contains a stored form (unless user has turned off this feature in User Preferences/Advanced Options).
Allow the use of more than 255 keywords in a keyword list.
Fix problems with spell-checking of non-layout fields in documents which contain layout fields.
Fix loss of formatting in rich text fields which have access control on them.
Fix problems with inaccurate unread marks.
Resolve problems that occurred when launching Notes caused by having greater than 95 icons on your desktop.
Fix problem that occurred when launching OLE object created with PowerPoint 4.0 under Windows 95.
Fix NotesDatabase.CreateFromTemplate so that the resulting database is not left as a template.
Fix LotusScript NotesEmbeddedObject.Remove method to remove attachment icon as well as the attachment.
Fix LotusScript NotesField Exit event with NotesUIDocument.GotoField method to work as expected.
Resolve problem with using LotusScript NotesDocument.ColumnValues property on a hidden view.
Fix LotusScript NotesDatabase.CreateReplica method to create a database with the same ACL.
Fix Web Admin Guide example, "Searching a specific Internet server for URL."
Fix printing to work correctly in Win95 so that it is not necessary to specify NOBANDING=1 in your notes.ini.
Allow horizontal scrolling in the Home server listbox in the Register Person Mail pane.
Report "You and signer have no certificates in common..." on the status bar, instead of in a dialog.
Allow horizontal scrolling the Edit->Find/Replace dialog strings.
Prompt to transfer outgoing mail when changing Locations at startup from one with workstation-based mail to one with server-based mail.
Correctly place the caret in hotspots when executing @Command ([EditTop]) and @Command ([EditBottom]) to provide compatibility with R3.x applications.
Fix problems with large text files used in Register from File resulting in users being registered incorrectly or being skipped.
Resolve problem with Agents which modify documents when called from Actions.
Properly adhere to launch settings for databases when opening them through @Command([FileOpenDatabase])
Prevent the Web Navigator from appearing hung when browsing sites which use "cookies."
Prevent "Web Retrieval process is not running" errors when dialed in to a Passthru server even though Web.nsf is available on the server in there is a local Web.nsf also.
Correctly hide tables in documents when forwarded from the view level.
Fix misleading warning messages when copying and pasting design elements from one database to another which refer to databases whose design elements were copied previously in the same Notes session.
Resolve issues with designing more than one layout region in a form.
Prevent forms designed in R3.x with no versioning characteristics from being interpreted as having versioning characteristics in R4.1.
Fix a problem with designing a form with a name longer than 128 characters.
Fix categorized views with columns that total and non-categorized views to provide grand totals.
Provide more room on the Register Person and Register Server Other panes for long ID file names when storing ID's in a file.
TEMPLATES:
Prevent double-booking of a room reservation if the starting or ending time doesn't exactly match an existing reservation.
Remove erroneous replication event in LOG.NTF.
Fix the pop-up comment field in the home phone number of the Person document.
Allow the Address Book Apply Delegation Agent to run on documents created in R3.x Address Book.
Resolved problem in API call, NSGetServerList, if the API program was run concurrently with Notes.
Symbol
Chead
indentsent
bullet
Basic
The following information relates to installing Notes servers on a UNIX platform. Please make the following corrections to the
Install Guide for Servers
On page 34, the following paragraph:
* Documentation. To install additional Notes documentation, do so during the Notes setup program. By default Notes installs only the Administration Release Notes, End User Release Notes, and Help-Lite databases.
should be changed to read:
* Documentation. This option will install the complete set of Notes online documentation. By default Notes installs only the Release Notes and Help-Lite databases.
On page 34, the
Install Guide
reads:
You should create these IDs and use the same IDs during the install program and the server setup program.
The sentence should read:
You should create these IDs before you run the install.
On page 36,
Install Guide
reads:
For HP-UX:
/etc/mount -r -t cdfs /dev/dsk/c0t2d0
cdrom
Please correct to read:
For HP-UX:
/usr/sbin
/mount -r -t cdfs /dev/dsk/c0t2d0
cdrom
On page 39, the
Install Guide
reads:
After you successfully install Notes, you must complete the Notes setup program.
For UNIX, the sentence should read:
After you successfully install Notes, the UNIX user who will run the Notes server must complete the Notes setup program.
On page 39, the
Install Guide
reads:
The Notes setup program automatically starts the first time you type the command
notes
The sentence should read:
The Notes setup program automatically starts the first time you type the command /opt/lotus/bin/notes
On page 43, the
Install Guide
reads:
We do not recommend that you select "Log Modem I/O," "Log all replication events," and "Log all client session events."
For UNIX platforms, please correct the sentence to read:
recommend that you select "Log Modem I/O," "Log all replication events," and "Log all client session events."
On page 43 the
Install Guide
reads:
To successfully run the server program, add the location of notes.ini file to the path of the Notes user ID that you used for server setup.
For UNIX platforms, please correct the sentence to read:
To successfully run the server program, remember to add the directory that contains notes.ini to your path.
On page 44 in the "Redoing server setup" section of the Install Guide, step 3 reads:
Delete all lines in this file except the lines beginning with [Notes], KitType, and Directory.
If you are running Notes for UNIX, in addition to the above three lines mentioned, you also need to keep a fourth line, which is the IconPath variable. If this IconPath line is deleted from the notes.ini file, you will be prompted for the location of the icon path and after setup is complete, the icon will NOT appear on the desktop until you restart Notes.
On page 44, the
Install Guide
instructs you to:
5. Enter the following command to invoke the Notes setup program:
/opt/lotus/bin/notes
The instructions should read:
5. Enter the following command to invoke the Notes setup program:
/opt/lotus/bin/notes -u
On page 44, the
Install Guide
states:
To start the Notes server, type server Notes data directory.
Please note that if you have installed Notes for UNIX, the sentence should read:
To start the Notes server, type
/opt/lotus/bin/server.
Symbol
&Arial
Body Text
indent bullet
1st lev para
2nd lev para
Basic
Chead
bullet
indent bullet
Accented characters
OS/2 platform import of Scandinavian accented characters is sometimes corrupted. Currently, the 3rd party import filters assume the Windows default code page, which is incorrect for OS/2.
DBCS files
DBCS files cannot be imported directly into Notes without data integrity problems. Word processing applications can create a double-byte .RTF file that Notes will readily import, because Notes does import .RTF files.
Here is the two-step workaround:
RN bullet
Use a word processing application, such as Ami Pro, to save the DBCS file as a double-byte .RTF file.
Then import the double-byte .RTF file into Notes as an .RTF file.
Document with index reference words
Importing a document that contains index reference words causes these index references to be repeated within the imported document. That is, each index word appears twice in the imported document.
Files with long file names
On OS/2 HPFS, if you attempt to import a file with a long file name that contains spaces, Notes displays an error message:
File does not exist.
and will not
mport the file. To import the file, remove all spaces in the file name and try to import the file again.
On Windows NT and Windows 3.x, long names are truncated to 8.3 style file names.
Graphics within word processing documents
If you are importing platform-dependent color graphic images, such as .PIC files from the Macintosh, .WMF files from Windows, and .PM files from OS/2, you may encounter inconsistent results. You can get more reliable results if you import a graphic as a single file with a graphic file format extension than if you import the graphic as part of a document.
On the Notes for Windows platforms, Notes imports color Windows Metafiles (.WMF files) only in Microsoft RTF format.
Notes will import platform-independent graphics, such as .BMP, .CGM, and .JPG, from the following word processing applications: Lotus Ami Pro, Microsoft RTF, and on Windows (32 bit) only, Microsoft Word for Windows 6.
Hidden fields
Import does not support document fields designed to be hidden when you print the document. The fields will be imported but will also be printed. The problem can be solved only on a document by document basis. You can edit the document by highlighting the portion of the field to hide, selecting Text - Text Properties, then selecting the Hide tab, and choosing Hide paragraph when... Printed.
Lotus 1-2-3
When importing a 1-2-3 Worksheet file that has global protection enabled, numbers import as if they were dates in 1-2-3. To avoid this, disable global protection of the worksheet from within 1-2-3, (/Worksheet Global Protection Disable) then save the file again. The number field will then have a data type of number.
If you import Lotus 1-2-3 WK3 format files, you may encounter a memory segment allocation error that causes Notes to display the following error
message:
Memory allocation request exceeded 65,000 bytes
As a result, no data will be imported. The workaround is to save the file in WK1 or WK4 format. This problem does not occur on the Windows 95 platform.
Macintosh
Files of type .GIF or .JPEG will not show up in the import dialog on the Macintosh client unless they have a file type of "TEXT". Most .GIF and .JPEG files, including those detached from Notes, will have a file type of "GIFf" or "JPEG". You can change the file type of a GIF or JPEG file from "GIFf" or "JPEG" to "TEXT" with the application "ResEdit".
Microsoft Word for Windows
This caveat relates to importing from Microsoft Word for Windows 6. If you create a non-Word document and attempt to import that document as a Microsoft Word for Windows 6 document, Notes will terminate abruptly.
Tables
The Notes import process may fail to import all rows in a table that contain more than 255 rows. Subsequent exports of the table may result in a file that is not usable by the following word processing formats:
Ami Pro
Microsoft Rich Text Format
Microsoft Word
WordPerfect
Some tables have varying numbers of columns. Notes will not import a table correctly if the number of table columns changes. Redesign the table with a constant number of table columns.
Hidden columns and rows display when you import Excel files. If possible, convert the file to a Lotus 1-2-3 file format. Hidden columns and rows do not display when you import a 1-2-3 file.
Symbol
bullet
Chead
indent bullet
1st lev para
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
RN bullet
When you switch ID files, Notes tries to preserve all information about the original user. Thus, when the new user attempts to access the database, Notes does not update information until the user closes the database and reopens it.
Symbol
bullet
1st lev para
Chead
The new layout region feature, available in forms and subforms, allows users to easily place a combination of fields, graphics, buttons, and static text within a specific region. Although the features available within the region are also available outside the region, the behavior in some cases is intentionally different. However, there are still some limitations. Designers should be sure to verify that the results that they need are available from a layout region. If not, they should place their fields or graphics directly on the form or subform and not in the layout region.
For examples of layout regions and how they can be used, new templates such as the Mail and Room Reservations templates include forms and subforms containing layout regions.
Below are some specific areas that have known limitations or may produce unexpected results.
RN bullet
Fields in a layout region that allow multiple selections in the keyword list may not display the contents of the field. Use the arrow keys to scroll up and down to display the contents of the field. Even though some items may have a checkmark use the mouse to click the item to confirm the actual selection.
When focus is in a field in a layout region, you may not be able to scroll the document, including using the Page Up and Down keys. To correct this, place the cursor in a field outside the layout region or use the Tab keys to navigate among editable fields. As a workaround, design the form such that the default field focus in the form is set to a field that is not in the layout region.
It may be difficult or impossible to select static text from within the layout region while in Read mode. Put the document in Edit mode to select and copy the text.
Display of a layout region at both design time and at run-time may in some instances be inconsistent. During design, certain form elements may not place exactly as the user sees them and elements may overlay one another. Designers should continually check the display in run-time mode as they design the region (using Design -Test Form when within a form) in order to verify that element placement is as they intended.
As layout regions become larger than the visible form builder window on the screen, actions that cause the window to scroll, such as creating, moving, and resizing design elements, and form window resizing may cause display problems. In most cases, you can refresh these to correct the problem. In other cases, the display problems may persist into run-time mode. For best display and performance, Lotus recommends that small layout regions be used rather than large full page ones whenever possible.
Printing a document that contains a layout region will not
print any edit controls, listboxes, and comboboxes within the region. An option is to put a Computed-for-Display field immediately below the edit control. Since the edit control won't print, the static text field below it will show up.
Some layout region objects may print outside the layout region borders. Designers will need to test the printing of their forms so that they can reposition objects that display this problem.
Printing a document that contains a layout region and page breaks may result in the region being truncated on page break. This results in lost data from the printout. Designers should position page breaks carefully in relation to layout regions to avoid this.
If you edit a button in a way that causes it to resize, the display of the button may be corrupted. For example, this can happen when you change the font type of the button text to superscript. Note that this is a display problem only and will not appear in subsequent edits or at run-time.
All graphic buttons in a layout region are currently listed as "Hotspot" rather than having unique names in the Define list in the Design Pane.
When you set multiple lines of static text to Center Vertical, they will display as one line of text. This is expected behavior.
Only graphics and fields can be copied from outside a layout region into a layout region during design. Buttons and static text will not paste into a layout region. You must create these manually from within the layout region.
When you place focus in a field in a layout region, the Page Up and Down keys may not work. To scroll a document, place the cursor in an area outside the layout region. To navigate among editable fields, use the Tab key.
When you design layout regions that contain graphics, be sure to verify that the graphics display correctly on all appropriate platforms. Graphics are stretched to ensure that their dimensions are the same on all platforms. This stretching may affect their display.
You may find it difficult to select design elements in a document when the document contains layout regions with editable fields. In some cases, a field may grab the focus and not allow other selections. Scrolling the page until the region is not visible may correct this.
Scroll bars don't appear in text fields created in layout regions unless the Multiline Edit Control Option is also selected.
Symbol
RN body
Body Text
bullet
Please note that subforms when used in conjunction with sections in Notes Release 4.13 have a number of known limitations. These are described in the Sections item above.
The following is a list of known problems related to using subforms in this release:
RN bullet
It is possible to create subforms with the same name and the Insert Subform dialog box will list both instances. However, since subforms are stored by name, only the first one will be recognized. Lotus recommends that whenever possible you use unique names.
Avoid using the underscore (_) character in a subform name. Unlike most design elements, subforms do not use menu mnemonics. Notes may move the underscore character from its original position in the name, causing spelling differences in the Insert Subform dialog box and on the subform window.
You may have difficulty editing subforms within sections due to confusion as to cursor placement. If a double-click on a subform fails to open the subform design window, try selecting an object in the subform and double-clicking it.
If a subform contains a field with the same name as a field in the form into which it is being inserted, a warning message displays but Notes still inserts the subform. When this happens, the duplicate field name in the subform is renamed, with "_1" appended to the given name.
When designing computed subforms, at least one subform must appear in the Insert Subform dialog box. Otherwise, the Create - Insert Subform option will not be available on the menu in form design.
When you use Alternate Mail, subforms will not be converted if you choose to send the mail using a Notes encapsulated database. Therefore letterhead and mood stamps will not appear in the encapsulated database. However, when the encapsulated database is launched, the following messages will appear in status bar:
Cannot locate subform: Desk
, followed by
Cannot locate subform: Moods
Chead
1st lev para
Changing the /etc/system file before you install Notes
You must modify the /etc/system file before you install Notes and set the required kernel configurations for Solaris servers. These configuration parameters are listed in the "Platforms and Requirements" section of these Release Notes along with other Sun SPARC Solaris system requirements. If these configurations are not properly set, Notes terminates when you attempt to start the server.
1st lev para
Bhead
bullet
Because of internal database design changes in encapsulated databases, existing R3 Notes documents must be edited and resaved before you send them with Notes R4 Alternate Mail to a cc:Mail user with Notes R3.
If you do not edit and resave the document, the R3 Notes client/workstation cannot open the encapsulated database and you receive the error message:
Cannot initialize database view. Use Tools Replicate
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
Lotus recommends that subforms and layout regions not be placed within controlled access sections. You can use controlled access sections within a subform, however.
It is possible for non-editors of a section to edit fields within a layout region which is contained within a controlled access section.
When opening a document that contains a subform that is located between a signed field and a computed subform, the error message
Note item not found
may appear and the section will not be signed. However, the form will continue to open as expected.
You should not use signed fields outside of a section unless mail signing is to be used. If you use signed fields in forms and subforms that contain controlled access sections and the signed field is located outside the section, you will receive the error
Unable to verify signature in section fields
when you open that document. To avoid an error, place the signed field above the controlled access section. In situations where the controlled access section is signed, you receive a different error message. Again, to avoid the error, locate the signed field above the controlled access section.
A controlled access section that contains OLE objects in a form with the option "Store Form in Doc" may cause Notes to terminate or the error
message
Note item not found
when you try to save the document. To avoid this, add a signed field to the section or do not use the "Store Form in Doc" option.
Release 3 Section Fields cannot be created or edited in R4.
1st lev para
RN body
When you bring up the Design Form window, the Field & Functions button and @Commands button are not visible in the Programmer's Pane unless you resize the window.
&Arial
Body Text
Client System Requirements
HP-UX
T) 0T)
Macintosh
Certified Operating System Versions
AIX 4.1.4 and 4.1.5
HP-UX 10.01
OS/2 Warp 4, Warp Connect
System 7.5
Processors supported
PowerPC
, POWER,
POWER2
PA-RISC
Intel 486, Pentium
Motorola 68030, 68040,
PowerPC
System Requirements
32 Mb minimum; 64 Mb or more recommended
32 Mb minimum; 64 Mb or more recommended
8 Mb minimum; 12 Mb or more recommended
12 Mb minimum for 680x0, 16 Mb minimum for PowerPC;
20 Mb or more recommended for both
Disk space
100 Mb minimum; 110 Mb or more recommended
100 Mb minimum; 110
or more recommended
30 Mb minimum; 40
or more recommended
30 Mb minimum; 40
or more recommended
Monitors Supported
Color Monitors required
Color Monitors
required
Color Monitors
required
Color Monitors
required
Keyboards Supported
keyboard included with system unit
hil, pc style
T) 0T)
Protocol Support
AppleTalk
Yes for 4.1.4 only
SPX II
Yes for 4.1.4 only
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
TCP/IP
VINES
MacTCP
Client System Requirements continued:
Solaris
Windows 3.1
Windows 95
Windows NT
Certified Operating System Versions
Solaris 2.5.1 (SPARC, Ultra SPARC),
Solaris 2.5 (Intel)
Windows 3.1
Windows 95
Windows NT Workstation
T) 0T)
3.51, 4.0
Processors supported
Intel 486, Pentium (on Intel Edition platform);
SPARC,
UltraSPARC
Intel x86,
Pentium
Intel x86,
Pentium
Intel x86, Pentium,
Digital Alpha
System Requirements
32 Mb minimum; 64 Mb or more recommended
6 Mb minimum; 8 Mb or more recommended
8 Mb minimum; 12 Mb or more recommended
16 Mb minimum; 20 Mb or more recommended
Disk space
100 Mb minimum; 110
or more recommended
30 Mb minimum; 40
or more recommended
30 Mb minimum; 40
or more recommended
30 Mb minimum; 40
or more recommended
Monitors Supported
Color Monitors
required
Color Monitors
required
Color Monitors
required
Color Monitors
required
Keyboards Supported
SPARC: type 4 and type5
Intel Edition: pc style
Protocol Support
AppleTalk
SPX II
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
TCP/IP
VINES
RAM requirements include minimum RAM requirements for operating system as specified by the operating system vendor.
Macintosh minimum and recommended RAM amounts assume the use of MacOS Virtual Memory or other RAM management software such as RAM Doubler from Connectix. If Virtual Memory is not used, the minimum and recommended values are as follows: minimum of 16 Mb for 680x0 and 20 Mb for PowerPC, recommended of 32 Mb for both 680x0 and PowerPC.
Disk space requirements include actual free disk space amounts for installing default Notes files. More disk space would be required if databases will be replicated or copied locally.
Connect for X.25 and Connect for SNA are available separately, including on Lotus' World Wide Web site. Check the Lotus Web Page at
http://www.lotus.com
for more details.
Notes offers limited support for monochrome monitors (including black & white and gray scale) only when used for the Notes server console. Using Monochrome monitors may limit the GUI functionality in Notes for such things as Views, Navigators, Hotspots, SmartIcons
, etc. Lotus strongly recommends that you use color VGA or higher resolution monitors to ensure full Notes GUI functionality.
The following WinSock provider TCP/IP stacks are supported: BW-Connect (Version 3.2/4.0) from Beam and Whiteside, Chameleon (Version 4.6) from Netmanage, DEC PATHWORKS IP (Version 5.1) for DOS and Windows from Digital Equipment Corporation, Distinct TCP/IP for Microsoft Windows (Version 3.30) from Distinct Corporation, IBM TCP/IP for DOS (Version 2.11A), LAN WorkPlace for DOS (Version 5.0) from Novell, OnNet for Windows (Version 2.0 & 2.1) from FTP Software, Inc., Pathway Runtime (Version 4.1.1) from Wollongong Group, SolarNet PC-NFS Pro (Version 2.10) from SunSoft, Super TCP Suite (Version 2.2) from Frontier Technologies Corporation, TCP Connection for Windows (Version 5.1) from Walker, Richer, and Quinn, Inc., Windows for Workgroups (Version 3.11) from Microsoft Corporation.
If a platform is categorized as "certified" for a specific release, Lotus has tested this configuration and is committed to continued testing of this configuration. If you have a question about platform certification or support, please contact your Lotus Support Representative.
Note:
Operating system patches, servicepaks and other forms of updates are not specified in the table above. Please consult the Patch Requirements and Environment Variables chapters of the Release Notes for details on recommended or required updates that should be used with each certified client or server operating system. Also note that operating system vendors often release updates frequently. For the most recent information regarding updates, please see the Lotus KnowledgeBase online at
http://www.support.lotus.com/
or contact your local Lotus Support representative.
Server System Requirements
HP-UX
NetWare
Certified Operating System Versions
AIX 4.1.4 and 4.1.5
HP-UX 10.01
NetWare 3.12, NetWare 4.1
OS/2 Warp Server 4 (Entry, Advanced and with SMP feature), Warp Connect
Processors supported
PowerPC, POWER,
POWER2
PA-RISC
Intel x86,
Pentium
Intel 486, Pentium
Keyboards Supported
pc style
hil, pc style
SMP Support
System Require-
ments
64 Mb minimum; 128 Mb or more recommended
64 Mb minimum; 128 Mb or more recommended
64 Mb minimum; 96 Mb or more recommended
32 Mb minimum; 48 Mb or more recommended
Disk space
300 Mb minimum; 500 Mb or more recommended
300 Mb minimum; 500 Mb or more recommended
300 Mb minimum; 500 Mb or more recommended
300 Mb minimum; 500 Mb or more recommended
Disk swap space
128 Mb
128 Mb
Not used by OS
16 Mb
Monitors Supported
Color recommended
Color recommended
Color recommended
Color recommended
Protocol Support
AppleTalk
Yes (Not on SMP)
Yes for 4.1.4 only
(Not on SMP)
SPX II
Yes for 4.1.4 only
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
TCP/IP
VINES
(Not on SMP)
Server System Requirements continued:
Solaris
Windows 95
Windows NT
Certified Operating System Versions
Solaris 2.5.1
(SPARC, Ultra SPARC)
Solaris 2.5 (Intel)
Windows 95
Windows NT Server 3.51, 4.0,
Windows NT Workstation 3.51, 4.0
Processors supported
Intel x86,
Pentium (Intel Edition),
SPARC, Ultra SPARC
Intel 486, Pentium
Intel 486, Pentium,
Digital Alpha
Keyboards Supported
SPARC: type 4 and type 5
Intel Edition: pc style
SMP Support
No
System Require-
ments
64 Mb minimum;
128 Mb or more recommended
16 Mb minimum;
24 Mb or more recommended
32 Mb minimum;
48 Mb or more recommended
Disk space
300 Mb minimum;
500 Mb or more recommended
150 Mb minimum;
300 Mb or more recommended
300 Mb minimum;
500 Mb or more recommended
Disk swap space
128 Mb
16 Mb
64 MB
Monitors Supported
Color recommended
Color recommended
Color recommended
Protocol Support
AppleTalk
SPX II
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
TCP/IP
VINES
Yes (Not on Digital Alpha)
Warp Connect provides entry level Notes server capacity for up to approximately 250 active users depending on the work load. Check the following Web site for a detailed report on Notes server performance on Warp Connect:
http://www.austin.ibm.com/pspinfo/noteonws.html
SMP (Symmetrical Multiprocessing) support is for SMP-enabled versions of listed operating systems. For details on whether a version of an operating system supports SMP, check with the operating system vendor or with your Lotus representative.
RAM requirements include minimum RAM requirements for operating system as specified by the operating system vendor.
Disk space requirements include estimated free disk space amounts for minimum functioning Notes system (e.g. one or more mail databases and applications). The actual disk space needed to install the Notes files is significantly lower than the minimum and recommended values. This disk space varies by platform, but is generally on the order of 75-100 Mb.
Connect for X.25 and Connect for SNA are available separately, including on Lotus' World Wide Web site. Check the Lotus Web Page at
http://www.lotus.com
for more details.
Notes offers limited support for monochrome (including black & white and gray scale) monitors only when used for the Notes server console. Using Monochrome monitors may limit the GUI functionality in Notes for such things as Views, Navigators, Hotspots, SmartIcons
, etc. Lotus strongly recommends that you use color VGA or higher resolution monitors to ensure full Notes GUI functionality.
If a platform is categorized as "certified" for a specific release, Lotus has tested this configuration and is committed to continued testing of this configuration. If you have a question about platform certification or support, please contact your Lotus Support Representative.
Note:
Operating system patches, servicepaks and other forms of updates are not specified in the table above. Please consult the Patch Requirements and Environment Variables chapters of the Release Notes for details on recommended or required updates that should be used with each certified client or server operating system. Also note that operating system vendors often release updates frequently. For the most recent information regarding updates, please see the Lotus KnowledgeBase online at
http://www.support.lotus.com/
or contact your local Lotus Support representative.
If you run the IBM LAN Server 4.0 and Notes Release 4 on the same machine, Lotus recommends that you stop the LAN Server service DCDBREPL. There is a known memory leak problem related to this service. If you fail to stop this service, the machine can run o
ut of memory in as little as 60 hours. To stop loading this service, edit the IBMLAN.INI file found in the IBMLAN subdirectory. In the [server] section, find the line SRVSERVICES= and remove DCDBREPL. IBM is in the process of resolving the problem.
RN body
You must restart your machine so that this change takes effect.
RSymbol
bullet
bullet
1st lev para
Chead
bullet
RN bullet
Notes documentation and Help give the incorrect name for @Command([ReplicateSendAndReceiveMail]) (See the
Programmer's Guide Part 2
, p. 980). The correct @Command name is @Command([ReplicatorSendReceiveMail]).
In Notes R4, formulas that you might expect to be able to change the values of Computed for Display fields will not work in the same way as they did in R3.x. In Notes R4 Computed for Display fields that need to be modified or referenced in formulas should be changed to Computed fields.
If you use parameters with @Command([FilePrint]), you must use null strings ("") for each parameter that you omit.
In the Fields and Functions dialog box, the Help button is dim, but context-sensitive Help is available from the keyboard for each @Function or @Command you select.
@Modulo returns incorrect results when dividing by 0. For example, @Modulo(10;0) will return 10, but should return @Error (because you can't divide by 0).
The following OLE related @Commands are not supported on the UNIX platform:
EditInsertObject
ObjectDisplayAs
ObjectOpen
Use the @PostedCommand([FileSave]) command instead of the @Command([FileSave]) in formulas that modify and save a document(s). If you write a formula, for example:
Field LastChange := @Text(@Now);
@Command([FileSave])
that modifies a field in a form and then saves the form using the @Command([FileSave]) command, Notes will ask you if you want to save your changes, even though all changes have been saved.
In Notes R4.x, execution of the formula includes execution of @Commands as part of the formula and occurs before a document is marked as modified by the Field statement. Notes executes then executes @PostedCommand([FileSave]) to save any changes. In Notes R3.x, the behavior is different, because @Commands are not included when a formula executes.
RSymbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
When you deselect the setting " Show : Context Icons" in the SmartIcon dialog, Notes does not save this change for subsequent Notes sessions.
When you enter descriptive text for custom icons, include space characters between words to ensure the correct wrapping of text for bubble help as well as the correct display of the icon title in an icon list.
Notes does not check formulas for customized SmartIcons. Notes saves customized icons and the formulas applied but there is no syntax validation.
Hiding the 'floating' icon bar while in the workspace deselects the 'Show icon bar' option in the SmartIcons settings. To display the icon bar again, you must activate this option in the SmartIcons dialog box.
On the Macintosh, if you switch the default icon bar position from Top to Floating, subsequent resizing of the palette may cause the bar that moved the
palette to disappear. If this occurs, resize the palette. The bar will then reappear.
RN body
OS/2 only
On the Notes for OS/2 platform, the context icons display after the first change in context, not immediately after launching Notes.
"Helvetica
1st lev para
New Notes Enhancements:
LAN/WAN:
Fix a problem in X.PC where R4.0 servers weren't establishing sessions initiated by calls from R3.x servers to allow bi-directional routing and replication.
Fix packet overflow problems using SPX over Ethernet with 802.2 and Ethernet_SNAP frames when one endpoint is either a Windows 3.x
Workstation or an OS/2 Workstation or Server.
SERVER:
Fix problem with server tasks ignoring connection records
Fix loss of attachments to mail messages delivered using transfer mode shared mail (SHARED_MAIL=2) after unlinking shared mail database.
Prevent server hang caused by a workstation opening a very large database.
Prevent potential memory overwrite caused by a workstation opening a server database.
Improve the performance of the router when routing to a large number of domains.
WORKSTATION:
Allow the use of "!" in OLE objects being inserted into rich text fields.
Avoid workstation timeouts when opening a large database with a large number of unread documents.
Prevent malfunctions caused by accessing corrupted ACL notes.
Fix potential memory overwrite when using @ReplaceSubstring.
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###########
Release NoteServer Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###################################
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0CN=Thomas Gumz/OU=CAM/O=LotusY'j
(fixed)more details & twisted wordsFixedNT PM
EmailMicrosoft Windows NT 4.0Release Note
CN=Thomas Gumz/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
####################################
########################################
Release NoteAbout R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability05 Interoperability04 Notes R4 Server and R3 Workstation Issues
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##################################
Release NoteInterNotes
Web Navigator03 Troubleshooting10 Web Navigator Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##############
Release NoteAbout Setting the ACL in the Address Book04 Documentation updates05 InstallInstall Guide for Servers
01 Release Notes04 Documentation updates
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##################
Release NoteWindows NT02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsPatch Requirements
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###############################
Release NoteWindows 9502 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsPatch Requirements
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###############
Release NoteChanging the Location Document to a Different Domain03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
############
Release NoteNotes.ini Settings03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteViews and Folders03 Troubleshooting02 Workstation IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteLotus Notes R4.13 Directory Structure 02 Things you need to know01 Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinCN=Elizabeth Narkum/OU=CAM/O=LotusDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteDesigner Server Task03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#######################################
Release NoteNOTES.INI Settings03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteSun Solaris02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsSystem Performance
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#######################
Release NoteOpen Special Database Dialog Box03 Troubleshooting02 Workstation IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
################################
Release NoteAction Bar Buttons03 Troubleshooting02 Workstation IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
################################################
Release NoteHP-UX Server Shutdowns03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##################################
Release NoteUnable to Route Mail if Port Name in Server Document Is Blank03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###########
:aY2T
Release NoteErrata and Updates04 Documentation updates05 InstallInstall Guide for Workstations
01 Release Notes04 Documentation updates
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#########
v>(U`
Release NoteUpgrading Your Web Navigator Template02 Things you need to know06 Web Navigator
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Elizabeth Narkum/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##########
Release NoteAbout Template Update Releases02 Things you need to know06 Web Navigator
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#########################
Release NoteServer Console (OS/2 only)03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteSPX and Sun SPARC Solaris03 Troubleshooting05 Networking Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
v'|AU`Z
Release NoteDocument Link Preview feature03 Troubleshooting10 Web Navigator Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
############################################
Release NoteViewers Supported in Notes Release 4.1302 Things you need to know07 Viewers
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###################################
Release NoteHeaders and Footers03 Troubleshooting02 Workstation IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteIBM AIX (UNIX)02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsTuning Parameters
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#####
Release Note@DbCommand, @DbColumn, and @DbLookup in "ODBC" and "DLENS" classes03 Troubleshooting07 LotusScript and LotusScript Extension Issues@Functions
About
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#######
Release NoteOLE Auto Launch03 Troubleshooting06 Application Design IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteFields and Forms03 Troubleshooting06 Application Design IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteFields Within Layout Regions03 Troubleshooting06 Application Design IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
######################
Release NoteAccess Control Lists (ACL)03 Troubleshooting04 Security IssuesWorkstation Security
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteMultiple Notes Clients on One Workstation03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#######################
Release NoteAgents (Sun Solaris only)03 Troubleshooting02 Workstation IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###########################################
Context Help FormButtons03 Troubleshooting06 Application Design IssuesPC Platforms
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#################################
Release NoteAppleTalk and Windows NT 4.003 Troubleshooting05 Networking Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteRemote LAN Operations03 Troubleshooting05 Networking Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#################################################
Release Note@Functions05 Interoperability03 Notes R4 Workstation and R3 Server Issues
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
################################################
Release NoteInternational Language Input and Display02 Things you need to know08 International Language Input and Display
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
The Document Library templates have a feature that prevents two people from editing or reviewing the same document on the same server. The document is put in a "locked state." If a user edits a document in the Preview Pane, and the "Document Reservations" review style is being used, the review is initiated, but it does not allow the user to complete it. The document is then in a locked state where no one can edit it.
A (hidden) agent is supplied in these templates that will unlock such documents. Edit the "Unlock Document" agent and change the item "When should this agent run?" to "Manually from Actions Menu." Run the agent on the locked document. Lotus recommends that you change the item back to "Manually from Agent List" after you finish using it. This will remove the agent from the menu and prevent unauthorized access. If you need it again
switch the item to "Manually from Actions Menu"
In the Document Library it is possible for the document author (the originator) to "clear the review cycle." This action will remove all the reviewer names and review settings (for example, time limits and review styles). Clearing the review cycle prior to submittal has no workflow ramifications, since the document has yet to be submitted. However, clearing the review cycle after the document has been submitted will generate a new notification to reviewers apprising them that they are no longer required to review the document.
If a reviewer has already conducted their review and the review cycle is then cleared, their work is preserved in the appropriate reviewed document and the review history is tracked in a log.
Lotus SmartSuite 96 Library and Microsoft Office Library templates
Lotus SmartSuite 96 Library (R4)
and the
Microsoft Office Library (R4)
templates contain forms that automatically launch applications. UNIX users attempting to access these forms will receive an error message.
R3 and R4 Template Interoperability
Release 3 Notes workstations may have problems using databases that were created with Notes Release 4 application templates. Such difficulties range from simple display problems, such as text that uses Hide-When formulas, to entire areas of functionality that cannot be run from the Release 3 workstation, such as LotusScript agents. Lotus recommends that you use the Release 4 templates only from a Release 4 workstation.
For more information, see the "Interoperability" view in these Release Notes.
Reviewers field
When submitting a document for review, do not use Group names in the "Reviewers" field. Only person-names are supported. This limitation applies to the following templates:
Approval Cycle
Document Library
Templates and actions
When you create an agent with a "modify field" simple action, the append option is grayed out if there are no documents in the database. Templates usually do not contain any documents, so template designers must either create a dummy document containing the desired field, then create the agent, and then delete the document; or use the equivalent formula instead of a simple action.
bullet
Body Text
1st lev para
Chead
This view provides information relating to interoperability between a Notes R4 server and a Notes R3 workstation. Although Notes R4 servers are fully compatible with Notes R3 workstations, the new feature enhancements in R4 may require you to manage Notes servers and workstations in your network differently from R3. You may need to change your current setup.
In the following views, the use of the term "R3" refers to all Lotus Notes R3 releases, numbered sequentially from 3.0 to the latest 3.xx release. The term "R4" refers to all Lotus Notes R4 releases numbered sequentially from 4.0 to the latest 4.x release.
Symbol
1st lev para
2nd lev para
Chead
bullet
indent bullet
RN bullet
The Web Navigator does not support secure Web proxy servers (such as the ANS Interlock) which require the Web user to authenticate with the proxy server. The Web Navigator should work properly, but all the users' Web pages will be considered private and placed in their private database folders. Since the InterNotes server is itself an application-level firewall, Lotus suggests that users of secure Web proxy servers place the InterNotes server in a firewall configuration and bypass the Web proxy server. Lotus intends to support authenticating proxy servers in subsequent releases.
If you create an agent that puts URL links into Notes documents outside the Web Navigator database, be sure to put the URL links in a rich-text field so that Notes can create hotspot URLs out of the text.
In the Web Navigator Administration document, the Web Navigator uses the font size you specify in the Body Text field to determine the size in the Fixed, Address, Plain, and Listing fields.
On some Web pages that are the result of a search form from another Web page, clicking Reload may cause a different page to get reloaded. The workaround is to return to the original search form and search for the page again.
Note the following about radio buttons you encounter on Web pages with fill-out forms:
Performance may seem slow as you move from field to field on Web pages with many radio buttons. This is because LotusScript runs on each radio button.
When exiting radio button fields, the screen may repaint. This is because LotusScript runs on each radio button.
When selecting radio buttons, you can select more than one radio button in a group at once. However, when you move to another field or press a button, all the radio buttons except for the last one set will be cleared.
If users have a local replica of the Web Navigator database and their current location does not contain any network connections, the Web Navigator will
only
open Web pages in their local replica of the database in these situations:
When users double-click a URL link in a document outside the Web Navigator.
When users open a Web page by using a SmartIcon or navigator that uses the @URLOpen function.
When navigating using hypertext links in Web documents to other Web documents that reside in the WEB.NSF database.
The Document Link Preview feature will not let you preview Web pages that are not cached in the Web database. The error message
The linked document cannot be found in the view
appears if you attempt to preview a document that has not been retrieved off the Internet and stored in the database already. To retrieve the document off the Internet, users can double-click the link.
The Document Link Preview feature will not let you preview URL hotspot links that are created automatically when you set the "Make Internet URLs into Hotspots" preference (whether or not the Web page is in the Web Navigator database).
RN body
bullet
You will be unable to pull the Address Book from a PC platform if the access control list (ACL) for the NAMES.NSF database is set to Manager.
You must set ACL on NAMES.NSF to allow manager access. If you do not when you run Notes setup and pull the Address Book from a Notes server, you will get the error
You are not authorized to perform that operation
On the server you will receive the error message
Attempt to access database Names.nsf was denied
Change the ACL to no access and it will successfully setup.
As an alternate solution, if you add the server to the ACL, you must leave the User Type as "Unspecified" until setup is complete. If the User Type is "Unspecified," setup will complete successfully. The server is added to LocalDomainServers automatically at registration time and gets acesss that way.
Chead
1st lev para
Body Text
2nd lev para
Bhead
Checking "Overwrite files" during Install
When installing over a previous version of Lotus Notes, be sure to select the "Overwrite files" check box during the install process. If previous levels of Notes system files are not overwritten, you may end up with a non-functional installation of Notes. In addition, if you do not select to overwrite all of your older Notes files, you will be asked to manually confirm that you want to overwrite each of your older Notes files. This increases the time needed to complete the file transfer procedure and requires your presence at your workstation to overwrite each older file.
Note
Notes preserves your desktop and related user settings when you check "Overwrite files."
IBM OS/2 Installer
When you install Notes for OS/2, entry fields may not be updated properly. The display that indicates which modules you wish to install and where you would like your notes program and data files to be placed has a problem. If you look at the fields, the Notes data path entry is last. An attempt to type into this field does not update the field, causing your NOTES.INI file to be placed in the program directory with the contents: [Notes.ini].
Update the data path first if you want it to be something other than the default path. In addition, if you accept the defaults and select the modules you wish to install, your NOTES.INI will contain the appropriate directory and kit type.
Installing from diskette
If you install Notes from a set of diskettes, when you are prompted for the next disk, beginning with the insertion of disk 2, the dialog prompt states that it is transferring the files not from the disk that is in the hard drive but from the previous disk in the set until it is almost ready for the next disk. In other words, although disk 2 is in the hard drive, the dialog prompt will read disk 1, and so forth.
Shared Install
When you install a public copy of Notes for OS/2 to the server, an icon will be created on your desktop: "Lotus Notes Shared Installer." This icon is a generic-looking box, but it does run the Shared Installer (EPFIDLDS.EXE).
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
The Find/Replace command does not search for or replace text in Section title bars.
Notes R3 section title bar text colors may default to black in the Design mode when you view them from Notes R4. However, documents that you create based on this form will display in their original R3 colors.
Hotspots are not valid in section title bars. If the title defaults to a line of text that contains a hotspot or button, Notes displays only that text which precedes the hotspot as the title for the section.
If you drag-select text to the end of a section from any part of the contents, Notes selects the entire section including the title bar. For greater control, select text from the bottom of the section upward.
Return characters (carriage returns) are not allowed in section titles. If you use them, Notes displays fallback characters within the section title in the document or form.
Windows NT Workstation 3.51 and Windows NT Server 3.51
Obtain and install the following patches from Microsoft Corporation or download them from Microsoft's Service Packs Web site:
http://www.microsoft.com/msdownload/
Operating System
Patch Number
Synopsis
Rationale
Windows NT Workstation 3.51
Servicepak 5
cumulative set of fixes for Windows NT 3.51
required fixes to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
Windows NT Server 3.51
Servicepak 5
cumulative set of fixes for Windows NT 3.51
required to run Lotus Notes
Release 4 (or later)
Windows NT Workstation 4.0 and Windows NT Server 4.0
Obtain and install the following patches from Microsoft Corporation or download them from Microsoft's Service Packs Web site:
http://www.microsoft.com/msdownload/
Operating System
Patch Number
Synopsis
Rationale
Windows NT Workstation 4.0
Servicepak 1
cumulative set of fixes for Windows NT 4.0
required fixes to run Lotus Notes Release 4.13 (or later)
Windows NT Server 4.0
Servicepak 1
cumulative set of fixes for Windows NT 4.0
required to run Lotus Notes
Release 4.13 (or later)
AppleTalk and Windows NT 4.0
The AppleTalk protocol stack in Windows NT 4.0 does not function properly. On a Macintosh platform and other systems connecting to Notes servers running NT 4.0 with AppleTalk, Notes generates a variety of errors, most commonly
Network error: insufficient data received
. Lotus strongly recommends that you run Notes NT servers with AppleTalk on version 3.51 until Microsoft issues a fix for this problem.
Banyan Vines and Digital Alpha / Windows NT
Banyan VINES is not supported on the Digital Alpha / Windows NT platform in this release of Notes, as no requester is available from Banyan.
Obtain and install the following patches from Microsoft Corporation or download them from Microsoft's Service Packs Web site:
http://www.microsoft.com/msdownload/
Operating System
Patch Number
Synopsis
Rationale
Windows 95
Servicepak 1
cumulative set of fixes for Windows 95
required fixes to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
If you are running Notes 4.13 servers on Windows 95 using TCP/IP or SPX, install the Kernel32 Update from Microsoft. Obtain this patch by contacting Microsoft or by searching their Web site:
http://www.microsoft.com
Microsoft's home page explains the rationale for this patch:
"This update resolves a memory leak which occurs when opening and closing a Socket using the Windows Sockets API. Without this update, running a Windows Sockets application over a long period of time, especially one which opens and closes a large number of sockets, will result a significant resource drain. This can cause the Windows swapfile to grow very large, overall deterioration of performance, and over time, possible system instability. This update allows users to better run such applications for long periods of time without loss of system performance and stability, and without requiring users to reboot their computers periodically to free system resources. Customers who need to run Windows Sockets applications continuously over long periods of time, especially applications which use a large number of sockets, will benefit from this update."
Chead
1st lev para
Body Text
If a Notes workstation is running in Domain A and you change the location document to one that is appropriate for Domain B and then bring up the Notes server, the server starts up in Domain B. This condition prevents mail from routing. This happens because the location document affects the Domain parameter in shared memory. The router cannot change the Domain parameter on the fly, so subsequent switching of locations on the workstation does not fix the problem.
RN body
The workaround is to
bring the workstation down before bringing the server up. Shared memory is erased; then the mail domain is received from the server document, and the server starts up in the correct domain. The timing is affected by machine speed, network traffic, and so forth, causing the problem to be more reproducible in certain environments.
bullet
International characters display as "||||" on the server console. To correct this problem, set this variable in your notes.ini file:
SERVER_CONSOLE_CODEPAGE=8859
RN body
This allows the international characters to be displayed correctly.
2nd lev para
1st lev para
RN Body
Organizer
2.1 with group scheduling relies on Lotus Notes 16-bit APIs. To run Organizer 2.1 group scheduling with Notes Release 4, you must install the Notes for Windows (16-bit) client. In addition, there are two replacement Organizer 2.1 DLL files for an Organizer for Notes installation.
You may download these files from the Lotus Support BBS at 617-693-7000.
You will find the following DLLs in a file named ORGN4.ZIP:
TZXPORT.DLL
TZDIR.DLL
Copy the files into your Organizer 2.1 program directory (\ORG2 by default). Customers running Organizer from a shared directory on a file server do not need to reinstall if the files are copied into the Organizer program directory on the server. However, customers who installed a local copy of the Organizer from the file server will need to reinstall or to copy the two .DLL files into the program directory on their local drive.
Symbol
RN bullet
Basic
bullet
Chead
RN body
The Windows 95 Notes Server running Banyan VINES is not supported in Notes Release 4.13.
RSymbol
bullet
RN bullet
When you access list boxes within InfoBoxes, the focus does not shift to the InfoBox. For example, if the Document Properties InfoBox is open to the Fields tab and you select a field, this action does not activate the InfoBox. As a result, using the down arrow to scroll in the list box will scroll the active window, but not the listbox within the InfoBox itself. To verify that the InfoBox indeed has the focus, click on the InfoBox header.
The Document Properties Fields tab lists incomplete information for an OLE object within the selected document. Missing information includes object-specific information such as Object Type, Object Name, Object Length, and file details.
bullet
2nd lev para
RN body
If you open a view or folder and try to delete it while open, you will delete the files in the view or folder and not the view or folder itself. To delete a view or folder:
Use the RIGHT mouse button to click the view or folder you want to delete.
Click the LEFT mouse button anywhere on the screen to dismiss the pop-up window.
Press the Delete key or choose Edit - Cut to delete the view or folder.
indent bullet
Body Text
Chead
1st lev para
Chead
2nd lev para
Use the following information to find where the installation files for your specific operating system are located on the Notes CD-ROM. Refer to the following sections for layout information about Notes Release 4.13 CD-ROMs including what can be found in directories that do not contain Notes installation files.
CD-ROM directory structure for PC platforms:
README.NSF
APPS
DICTNRY
VIPRUN
NVAGENTS
DRIVERS
ATALK
NETWARE
DISK_KIT
INSTALL
OS2
DISK_KIT
INSTALL
WIN16
DISK_KIT
INSTALL
W32ALPHA
DISK_KIT
INSTALL
W32INTEL
DISK_KIT
INSTALL
CD-ROM directory structure for Macintosh partition:
Applications
Dictionary Files
ASLM Installer
Lotus Notes for Macintosh PPC
Lotus Notes
Lotus Notes for Macintosh 68K
Lotus Notes
CD-ROM directory structure for UNIX platforms:
The UNIX CD-ROM contains a UNIX directory at the top of the root directory that contains the following:
install program
copydist utility program
sets directory
tools directory
The sets directory and tools directory are used by the Install program only. For the International English version of the CD-ROM, international language dictionaries are included as described in
Database 'Lotus Notes R4.12 Release Notes', View 'a. Contents\b. Things you need to know', Document 'Information about Additional Items on the CD-ROM'
CN=Parallan/OU=CAM/O=Notes
Database 'Lotus Notes R4.12 Release Notes', View 'a. Contents\b. Things you need to know', Document 'Information about Additional Items on the CD-ROM'
CN=Parallan/OU=CAM/O=Notes
Information about Additional Items on the CD-ROM
in these Release Notes.
bullet
Bhead
Body Text
indent bullet
Chead
Chead
1st lev para
2nd lev para
The documents in this view describe interoperability issues relating to using any Notes Release 4.13 workstation feature on a workstation that runs Notes Release 3 and using any Notes Release 3 workstation feature on a workstation that runs Notes Release 4.13.
The term "R3" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 3.0 to the latest 3.x release. The term "R4" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 4.0 to the latest 4.x release.
Symbol
bullet
2nd lev para
RN bullet
The Notes import process may fail to import all rows in a table that contains more than 255 rows. If you export this table, the new file may not be usable by the following word processing formats:
Ami Pro
Microsoft Rich Text Format
Microsoft Word
WordPerfect
RN Body
Although the current Notes table limits are 255 rows by 64 columns (16,320 cells), your workstation's configuration (processor, memory, open applications, and disk drive space) may not be able to support a table
this large
. Creating a table that exceeds workstation capacity will return an insufficient memory message and may cause Notes to
terminate
. Extremely large tables may also slow performance; if possible, keep your table size less than 100 rows by 30 columns (3000 cells).
Tables exceeding one page in width or length may not print correctly, resulting in lost data. Choose View - Show - Page Breaks to see where Notes breaks a page and adjusts rows and columns. It may be necessary to reorganize a table that is printing incorrectly and to create shorter rows.
Selected text in a single table cell may appear to be deselected when you change fonts using the status bar. Changing text by using the Text Properties InfoBox will prevent this problem.
Selecting to view page breaks and using full justification may cause a table to display incorrectly if you are using italicized or script fonts for text.
In designing or working with tables created in Release 3 that will be used in Release 4, you may notice slight changes in Release 3 column widths due to new intercell spacing in Release 4.
Copying and pasting tables with different border styles within the same table may result in some cell borders changing styles. To prevent this problem, select the table and a blank paragraph above or below it.
Border styles default to Single when copying and pasting a table's contents or a portion of its contents. In order to retain border style settings, copy the entire table, including a paragraph above or below it.
Copying information and pasting it into a table cell that has its contents selected will not allow you to undo this operation. To avoid losing information, paste information into the table cell without selecting its contents, then delete the information you no longer need.
Using the scroll bar to navigate through a document that contains hidden text in a table cell may inadvertently cause the scrolling action to stop at the point of the hidden text; use the arrow keys or Page Up or Page Down keys to scroll through these documents.
Notes adjusts column width values slightly when you toggle the Fit-to-Window checkbox.
Drag-selecting text in a document with tables from the bottom to the top may cause selection to stop when reaching the top of a table.
1st lev para
RN body
If you run the Designer server task, you may see error messages that list missing .NTF files for Notes documentation databases, such as Notes Administration Help.
Please ignore these messages. They occur because most documentation databases inherit their design from templates that are not shipped with Notes.
RSymbol
bullet
RN body
Do not use the REPORTUSEMAIL=1 setting in your NOTES.INI file. Using this setting causes the Notes server to terminate abruptly.
Symbol
bullet
RN body
Existing customer keymap files may be obsolete as Notes keymap files were enhanced for Release 4.1. Lotus recommends that you use the default keymap and, if necessary, update this new file rather than customize older versions of keymap files that you have created.
On all Solaris platforms, if you wish to minimize system resource usage and to maximize reliability and performance, become root and:
chown root /opt/lotus/latest/sunspa/server
chmod +s /opt/lotus/latest/sunspa/server
The set-uid above should only be done for the server! The reason that the set-uid is necessary is that Solaris has a hard limit to the number of file descriptors for a process of 1024. By having the server set-uid, the server can raise this limit to a value large enough that all server tasks can execute as threads in a single process. After the hard limit on the number of file descriptors has been changed, a call to setuid(getuid()) is made. After this call is made, the server is no longer running as root. This all happens as the first action in the server process main(); .
&Arial
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
Chead
1st lev para
indent bullet
bullet
RN Body
Configuration
When you choose File - Database - Open Special, a dialog appears listing databases outside your domain or of special importance to your workgroup. The design for this dialog box has been generalized to support the needs of an easy Internet startup experience, the needs of third-party connectivity providers (IGN, AT&T, and so forth), and IS managers who want to distribute a list of default or special databases to their user community.
A set of entries in the NOTES.INI file controls the list of databases that appears in this dialog box. These NOTES.INI entries can be added during setup (by Lotus or by an OEM customer) or can be inserted by a macro distributed via Notes mail by a customer IS organization.
Notes ships with two default entries, Notes NIC Welcome and Web Navigator.
The first entry defines the logical list of items, and the subsequent entries are the required database information items. Enter them as follows:
Logical list
$$$OpenSpecial =
where
item
= the logical name of the database item.
Database Item
$$$item = [
Servername
filename
replicaID, title, description
where item = the logical name of the database item
Servername = name of the target server (optional)
filename = filename of the database (such as welcome.nsf)
replicaID = is the full replica ID of the database
title = the database title to be displayed in the dialog box
description = the information text describing the database
displayed in the yellow panel
Example 1
The following lines produce the default dialog box list illustrated here
kkkZZZ999
BBB111)))
J1!kB)
B9s)!
Z!{JB
cRc)!c!
ZJ{B1
k)RRR
Zcc9kk9
cs{RJR)
ckJRZ919!)1
RcB9J)kskR
pecial...
$$$OpenSpecial = InterNotes, NotesNIC
$$$InterNotes = ,web.nsf,Web Navigator,InterNotes Web Navigator Database
$$$NotesNIC = Home/NIC/NET, welcome.nsf, Notes NIC Welcome, Central home database for Lotus Notes information on the Internet
Example 2
The following formula attached to a button or placed in the PostOpen event of a form will add the database Chocolate (Chocolat.nsf) to the user's Open Special dialog box.
@setenvironment("$$Chocolat" ; "servername, Chocolat.nsf, Chocolate, Everything you wanted to know about chocolate.")
After the formula executes, the entries in the user's NOTES.INI file will look like this:
$$$OpenSpecial = InterNotes, NotesNIC, Chocolat
$$$InterNotes = ,web.nsf,Web Navigator,InterNotes Web Navigator Database
$$$NotesNIC = Home/NIC/NET, welcome.nsf, Notes NIC Welcome, Central home database for Lotus Notes information on the Internet
$$$Chocolat = servername,Chococlat.nsf,Chocolate,Everything you wanted to know about chocolate.
&Arial
indent bullet
bullet
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
Chead
1st lev para
Default Action Bar Buttons and Alternate Mail
The R4 Memo Form contains default Action Bar Buttons. In R4 Alternate Mail, when a Notes document is sent to a cc:Mail
user, the encapsulated database displays the Action Bar Buttons at the top of the document. The Action Bar Buttons do not function in this context. To prevent the Action Bar Buttons from being available within the launched encapsulated database, customize a form. Copy the Memo Form to an Alternate Mail Memo Form. Update the Action Properties to "not include in the Action Bar". Use the Alternate Mail Memo Form to send Notes documents to cc:Mail users with Alternate Mail.
1st lev para
RN body
If you need to perform a 'shutdown' on the HP-UX Notes server, the Notes server may not shut down cleanly. If this happens, you need to terminate (kill) the Notes server processes before you restart the Notes server.
1st lev para
Chead
RN body
On the Notes for UNIX platform, an error may occur if you install the first server and then attempt to register an additional server over a modem X.PC connection. This is due to the fact that the port name may be missing in the additional server's server record. The error message states that there is no connection record to the first server found in the Address Book.
To resolve the problem, edit the additional server's server record in the Address Book and add the port name for TCP. Mail will then be routed properly over X.PC.
Symbol
indentsent
bullet
Body Text
Chead
Chead
Bhead
This section contains new information and corrections that will be updated in the next revision of the
Install Guide for Workstations.
On page 48, the
Install Guide
reads:
* Documentation. To install additional Notes documentation, do so during the Notes setup program. By default Notes installs only the Administration Release Notes, End User Release Notes, and Help-Lite databases.
The paragraph should read:
* Documentation. This option will install the complete set of Notes online documentation. By default Notes installs only the Release Notes and Help-Lite databases.
On page 49, the
Install Guide
reads:
You should create these IDs and use the same IDs during the install program and the workstation setup program.
This sentence should read:
You should create these IDs before you run the install.
On page 50, the
Install Guide
reads:
Press TAB to accept the default of [Notes workstation] to install the Notes workstation software.
This sentence should read:
Press the spacebar to change the default from [Notes server] to [Notes workstation] to install the Notes workstation software and then then press TAB.
On page 51 the
Install Guide
reads:
After you successfully install Notes, you must complete the Notes setup program.
This sentence should read:
After you successfully install Notes, each Unix user who is to use Notes must complete the Notes setup program.
On page 51, the
Install Guide
reads:
The Notes setup program automatically starts the first time you type the command notes.
This sentence should read:
The Notes setup program automatically starts the first time you type the command
/opt/lotus/bin/notes
On page 52 the following paragraph:
Notes Release 4 Help
is a database that provides complete documentation on Notes end-user features, as well as documentation on managing databases, creating applications, and using LotusScript in Notes. If you are installing Notes on a workstation, you should install this feature so that workstation users can have access to this database.
The last sentence can be disregarded.
The paragraph
should read:
Notes Release 4 Help
is a database that provides complete documentation on Notes end-user features, as well as documentation on managing databases, creating applications, and using LotusScript in Notes.
On page 52 the
Install Guide
reads:
Select any features you want to install on the workstation and make available to workstation users.
This sentence should be
disregarded as it does not apply to workstation install.
On page 52 the
Install Guide
reads:
Notes Release 4 Help
is a database that provides complete documentation on Notes end-user features, as well as documentation on managing databases, creating applications, and using LotusScript in Notes. If you are installing Notes on a workstation, you should install this feature so that workstation users can have access to this database.
Please note the following corrections to this paragraph:
Notes Release 4 Help
is a database that provides complete documentation on Notes end-user features, as well as documentation on managing databases, creating applications, and using LotusScript in Notes. This database may already be available to you from your Notes home server. Please consult your Notes administrator.
On page 52 the
Install Guide
reads:
Notes Help Lite
is a database that provides context-sensitive information about most Notes features. If you are installing Notes on a workstation, you should install this feature so that workstation users can have access to this database.
This paragraph should read:
Notes Help Lite
is a database that provides context-sensitive information about most Notes features. It is installed by default. You do not need to install this database if you are installing Notes Release 4 Help, or if either is available to you from your Notes home server. Please consult your Notes administrator.
On page 52 of the
Install Guide
, please add the following additional information to the "Documentation databases" and "Templates" paragraphs:
These databases/templates may already be available to you from a Notes server - consult your Notes administrator.
On page 52, the
Install Guide
instructs you:
3. Select any features you want to install on the workstation and make available to workstation users.
Please correct this step to read:
3. Select any features you want to install.
page 54, the
Install Guide
tells you to double-click the Notes icon on your desktop. If you are running a UNIX system, please disregard this instruction. This is not true for UNIX.
On page 54 the
Install Guide
reads:
Specify the correct drive
Please disregard this instruction if you are running a UNIX system.
On page 55, the
Install Guide
reads:
To restart Notes after you complete the setup program, double-click the Notes icon.
It should read:
To restart Notes after you complete the setup program,
type
/opt/lotus/bin/notes.
On page 55, the
Install Guide
instructions are:
12. If you are upgrading to a new release of Notes and you backed up any Notes data files, copy these files back to the Notes Data directory.
Please correct these to read:
12. If you are upgrading to a new release of Notes and you backed up Notes data files, DO NOT copy these files back to the Notes Data directory unless you have a specific problem that requires you to do so.
Body Text
Notes Release 4.13 includes the upgraded Web Navigator template called WEB41.NTF that was introduced in Notes Release 4.1. This template is designed for Notes Release 4.1 and above and is not supported on prior Release 4 Notes servers. All Release 4 clients will generally be able to use this template, but will not be able to auto-launch the Category documents or Rating documents that make use of the URL Autolaunch form attribute. If you are using a Web Navigator database (WEB.NSF) created with the earlier Release 4 Web Navigator template, follow these steps to use the new template:
If users have created Rating and Web Tour documents, save and then rename your current WEB.NSF to WEBOLD.NSF.
Issue the LOAD WEB command to have Notes create a new WEB.NSF with the updated WEB41.NTF template. (For information on how Notes locates and uses the Web Navigator template to create WEB.NSF, see "About custom Web Navigator templates" in these Release Notes.)
Enable any agents you use.
Create any folders in the WEB.NSF that you utilized in the WEBOLD.NSF database. Select and copy documents into the new folders.
Copy and paste the Rating documents from WEBOLD.NSF to WEB.NSF.
bullet
RN Body
When you edit a document in the Preview Pane, you must use the Text Properties InfoBox to modify the font or point size. These cannot be changed using the Status bar.
bullet
RN body
Body Text
Pop-ups may not close when you release them. Click the document to close the pop-up.
Symbol
bullet
Chead
If you use an After Dark screen saver and Notes Help is open and inactive for more than three minutes, After Dark (ADW30) may cause a General Protection Fault (GPF) in module USER.EXE. To avoid this problem, disable your After Dark screen saver.
In the Fields and Functions dialog box, the Help button is dim, but context-sensitive Help is available from the keyboard for each @function or @command you select.
If you are using the Notes for Windows 95 client in SDI mode and access the Notes Help database (HELP4.NSF) using Help Lite (HELPLT4.NSF), the window that contains Help may move to the background (behind the workspace) and seem to have disappeared. You can find the window and properly orient it using the Window menu.
Automated Install for OS/2
There is an automated install feature within the Response File for OS/2 that provides you with the ability to run the Lotus Install program without user interface. To activate this feature you must provide the
RESPONSE.RSP
response file with data that corresponds to the install options. You do this by inserting the install data into the appropriate fields in the file. Consider using the automated install feature on more than one response file if you have multiple configuration settings that you would like to save. You can accomplish this task by simply saving each response file under a different name.
The automatic install feature is for the exclusive use of System Administrators. Individual users are not allowed to edit this file and should use the response file provided to them by System Administration.
Before the automated install feature can work, you must:
Prepare the response file.
Test the automated install feature using the response file.
Distribute the response file to the users.
Avoiding Errors when Configuring a Response File
To avoid errors when configuring a response file for an automated install, make sure that you do not modify the field names that are to the left of the equal signs (=) and that you do not delete any fields from this file.
Updating a Response File
Instructions for updating a response file are as follows:
1. Create a back-up copy of the response file so you can revert back to it if
necessary.
Example:
RESPONSE.SAV
2. Edit the fields in the
RESPONSE FILE STARTS HERE
section of the response file.
- Provide information in each field according to your needs.
- Read the comments for each field to find out about legal values and possible
interaction with other fields.
3. Save the changes made to the Response File. A response file can be given
any name.
Testing the Response File with the Automated Install Feature
You can test the automated install feature using the response file by running the install program that will use the response file as input. To run an automated install, type the following command at an
You can identify problems within the response file if errors display as the install program runs.
If you are testing a workstation from a shared program directory (e.g., node install), then you will need to do a public installation in the usual way as public installations cannot be automated.
Defining the Automated Install Command for OS/2
The following is a breakdown of the automated install command that you will type at the OS/2 command line when running an install program:
is the location of the Notes install program executable.
turns on the automated install feature.
/R:responsefilepath
specifies the full path to the response file.
/P:installpackagename
identifies the install package name that you want to install.
There are three choices for the
/P:installpackagename:
/P:"Notes for OS/2 Workstation"
/P:"Notes for OS/2 Server"
/P:"Notes for OS/2 Shared
/L1:logfilepath
specifies the full path to a logfile where any errors are logged. (This is optional.)
Distributing the Response File to Users
A response file that is both error free and able to successfully perform an install is ready to be distributed to users. The distribution method that you use will depend solely upon the type of tools at your site. When distributing the response file, remember to include instructions on how to run the install program, as well as the automated install command that the users will need to type at the OS/2 command line.
Automated Install for Windows
There is an automated install feature within the Response File for Windows that provides you with the ability to run the Lotus Install program without user interface. To activate this feature you must provide the
response file (INSTNOT.RSP for Win32; AUTONOT.RSP for Win3.1) with data that corresponds to the install options. You do this by inserting the install data into the appropriate fields in the file. Consider using the automated install feature on more than one response file if you have multiple configuration settings that you would like to save. You can accomplish this task by simply saving each response file under a different name.
Note
The automatic install feature is for the exclusive use of System Administrators. Individual users are not allowed to edit this file and should use the response file provided to them by System Administration.
Before the automated install feature can work, you must:
Prepare the response file.
Test the automated install feature within the response file.
Distribute the response file to the users.
Avoiding Errors when Configuring a Response File
In order to avoid errors when configuring a response file for an automated install, make sure that you do not modify the field names that are to the left of the equal signs (=) and that you do not delete any fields from this file.
Note
You will be unable to customize the installed files for the Windows 3.1 installation as the "Custom Install" option is unavailable.
Updating a Response File with the Automated Install Feature
Instructions for updating a response file with the automated install feature are as follows:
1. Create a back-up copy of the response file so you can revert back to it if
necessary.
Example:
INSTNOT.SAV
2. Edit the fields in the
RESPONSE FILE STARTS HERE
section of this file.
Provide information in each field according to your needs.
Read the comments for each field to find out about legal values and possible interaction with other fields.
3. Save the changes made to the Response File. A response file can be given
any name.
Testing the Response File with the Automated Install Feature
You can test the automated install feature of the response file by running an install program that will use the response file as input. To run an automated install, choose
You can identify problems within the response file if errors display as the install program runs.
Note
If you are testing a workstation from a shared program directory (e.g., node install), then you will need to do a file server install by choosing the "
Install on a file server
" option followed by the "
File server install
" option, as file server installations cannot be automated.
Defining the Automated Install Command
for Windows
The following is a breakdown of the automated install command that you will type at the Windows command line when running an install program:
A response file that is both error free and able to successfully perform an install is ready to be distributed to users. The distribution method that you use will depend solely upon the type of tools at your site. When distributing the response file, remember to include instructions on how to run the install program as well as the automated install command that the users will need to type at the Windows command line.
RSymbol
bullet
RN bullet
Lotus recommends that you set the focus policy to "Click to Focus" rather than "Focus follows mouse."
Sometimes the windows are not "in focus" when working in Notes. "In focus" simply means that the menus are grey, so you are unable to select from them. In order to use the menus or work in the window, it is sometimes necessary to click inside of the window with the mouse. When this is done, you can perform any task.
Navigating through a view listing of documents by hitting the "Enter" or backspace keys may result in a loss of window focus when you exit the last document. Click inside the view to regain the focus.
RSymbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
If you select the menu item Edit Button in Form and Subform Design, you will not affect any change as the design pane is open by default. If the design pane is no longer shown, you can select View - Design Pane to open it.
When you apply color to button label text in form design, the color will not display at that time, but will be displayed correctly when you use the form to compose a document.
You cannot undo the deletion of a button that was contained within a layout region. If you accidentally delete a button from a layout region, exit the document without saving your changes, and then reopen the document.
1st lev para
Chead
Bhead
Body Text
2nd lev para
The Internet is a dynamic environment that changes constantly. Lotus designed the Web Navigator template to be as customizable as possible and urges you to experiment with modifying it for your specific needs. Lotus will be releasing template updates periodically and encourages you to visit the Lotus Web site often to obtain the latest template, additional release note information, and tips and tricks about using the Web Navigator. You can visit our site at
http://www.lotus.com/comms/webnav.htm
. Lotus will also be making enhancements to other Notes templates available through this site.
Note
The updated Web Navigator 4.1 template is designed for Notes Release 4.1 and above and is not supported on prior Notes Release 4 servers. All Release 4 clients will generally be able to use this template, but will not be able to auto-launch the Category documents or Rating documents that make use of the URL Autolaunch form attribute.
RN body
On OS/2 Warp only:
RN bullet
If <Control+C> is pressed at the Notes Server Console, it will terminate the server and return a "terminating child program" screen dump. If three more <Control+C>'s are issued, it will make the server lockup, requiring a restart of OS/2. The same thing happens with <Control+Break>.
On OS/2 only:
DBCS characters will not be accepted when typed in at the Notes server console.
2nd lev para
1st lev para
bullet
Body Text
RN body
Required SPX patch
If you are running SPX on a Sun SPARC Solaris machine, please note that Notes Release 4 is only certified to work with the Sun Microsystem SPX stack, " PC 1.1." In addition, you must also apply the latest version of the SPX patch. This patch may be obtained from Sun Microsystems, Inc. The patch number is 102944-xx, where xx is the latest version number available. See the "Platforms and Requirements" chapter in these Release Notes for a list of other required patches.
Symbol
RN bullet
bullet
bullet
The Document Link Preview feature will not let you preview Web pages that are not cached in the Web database. The error message
The linked document cannot be found in the view
appears if you attempt to preview a document that has not been retrieved off the Internet and stored in the database already. To retrieve the document off the Internet, you can double-click the link.
The Document Link Preview feature
will not let you preview URL hotspot links that are created automatically when you set the "Make Internet URLs into Hotspots" preference (whether or not the Web page is in the Web Navigator database).
indent bullet
1st lev para
Chead
Bhead
RN body
Safe Copy IDs do not display license types
In the Server Administration screen, if you want to know what the license type is for a specific user's ID, access the User ID dialog box to view the following information (keywords or descriptive text in parenthesis):
On PC platforms:
Name: (User's full name)
ID File: (Location of ID file)
ID Type: (Flat, Hierarchical, Safe Copy)
Security: (North American or International)
License: (Lotus Notes, Lotus Notes Desktop
, Lotus Notes Mail
Software: USA64 or WW16/40)
On UNIX platforms:
Name: (Users full name)
ID File: (Location of ID file)
ID Type: (Flat, Hierarchical, Safe Copy)
Security: (North American or International)
License: (Lotus Notes, Lotus Notes Desktop, Lotus Notes Mail )
Software: (US64 or WW16/40)
If you select a Safe Copy ID to view, then the License field is omitted. Safe Copy IDs do not contain license information.
&Arial
Wingdings
Symbol
bullet
Notes R4.12 Supported Viewers by Platform
:
=Available
=Not Available
File Type
Windows*
OS/2
Macintosh
HP-UX
Solaris Sparc**
Ami Pro
(.SAM)
AmiDraw (.SDW)
MS Word for Windows 6.0 (.DOC)
WordPerfect 5.x
WordPerfect 6.x
Lotus 1-2-3
(.WK3, .WK4)
Lotus Freelance
(.PRE)
MS Access (.MDB)
MS PowerPoint 4.x , 7.0 (.PPT)
Microsoft Excel (.XL)
MS Word for Macintosh 4.0, 5.0
WordPerfect for Macintosh 2.0, 3.0
Lotus 1-2-3 for Macintosh
Lotus PIC
PICT and PICT2 Graphics
Windows Metafile Graphics (.WMF)
WordPerfect Graphics (.WPG2)
Lotus 1-2-3 for OS/2 (.WG2)
Bitmap (.BMP)
Computer Graphics Metafile (.CGM)
Executable file (.EXE)
CompuServe (.GIF)
Macintosh (.PIC)
Rich Text Format (.RTF)
Text File (.TXT)
ZIP File (.ZIP)
JPEG File (.JPEG, JPG)
TIFF file (.TIF)
Freelance for OS/2 (.PRS)
* Windows NT for Digital Alpha does not include support for Viewers at this time.
** Solaris Intel Edition does not include support for Viewers at this time.
If you attempt to view any of the above unsupported file types, Notes may terminate abruptly.
If you attempt to view .TIF files on UNIX platforms, you may experience the following problems: if you are running AIX, you may receive an error message:
The chunker could not be initialized
; on the Solaris SPARC system, Notes may hang; on HP-UX, you may get a Notes core dump.
ZIP files (.ZIP) and WordPerfect for Macintosh are not supported file types for Viewers on UNIX.
If you view an attachment with a file format for which you have the file's application installed, Notes will launch the application instead of the Viewer.
You cannot print viewers from a Notes for UNIX platform.
If you view a spreadsheet file, you must resize the height of the window in order to display the button that enables you to view additional pages of the spreadsheet. For example, a spreadsheet document may contain graphics. This button displays a pop-up menu from which you can select other pages in the document.
Symbol
1st lev para
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
2nd lev para
Body Text
indent bullet
You can make changes to document headers and footers in Read mode but these will not take effect until:
you close the document and then print it from the view, or
you close the document and then reopen it.
When you insert information for headers and footers in the Printing panel InfoBox, the cursor returns to the beginning of the InfoBox text-entry field after you click on the tab mark, page number, date, time, or title buttons.
Form-level headers and footers do not print when"Extra Line" is used as the Document Separator. Document-level and database-level headers and footers, however, will print with "Extra Line."
Symbol
Body Text
bullet
RN bullet
Keyword fields in forms may not print correctly with certain PostScript printer drivers; Lotus recommends switching to the PCL driver for better results.
Printing a view designed to display more than one line per document may cause lines to overprint on certain configurations
A view that has "Extend last column to window width" enabled will only print the amount of information in the column that will fit in the currently selected page size, rather than the displayed window size.
If you create a document from a form containing auto launch settings and print that document, you may get an error message; for example, an unexpected Read-Only message. After you click OK to clear the error message, the print job should process correctly. There is one exception. If you select to print multiple documents, part of the job may be aborted, depending on the auto launch settings. If this happens, print the documents individually .
An easy solution is to open the Preview Pane ( View - Document Preview), click the Preview Pane to place focus there, and then choose the Print command for each individual document to be printed.
In a mail database, if a categorized view in which no documents are selected does not print, mark the categories and document titles you wish to print using Select All or by checkmarking the item(s) in the view pane and choose File - Print (Print View option) again.
Display of sections may be corrupted with some print drivers when you choose View - Page Breaks. If this occurs, turn off the display of page breaks.
In the Form Override Printing dialog box, subforms and forms are listed together.
For graphics that exceed one page, print only the first page of data.
&Arial
1st lev para
Chead
2nd lev para
Body Text
indent bullet
bullet
indent bullet
RN Body
The R4 Memo Form contains default Action Bar Buttons. In R4 Alternate Mail, when a Notes document is sent to a cc:Mail
user, the encapsulated database will display the Action Bar Buttons at the top of the document. The Action Bar Buttons are do not function in this context. To prevent the Action Bar Buttons from being available within the launched encapsulated database, customize a form. Copy the Memo Form to an Alternate Mail Memo Form. Update the Action Properties to "not include in the Action Bar". Use the Alternate Mail Memo Form to send Notes documents to cc:Mail users with Alternate Mail.
&Arial
The Release 4 Mail template (StdR4Mail) was designed to coexist in a Notes network where some users may still be using Notes Release 3 or using the Release 3 Mail template (StdNotesMail). However, there are issues when messages that employ new Release 4 functionality are sent to persons using Notes Release 3 or using StdNotesMail.
This document describes new features in StdR4Mail which do not work correctly when sent to a Release 3 or StdNotesMail user. This document describes how the feature will appear in the R3 user interface and what the R3 user can expect to see when this occurs. Descriptions include suggestions for resolving specific problems.
In this document, the term "R4 user" refers to a person who is using Notes Release 4 and StdR4Mail; the term "R3 user" refers to a person who is using the Release 3 mail template.
Letterheads
The Letterheads feature is implemented in Release 4 using a layout region to define a graphical message header:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
S2DDE_OPEN_LOTUS
ATE \"\*\"}/FSx{
[Notes]OS2DD
INDDE_OPEN_QE=[O
E_OPEN_LOTUS
\"\*\"}/FSx{
To display the Letterhead of a message, the recipient must be using the standard mail forms from the StdR4Mail template. If the recipient is an R3 user, they will not see the Letterhead graphic. No information is lost since the R3 user can still determine the time the message was sent and who sent the message:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
TrackingSundanc
ACLElton ACLBru
e NewReplica ACL
plica ACLClapton
a ACLElla NewRep
DITORIALKB_XSUPP
When a person running the Release 3 client encounters a Letterhead that is in the body of a message, as when a message has been forwarded, the R3 client will draw the layout region as best it can and the result looks like this:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
The information about the sender of the message and the time that it was sent, which normally appears inside of the Letterhead, is drawn outside of the Letterhead graphic. Again, no information is actually lost by the R3 mail user, although the From and Date information may be hard to read when certain Letterheads are employed.
There is no workaround. For efficiency, the graphic of a Letterhead is not stored in a message when it is sent; the graphic is actually stored in the StdR4Mail template itself. Therefore, there is no way that the Letterhead can be displayed to a R3 user.
Mood Stamps
Mood Stamps are graphical stamps that an R4 user can add to a message to help convey the intent of the message. The Mood Stamp graphics appear in the Memo, Reply and Reply With History forms, between the Subject and body of a message:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
When a R3 user receives a message with a Mood Stamp, the graphical stamp will not appear on the form:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
st from the R4 P
ist of the R4 Ph
he R4 Ph
of the R4 Ph
of the R4 Ph
of the R4 Ph
of the R4 Ph
There is no workaround. For efficiency, the graphic of a Mood Stamp is not stored in a message when it is sent; the graphic is actually stored in the StdR4Mail template itself. Therefore, there is no way that the Mood Stamps can be displayed to an R3 user.
Reply To/Reply By
R4 users can use Actions - Special Options to change the person to whom replies to a message are sent. R4 users can also specify a date by which a message should be acted on:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
Neither the "Reply To" or "Reply By" attributes of a message will function correctly when sent to an R3 user:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
of the R4 Ph
As a workaround, support for the ReplyTo and ReplyDate fields can be added to the R3 mail template. Edit the Memo and Reply forms in MAIL.NTF:
. Add a text computed for display field called dReplyTo with the value formula "@If(ReplyTo="";From;ReplyTo)". This will display the ReplyTo field if it exists.
. Add a text computed for display field called dReplyDate with value formula "@If(ReplyDate="";"No Date";@Text(ReplyDate))". This will display the ReplyDate field if it exists.
. Make the paragraphs containing dReplyTo and dReplyDate hidden when in edit mode.
. Change the default value formula for the SendTo field in the Reply and Reply To All forms to include: "@IsAvailable(ReplyTo); ReplyTo". This will cause replies to be addressed to the address specified in the ReplyTo field.
Tasks
R4 users can create Tasks that can be delegated to another R4 user:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
Since the StdNotesMail template does not contain a Task form, if a Task is sent to an R3 user that user will not be able to view it or take action on it. When the R3 user attempts to open the Task, a dialog appears, telling them that they do not have the appropriate form:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
Furthermore, much of the information in the Task - while it is actually in the message itself - will not be visible to the R3 user:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
"@If(InheritedDB
InheritedSubject
text computed fo
played if it exi
As a workaround, a simplified Task form can be added the R3 template which will allow R3 users to view the contents of a Task that has been sent to them, but not act on it.
. Make a copy of the Memo form.
. Rename the form using Design -> Form Properties to "(Task) | Task". This will cause the form to be hidden to the user, but it will still load when a Task is received.
. Add a keyword computed for display radio button field called "dImportance" to the form with these keyword values: None|N, High (1)|H, Medium (2)|M, Low (3)|L.
. Add a text computed for display field called dDueDateTime with the value formula "@If(DueDateTime=""; "None"; @Text(DueDateTime))". This will cause the due date of the Task to be displayed if it exists.
. Add a text computed for display field called dStartDate with the value formula "@If(StartDate=""; "None"; @Text(StartDate))". This will cause the start date of the Task to be displayed if it exists.
Bookmark
A Bookmark is a message that can be sent to a user to help them find a document:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
Peter O'Lea
The StdNotesMail template does not contain a Bookmark form. When a Bookmark is mailed to an R3 user, the R3 user will see a dialog box informing them that there is no Bookmark form in their mail template:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
The R3 user will then see the following information. Note that some of the information about the Bookmark is not visible:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
Body Text
"Bookmark" can be added to the alias list of the R3 Memo form. This will prevent the user from seeing the dialog informing them that a form is missing.
A Bookmark form can also be added to the R3 mail template to support additional functionality in the Bookmark form:
. Make a copy of the Memo form.
. Rename the form using Design -> Form Properties to "(Bookmark) | Bookmark". This will cause the form to be hidden to the user, but it will still load when a Bookmark is received.
. Add a text computed for display field called dInheritedDBTitle with the value formula "@If(InheritedDBTitle=""; "None"; InheritedDBTitle)".
. Add a text computed for display field called dInheritedSubject with the value formula "@If(InheritedSubject=""; "None"; InheritedSubject)".
. Add a text computed for display field called dFlowStatus with the value formula "@If(FlowStatus=""; "None"; FlowStatus)".
. Add a text computed for display field called dDueDateTime with the value formula "@If(DueDateTime=""; "None"; @Text(DueDateTime))". This will cause the due date of the Bookmark to be displayed if it exists.
bullet
Serial Route Memo
Chead
A Serial Route Memo allows an R4 mail user to create a message with a predefined routing list. The message automatically keeps track of the persons remaining in the route:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
The R3 StdNotesMail template does not contain a Serial Route Memo form. When a R3 mail user opens a Serial Route Memo they will see a dialog box informing them that they do not have the appropriate form:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
The information about the route - while still in the message itself - will not be visible to the R3 user. Furthermore, there will be no way for the R3 user to continue the message along its route:
?_?__
`!b`1
7`^///?
?b___
`bOOO
`<b!R
The Serial Route Memo is a complicated R4 form: it is not possible to implement it using R3 functions. You should add a form to the R3 template which informs the user that they cannot take action on the Serial Route Memo and should notify the originator of the message:
. Make a copy of the Memo form.
. Rename the form using Design -> Form Properties to "(Serial Route Mem) | Route". This will cause the form to be hidden to the user, but it will still load when a Bookmark is received.
. Add static text to the form which states
1st lev para
Note: This Memo is being routed by [dOriginator], who is using Notes Release 4. Please notify this user that this Memo cannot be routed any further because you are currently using Notes Release 3
where [dOriginator] is a names computed for display field which has the value formula "Originator".
Phone Message
The R4 Phone Message form has been improved from R3 with a more graphical appearance based on the common office Out Of The Office stationery. R3 users will not see the new graphic.
New values have also been added to the PhoneReason field and if an R4 user selects any of these, the R3 user will not see them. Furthermore, the R4 Phone Message form implements PhoneReason using keyword synonyms, rather than sending the entire text of the PhoneReason selected. For example, in R3 when the sender of a Phone Message selected "Returned Your Call" as a PhoneReason, the entire text of the selection was sent as part of the message. In R4, what actually gets sent is a synonym "R".
As a workaround, the keyword list from the R4 PhoneReason field should be pasted into the keyword list of the R4 PhoneReason field.
bullet
OLE objects created in R4 cannot be launched in R3. When you attempt to launch an R4 created object in R3, you will get the message:
This object cannot be edited because it was created with a newer version of Notes
If you need to use OLE objects between R3 and R4, create the object first in R3. It can then be launched and edited in either R3 or R4.
Symbol
gb#{v
RN body
bullet
Body Text
Please note that subforms have a number of known limitations when used in conjunction with sections in Notes Release 4. These are described in the
It is possible to create subforms with the same name and the Insert Subform dialog box will list both instances. However, since subforms are stored by name, only the first one will be recognized. Lotus recommends that whenever possible you use unique names.
Since the subform name is stored with the subform, you cannot change the name of a subform by opening the subform from its containing form and changing the name using the Subform Properties InfoBox. Instead, access the subform directly from the Design Toolbox, change the name in the Subform Properties InfoBox, and save the subform.
Avoid using the underscore (_) character in a subform name. Unlike most design elements, subforms do not use menu mnemonics. Notes may move the underscore character from its original position in the name, causing spelling differences in the Insert Subform dialog box and on the subform window.
On the Macintosh platform, a subform that contains a symbol character in its name will not load when used as part of a computed subform formula. No error message will be produced; the subform simply will not be loaded into the form.
You may have difficulty editing subforms within sections due to confusion as to cursor placement. If a double-click on a subform fails to open the subform design window, try selecting an object in the subform and double-clicking it.
If a subform contains a field with the same name as a field in the form into which it is being inserted, a warning message displays but Notes still inserts the subform. When this happens, the duplicate field name in the subform is renamed, with "_1" appended to the given name.
When designing computed subforms, at least one subform must appear in the Insert Subform dialog box. Otherwise, the Create - Insert Subform option will not be available on the menu in form design.
When you use Alternate Mail, subforms will not be converted if you choose to send the mail using a Notes encapsulated database. Therefore letterhead and mood stamps will not appear in the encapsulated database. However, when the encapsulated database is launched, the following messages will appear in status bar:
Cannot locate subform: Desk,
followed by
Cannot locate subform: Moods
1st lev para
RN body
You can set up the Out-of-Office Agent to run against your mail file server; however, to run the agent you must have special permission set by an administrator in the Server document. If you set this agent to run without permission, the agent will appear to execute normally but will not actually run.
1st lev para
RN body
If the path defined in the Notes_ExecDirectory
environment variable is incorrect, the server will not be able to start up. The server begins to come up and then hangs when the agent manager starts.
RSymbol
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
bullet
bullet
See also the NotesSQL
topic in this section.
RN bullet
Notes documentation and Help give the incorrect name for @Command([ReplicateSendAndReceiveMail]) (See the
Programmer's Guide Part 2
, p. 980). The correct @Command name is @Command([ReplicatorSendReceiveMail]).
If you use the @Dialogbox function for a document that has the form stored within it, Notes fails to open the document using the specified form. Instead, Notes uses the form that is stored in the document.
@Commands used on a document within a modal window may not behave as expected. Lotus recommends that you not use @Commands in this context.
In Notes R4, formulas that you might expect to be able to change the values of Computed for Display fields will not work in the same way as they did in R3.x. In Notes R4, Computed for Display fields that need to be modified or referenced in formulas should be changed to Computed fields.
If you use parameters with @Command([FilePrint]), you must use null strings ("") for each parameter that you omit.
In the Fields and Functions dialog box, the Help button is dim, but context-sensitive Help is available from the keyboard for each @Function or @Command you select.
On all platforms except Windows 3.x, @Modulo returns incorrect results when dividing by 0. For example, @Modulo(10;0) will return 10, but should return @Error (because you can't divide by 0). This works correctly on Windows 3.x, but not on other platforms.
The following OLE related @Commands are not supported on the Macintosh:
RN body
EditInsertObject
ObjectDisplayAs
ObjectOpen
@Prompt([OK], @Prompt([YesNo]), and @Prompt([YesNoCancel]) are documented as not displaying the title bar on the Macintosh. In Notes version 4.x, the title bar is displayed on the Macintosh.
Use the @PostedCommand([FileSave]) command instead of the @Command([FileSave]) in formulas that modify and save a document(s). If you write a formula, for example:
Field LastChange := @Text(@Now);
@Command([FileSave])
that modifies a field in a form and then saves the form using the @Command([FileSave]) command, Notes will ask you if you want to save your changes, even though all changes have been saved.
In Notes R4.x, execution of the formula includes execution of @Commands as part of the formula and occurs before a document is marked as modified by the Field statement. Notes executes then executes @PostedCommand([FileSave]) to save any changes. In Notes R3.x, the behavior is different, because @Commands are not included when a formula executes.
&Arial
indent bullet
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
Chead
1st lev para
bullet
RN body
Entering a carriage return immediately after deactivating permanent pen mode leaves you in the permanent pen format. This is correct and is an intended feature design.
Symbol
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
2nd lev para
1st lev para
RN Body
Change path for archive profile in mail
When Notes creates an archive profile in the mail database, the path includes a backslash. If the mail server is a UNIX machine, change the backslash to a forward slash. This will allow the archive agent to move the appropriate documents to the archive database.
Mail Conversion utility
If you convert a mail file from the Remote Server Console or from a server console on a terminal that doesn't use XWindows, run the mailconv utility instead of the convert utility. The syntax and arguments are the same.
Example:
load mailconv <mail_file_name> * mail4.ntf
Mail letterhead
When you choose a letterhead using Actions - Mail Tools - Choose Letterhead, Notes saves your selected letterhead by placing it in your local NOTES.INI file and not in an associated mail file. If you access your mail file from multiple workstations, your letterhead on memos will reflect the most recent choice made by a user on that workstation.
Mail view
If you sort a mail view by column while documents are selected, some documents may not display or print properly. To display or print all documents properly, return to the default column sorting for the view.
If the information in your Location document describing your Home/Mail server and the location of your mail file is incorrect, Notes will not encrypt your saved mail. You select to encrypt saved mail by choosing File - Tools - User Preferences, selecting the Mail panel, and selecting the Encrypt Saved Mail option.
In your Location document, the Mail file must have the correct file name for
your ID or for the user whose ID is in use. Also, the Home/Mail server field must correctly indicate the mail server where your mail file resides.
If your workspace does not have the Mail database icon indicated in the Location document present, Notes prompts you with a message box stating that encryption will not take place when mail is saved. If the Mail database icon is present on the workspace and you switch to a different ID whose mail file and server differ from those in the Location document,
Notes does not display a warning message and does not encrypt saved mail.
The SQL property of the ODBCQuery object checks the SQL statement when set. Statements containing the word
without a table name may cause Notes to terminate. Notes can also terminate if it exhausts available memory during the checking phase. The checking phase uses a separate "statement handle" from that used by the Execute method in the ODBCResultSet object, and some drivers will need to have their limit on the number of handles adjusted accordingly. (In other words, if there is a limit on the number of handles, it should be set to double the number of statements that might be used simultaneously in a Notes session.)
The QueryExecuteTimeOut property of the ODBCQuery object
can be set and will take effect, but the "bad parameter" error is raised regardless of whether the value is acceptable (a positive integer) or not.
1st lev para
RN body
You can set up the Out-of-Office Agent to run against your mail file server; however, to run the agent you must have special permission set by an administrator in the Server document. If you set this agent to run without permission, the agent will appear to execute normally but will not run.
Symbol
bullet
1st lev para
RN bullet
When you stretch a window vertically, the vertical scroll bar may begin to flash. If this happens, resize the window by decreasing the horizontal window size until the horizontal scroll bar appears. The vertical scroll bar then stops flashing.
When you use the scrollbar to scroll vertically in a database view, the scrollbar position may not be proportional to the actual position of the view on the page.
Scrollbars don't appear in text fields created in layout regions unless the Multiline Edit Control Option is also selected.
When expanding views in the Release Notes or online help databases, you can use the arrow keys to scroll to the bottom of the view.
Symbol
indent bullet
Body Text
bullet
1st lev para
2nd lev para
RN body
Document Library templates
The Document Library templates (Document Library, Microsoft Office, and Lotus SmartSuite) have a feature that prevents two people from editing or reviewing the same document on the same server. The document is put in a "locked state." If a user edits a document in the Preview Pane, and the "Document Reservations" review style is being used, the review is initiated, but it does not allow the user to complete it. The document is then in a locked state where no one can edit it.
A (hidden) agent is supplied in these templates that will unlock such documents. Edit the "Unlock Document" agent and change the item "When should this agent run?" to "Manually from Actions Menu." Run the agent on the locked document. Lotus recommends that you change the item back to "Manually from Agent List" after you finish using it. This will remove the agent from the menu and prevent unauthorized access. If you need it again
switch the item to "Manually from Actions Menu"
RN bullet
If you try to review a document from the Lotus SmartSuite 96 Library (R4) or Microsoft Office Library (R4) template on the Macintosh platform, you will either get the error message
Cannot launch OLE object: Form inconsistency or Application
not installed. Contact Database Administrator
or, the document will open, but you will be unable to edit/review the OLE object. This is because OLE is not supported on the Macintosh platform.
In the Document Library, Lotus SmartSuite 96, and Microsoft Office Library templates, it is possible for the document author (the originator) to "clear the review cycle." This action will remove all the reviewer names and review settings (for example, time limits and review styles). Clearing the review cycle prior to submittal has no workflow ramifications since the document has yet to be submitted. However, clearing the review cycle after the document has been submitted will generate a new notification to reviewers apprising them that they are no longer required to review the document.
If a reviewer has already conducted their review and the review cycle is then cleared, their work is preserved in the appropriate reviewed document -- and the review history is tracked in a log.
Microsoft Office Library template
In the Microsoft Office Library (R4) template, the PowerPoint form does not always work when creating documents in Windows 3.1. You might see the error message "
Cannot launch OLE object: Form inconsistency or Application not installed.
Contact Database Administrator
." If this happens, you should modify the Microsoft Office\ PowerPoint form and change the Auto Launch setting in the Form properties InfoBox to reflect the Win 16 version of PowerPoint. The same is true for the Lotus SmartSuite 96 Library (R4) template. It is set up to work in Windows 95 with Lotus SmartSuite 96. If you want this template to work in Windows 3.1, you should modify the launch settings in each of the forms to correspond with the Windows (16-bit) versions of the Lotus applications. Also see Document Library template caveats in this Templates section.
Personal Journal template
On the Notes for OS/2 platform, in the Personal Journal template, when you click the Doc Info action button, your keyboard may not have immediate focus in the editable field. Pressing the up or down arrow key will bring keyboard focus to the field.
R3 and R4 Template Interoperability
Release 3 Notes workstations may have problems using databases that were created with Notes Release 4 application templates. Such difficulties range from simple display problems, such as text that uses Hide-When formulas, to entire areas of functionality that cannot be run from the Release 3 workstation, such as LotusScript agents. Lotus recommends that you use the Release 4 templates only from a Release 4 workstation.
For more information, see the "Notes Interoperability Issues" chapter in these Release Notes.
Reviewers field
When submitting a document for review, do not use Group names in the "Reviewers" field. Only person-names are supported. This limitation applies to the following templates:
Approval Cycle
Document Library
Lotus SmartSuite '96 Library
Microsoft Office Library
Templates and actions
When you create an agent with a "modify field" simple action, the append option is grayed out if there are no documents in the database. Templates usually do not contain any documents. So template designers must either create a dummy document containing the desired field, then create the agent, and then delete the document; or use the equivalent formula instead of a simple action.
Kernel Configurations for IBM AIX Servers
Maximum number of processes allowed per user [100]
Paging Space [300 to 500 Mbytes]
Maximum number of Licensed Users [16]
Please use Smit to set the above values.
The @Db functions establish new connections to the ODBC data source each time they are invoked.
The @DbCommand function can be used to invoke arbitrary commands, but it may raise an error indicating that it cannot transform the results into a dataset to be returned.
The @DbLookup function obtains data by matching specified key values against a "key column" in a database. When used with ODBC data sources, each ODBC driver will introduce its own implementation of data types which may not mesh with the Notes data types. Problems can range from being unable to find the data to an abnormal termination of Notes.
In @DbLookup, the "key value" (or "where value") should be specified using the Notes type that agrees with the type of the key column in the datasource. For example, specify a number or a number-valued expression when the key column is of any numeric type (integer, real, float, double, etc.).
The workaround for failing lookups is to use a SQL select statement in @DbCommand. For example, this lookup keyed on a date-time field may not work:
but the database might accept the "ts" syntax for date-time. You could then use the function
@DbCommand("ODBC";...;"select NAME from TABLE where REGDATE =
{ts '1995-08-01 12:00:00'}")
which sends the SQL statement explicitly. You should use the syntax needed for your database; "ts" is the SQL standard for specifying timestamps.
Symbol
bullet
mybullet
mybull
RN bullet
Since UNIX begins system variable names with the dollar sign ($), do not use $ in the names of databases created in UNIX. Notes doesn't recognize a database file name that includes a $.
Notes does not recognize the home directory symbol (~); do not use this symbol when you complete dialog boxes or create directory links.
Do not create two databases with the same file name but different case; for example, "data.nsf" and "DATA.nsf". If you do this, you can only put one database on the workspace at a time and can not create a full text index on either database.
You can not import, export or attach a UNIX file into Notes that includes a file name with an embedded space or a dollar sign ($). You can export these files, however. You
import UNIX files with names that include an underscore (_) or that begin with a period (.).
You cannot use the UNIX backslash key (\) to escape special characters in file names displayed in dialog boxes.
1st lev para
indent bullet
indent bullet
Chead
Body Text
2nd lev para
Operating System
Patch Number
Synopsis
Rationale
OS/2 Warp
Connect
Fixpak 22
cumulative set of fixes for WARP and WARP Connect
required fixes to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
OS/2 Warp Server 4 (Entry, Advanced, and SMP)
Fixpak 22
cumulative set of fixes for WARP Server Advanced and WARP Server Advanced with SMP
required to run Lotus Notes
Release 4.13 (or later)
For IBM LAN Server 4.0
IP08260
cumulative set of fixes for IBM LAN Server 4.0
required fixes to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
WR08210
cumulative set of fixes for IBM LAN Server 4.0 MPTS
required fixes in order to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
IP08174
series of fixes for IBM LAN Server 4.0
required fixes in order to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
IP08178
series of fixes for IBM LAN Server 4.0 HPFS386 file system
required fixes in order to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later) using HPFS386 file system
For IBM LAN Server 3.0
IP07060
cumulative set of fixes for IBM LAN Server 3.0
required fixes in order to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
WR07060
cumulative set of fixes for IBM LAN Server 3.0 LAPS
required fixes in order to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
IP07087
series of fixes for IBM LAN Server 3.0
Required fixes in order to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later)
IP07088
series of fixes for IBM LAN Server 3.0 HPFS386 file system
Required fixes in order to run Lotus Notes Release 4 (or later) using HPFS386
Warp Connect provides entry level Notes server capacity for up to approximately 250 active users depending on the work load. Check the following Web site for a detailed report on Notes server performance on Warp Connect:
http://www.austin.ibm.com/pspinfo/noteonws.html
Note
Microsoft LAN Manager and DEC PATHWORKS have not been tested.
IBM OS/2 and LAN Server patches
The following is a list of locations where you may get patches for IBM OS/2 and the LAN Server:
Bullet
CompuServe
Subscribers may download Fixpaks from the OS/2 Support Forum (GO OS2SUPPO).
IBM OS/2 BBS
Subscribers may download Fixpaks from the Software Download Library. U.S. customers who are not subscribers can call 1-800-547-1283 for information on how to subscribe.
Internet
Customers with access to Internet services may download Fixpaks using the following methods:
Anonymous FTP to "ftp.software.ibm.com" (IP Address 198.17.57.66)
Fixpaks are located in the "/ps/products/os2/fixes" directory.
Subscribers may download Fixpaks from the OS2CLUB in the Download Library, IBM Files, Fixes area. Files are updated weekly and are available on Fridays.
PCC BBS
Customers may call the IBM Personal Computer Company BBS In Raleigh NC, and download Fixpaks from the public area. You can access this BBS at 1-919-517-0001.
America On Line
Subscribers may download Fixpaks from the OS/2 Area.
&Arial
2nd lev para
Body Text
indent bullet
Chead
1st lev para
indent bullet
bullet
RN Body
Configuration
When you choose File - Database - Open Special, a dialog appears listing databases outside your domain or of special importance to your workgroup. The design for this dialog box has been generalized to support the needs of an easy Internet startup experience, the needs of third-party connectivity providers (IGN, AT&T, and so forth), and IS managers who want to distribute a list of default or special databases to their user community.
A set of entries in the user's NOTES.INI file controls the list of databases that appears in this dialog box. These NOTES.INI entries can be added during setup (by Lotus or by an OEM customer) or can be inserted by a macro distributed via Notes mail by a customer IS organization.
Notes ships with two default entries, Notes NIC Welcome and Web Navigator.
The first entry defines the logical list of items and subsequent entries are the required database information items. Enter them as follows:
Logical list
$$$OpenSpecial =
where
item
= the logical name of the database item.
Database Item
$$$item = [
Servername
filename
replicaID, title, description
where
item
= the logical name of the database item
Servername
= name of the target server (optional)
filename
= filename of the database (such as welcome.nsf)
replicaID
= is the full replica ID of the database
title
= the database title to be displayed in the dialog box
description
= the information text describing the database
displayed in the yellow panel
Example 1
The following lines produce the default dialog box list illustrated here:
kkkZZZ999
BBB111)))
J1!kB)
B9s)!
Z!{JB
cRc)!c!
ZJ{B1
k)RRR
Zcc9kk9
cs{RJR)
ckJRZ919!)1
RcB9J)kskR
pecial...
$$$OpenSpecial = InterNotes, NotesNIC
$$$InterNotes = ,web.nsf,Web Navigator,InterNotes Web Navigator Database
$$$NotesNIC = Home/NIC/NET, welcome.nsf, Notes NIC Welcome, Central home database for Lotus Notes information on the Internet
Example 2
The following formula attached to a button or placed in the PostOpen event of a form will add the database Chocolate (Chocolat.nsf) to the user's Open Special dialog box.
@setenvironment("$$Chocolat" ; "servername, Chocolat.nsf, Chocolate, Everything you wanted to know about chocolate.")
After the formula executes, the entries in the user's NOTES.INI file will look like this:
$$$OpenSpecial = InterNotes, NotesNIC, Chocolat
$$$InterNotes = ,web.nsf,Web Navigator,InterNotes Web Navigator Database
$$$NotesNIC = Home/NIC/NET, welcome.nsf, Notes NIC Welcome, Central home database for Lotus Notes information on the Internet
$$$Chocolat = servername,Chococlat.nsf,Chocolate,Everything you wanted to know about chocolate.
bullet
RN body
On some UNIX platforms, fonts may appear jagged, especially in larger font sizes. To correct this, make a local copy of the Notes resource file stored in the /opt/lotus/notes/4100/<platform>/res/C directory and select a different default font.
Symbol
Chead
indent bullet
bullet
RN bullet
The default set of Actions in modal dialogs works on saved documents only. Launching an OLE object from the modal dialog creates a saved modal document unless "Hide when" is set to "Opening Create." Known problems and limitations with the default set of Actions in modal dialogs are:
FORWARD is not supported. Certain Actions cannot be performed while a dialog box is up; SEND must have a SendTo and a Body field.
EDIT document: does not toggle in and out of edit mode correctly if you have launched an object from the modal window.
When you run Windows 95 in SDI mode, focus incorrectly returns to the desktop instead of the correct Notes view after launching from modal in SDI mode and returning from certain server applications. This problem applies to the Lotus Word Pro document in the Lotus SmartSuite template.
When you run Windows 3.1, if you create a modal document from the workspace (not from within the view of the database) and then launch the OLE object, focus is returned to Notes instead of remaining in the server application.
There are known problems and limitations when launching objects from "hidden" areas in a form. "Hidden" areas include OLE objects and/or rich text fields located in Subforms, Sections, and hidden paragraphs. Application developers need to pay attention to the placement of the launch object and rich text field. If you launch the wrong object, check the auto launch settings (the object type, location, where the rich text field is located, edit in-place setting, and so forth). If you experience problems due to Sections and Subforms, remove them.
If a form contains a subform with an OLE object and you place it before the designated rich text field referenced in "Create object in field," the correct object is launched upon document creation but not subsequent document edits or reads. If this form has an additional OLE object (for example, at the end of the form), the OLE object in the subform is ignored in all scenarios.
Avoid placing an embedded object in a controlled access section if you opt to create the object in a signed rich text field in that section.
If an OLE link is placed before an embedded object and the settings for that form are set to Auto Launch first OLE object, the link is auto launched, not the OLE object. If this is not the desired behavior, the form designer should place the OLE object before the link.
If a form is set to Auto Launch a new OLE object (such as a 1-2-3 Worksheet), the option "Create object in field" needs to be set to a rich text field. New objects need to be created in a rich text field and the "Launch when" setting should be set to "Creating."
Auto Launching a document with an OLE2 object does not visually move you to the OLE object within the Notes document. This is obvious in a large document with the OLE object placed at the end of the document. Auto Launching the object in place will not move you down to the active object. The form designer should work around this limitation and place the object in the displayed area on the form.
Symbol
Chead
bullet
RN bullet
Keyword fields that must display all allowable values during edit mode are not recalculated when the document is. This behavior is intentional due to performance hits for applications using @DbLookup. These fields are recalculated when the keyword list is activated.
Editable keyword field navigation has changed. Rather than picking the first character of the available keyword to cycle through the list, use a "type-ahead" scenario. Enter the first character of a possible keyword option, then the second character, and so on until the desired keyword is found. Or access the keyword dialog and then use first-character navigation to cycle through the list.
You can set default focus on multiple fields within a form and subform. However, only the first field that you assign displays this setting during edit mode.
As a designer, use only unique names for forms. Since unique names are currently not enforced in this release and form loading is dependent on the name, creating a document and opening a document may load different forms.
Since the shared field name is stored with the shared field design document, it is possible for you to change the name of a shared field by opening it from its containing form or subform and changing the name using the Field Properties InfoBox. Lotus recommends that you not use this method. Instead, access the shared field document directly from the Design Toolbox, change the name in the Shared Field Properties InfoBox, and save the shared field document.
You cannot set the font attributes for a shared field using the Shared Field Properties InfoBox Font tab. Instead, create the field that will be shared in a form, set the font attributes via the Field Properties InfoBox font tab, and choose Design - Share This Field.
Avoid creating a check box or radio button keyword field with eight or more columns set as this may cause Notes to
terminate
Release 4.1 provides a new security option on the Database Properties Basics tab called "Allow use of stored forms in this database." When this option is on, if you open a document that contains a stored form, Notes displays a warning dialog with user information and the following options: to open the document, not open it, or open it using the default form. The stored form warning also appears when you view a document in the preview pane and when you print a document from a view. If you prefer, you can turn this warning off in the User Preferences dialog box. When this option is not on, documents in the database that have stored forms will open using the default database form.
All documents with the Form Property "Store form in document" will be signed when created in Release 4.x. This signature information appears in the warning dialog box when you open a document that contains a stored form. If the warning dialog says "Document is not signed", this may indicate that the document was created with an earlier version of Notes.
Symbol
bullet
2nd lev para
RN body
In many ways, fields within layout regions are functionally different from those outside a layout region. Lotus recommends that designers determine that all fields used within layout regions are capable of the required functionality the designer wants. Otherwise, it is suggested that they use fields that remain outside the layout region. Listed below are some of the known limitations for fields within layout regions:
Avoid using commas as separators for items in a keyword list when that keyword field appears in a layout region as the selected item will not display.
RN bullet
When a layout region containing keyword fields, such as radio boxes and comboboxes, is forwarded twice, the fields become editable text fields.
The following options listed on the Choices list in the Field Properties InfoBox for keyword fields are not applicable to fields within layout regions and will not work, although the list box is available:
Use Address dialog for choices
Use Access Control List for choices
Use View dialog for choices
Rich Text fields and Shared fields are not available within a layout region.
Two new keyword field types are available only within layout regions:
Comboboxes
Listboxes
When using Authors/Readers/Names fields in layout regions, the option to look up each character in the Names and Address Book as it is entered is not working in this release.
The Field Properties InfoBox may have display problems when using the Choices list for Authors/Readers/Names fields. This may prevent using the Column # field for the View dialog option.
The Combobox and Listbox keyword fields cannot scroll when in Read mode.
On the Macintosh platform, it is not possible to turn off the border option for fields within layout regions.
On the Macintosh and OS/2 platforms, you will be unable to scroll a text field if you are in Read mode.
On the Macintosh and OS/2 platforms, it is not possible to select text in an editable field within a layout region while in Read mode. Place the document in Edit mode in order to select the desired text.
During the scrolling of a document that contains a layout region with fields, the fields may overwrite the field Help menu bar. On the Macintosh platform, the fields may extend over scroll bars and window borders. This is a display problem only and will not affect access to the fields.
Since the only keyword type that can recalculate its value list formula on keyword change is the Standard Dialog type and this is not a type available in layout regions, be aware that this is therefore not an option within a layout region. Place keyword fields that must use this operation directly in the form instead.
The Frame options available in the Field Properties InfoBox do not apply for combobox and listbox keyword types; they will work for radio buttons and check boxes.
It is currently not possible to control the size of check box and radio button keyword fields. Therefore, if one of these fields extends outside of the layout region border, it will be inaccessible to the user at run time. Designers should verify that all values in these fields display within the confines of the layout region.
Fields in layout regions are intended to remain a fixed size so that the region's display remains intact and consistent. For this reason, be aware that computed text fields within layout regions cannot dynamically resize to display the full value of the field. Such fields should not be used within a layout region.
On the Macintosh, the scroll bars are not clearly displayed for a one-line listbox field. To correct this problem, increase the vertical dimensions of the field when you design it in the layout region.
In layout regions, when you design a text field with multiple lines that scroll, the vertical dimensions of the field must be larger than a single line in order for the scroll bars to appear. If the field does not display correctly, manually resize the field in the layout region.
When you create a field in a layout region, setting a color using the Field Properties InfoBox will correctly display the desired color during design. However, when the document is composed,
the color that is displayed for that field reverts to black.
Symbol
Bhead
Chead
bullet
2nd lev para
1st lev para
Chead
RN body
Access Control List (ACL) dialog box
RN bullet
If you attempt to access the ACL dialog box of a database that does not have an existing ACL, this error message displays:
Special database object cannot be located.
This situation occurs only when a database is created using a third-party API program that fails to create an ACL. It is possible, but strongly discouraged, to use the Lotus Notes API to create a database that does not have an ACL. When no ACL is present, there is no access control for the database.
If you select "Enforce a consistent ACL" in the ACL dialog box Advanced panel, you must also check the "Replicate ACL" check box that appears in the New Replica dialog box in order for the ACLs to replicate and be consistent across platforms. "Replicate ACL" is set when "Enforce a consistent ACL" is set. It is possible, but not recommended, to deselect it. If you do deselect it, you get this error message:
Replication cannot proceed because cannot maintain uniform access control list on replicas.
Advanced look up in ACL dialog box
If you enter the name of a server in the ACL dialog box and that server has a hierarchical name, but you enter only the common name, when you press the "Look Up User Types for 'Unspecified' Users" button, the server type will be given as "Unspecified" in the User type field. The correct user type is "Server." To have the lookup function work correctly, give the full hierarchical name of the server in the ACL.
Correct ACL for creating Navigators
It is possible for a user who has "Editor" access to a database to create Navigators. This occurs only if that user has the privilege "Create shared folders/views" enabled in the database ACL.
Renaming entries in ACL dialog box
If you rename an entry in the ACL dialog box to another entry that already exists, you generate an error message stating that the entry already exists. Exiting from the dialog box deletes the entry that you want to rename. The workaround for this problem is to rename the entry and give it a unique entry name.
Roles listbox of ACL dialog box
If a user has less than Manager access to a database and opens the ACL dialog box, when they click on users, groups, or server entries in the ACL list, a check mark should appear in the Roles list box next to any roles to which the selected entry is assigned. However, on the Macintosh client, the check mark does not appear. The check marks are visible
only
to users who have Manager access to the database.
Symbol
RN bullet
bullet
The Find/Replace command does not search for or replace text in section title bars.
Hotspots are not valid in section title bars. If the title defaults to a line of text that contains a hotspot or button, Notes displays only that text which precedes the hotspot as the title for the section.
If you drag-select text to the end of a section from any part of the contents, Notes selects the entire section including the title bar. For greater control, select text from the bottom of the section upward.
Return characters (carriage returns) are not allowed in section titles. Using them results in the display of fallback characters within the section title in the document or form.
When expanded sections are printed, expanded data at the end of a page is frequently missing from the output.
Symbol
1st lev para
Body Text
Chead
bullet
Bhead
Accessing external data with @Db functions
Formulas with @DbColumn("DLENS";...), @DbCommand("DLENS";...), or @DbLookup("DLENS";...) do not work until you define an ODBC data source on the client system and install appropriate ODBC software (driver manager and driver). When the data source is unknown, you receive the error message
@Db connection to the external database failed -
possible
invalid data source name
...
and the function returns the string
Error loading driver
Lotus suggests defining an ODBC data source name that matches the DataLens
data source name. The tool used to define this name varies with the operating system and may appear in the Control Panel or in an "ODBC Driver Pack" object (once installed). Information about the DataLens data sources is contained in the DATALENS.INI file which should be in the LOTUSAPP\DATALENS directory on the client system. The system may have a LOTUS.INI file that identifies the location of the LOTUSAPP directory.
You do not need to change the @Db formulas.
Saving design elements in Notes R4
Application designers must remember that resaving design elements in Notes R3 created in Notes R4 will remove all existing R4 features from that design element. For example, a form created in R4 that contains subforms, layout regions, sections, and actions loses all R4 features when the form is redesigned and saved in R3.
Sections
Sections function differently in Notes R4 than in R3, both when invoked and when created.
Do not edit sections created in R3 while in Notes R4.
Subforms
If you are running Notes R4 and change a subform but do not resave the form , Notes will not list the subform titles in the
Design - Form
dialog box. Subforms cannot be edited from Release 3
. When you access the document that holds the subform from Notes R3, the subform appears unchanged. This is because a snapshot of the subform is saved within the form when you save the form. R4 designers can check the subform property (hide subform from R3 users) to prevent a snapshot of the subform from being stored with the form containing it. In this case, the R3 user will not see any of the subform.
Designers must resave all forms in Notes R4 that contain a changed subform in order for Notes R3 users to see their latest design edits.
If you are running Notes R3, Notes R4 computed subforms do not display even though you can access the forms and documents that contain them. Notes removes the computed subform from the form or document.
If you are running Notes R3 and access a Notes R4 database that contains subforms,
Notes does not list the subform titles in the
Design - Form
dialog box. Subforms cannot be edited from Release 3.
Templates
Release 3 Notes workstations may have problems using databases that were created with Notes Release 4 application templates. Such difficulties range from display problems (such as text that uses Hide-When formulas) to functions that cannot be run from the Release 3 workstation (such as LotusScript agents). Lotus recommends that you use the Release 4 templates only from a Release 4 workstation.
New Notes Enhancements
LAN/WAN:
Fixed a regression problem in Release 4.11 on Windows NT which resulted in the inability to display port status for SPX.
WORKSTATION:
Fix a regression problem with Release 4.11 which caused @Command[FileOpenDatabase] to not open a view when one was specified in the optional parameter.
Symbol
1st lev para
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
RN bullet
You can change document headers and footers in Read mode but changes will not take effect until:
you close the document and then print the document from the view, or
you close the document and then reopen it.
When you insert information for headers and footers in the printing panel InfoBox, the cursor returns to the beginning of the InfoBox text field after you click on the tab mark, page number, date, time, or title buttons.
Form-level headers and footers do not print when"Extra Line" is used as the Document Separator. Document-level and database-level headers and footers, however, will print with "Extra Line."
Symbol
bullet
1st lev para
If you create a new replica database on a Notes for Windows workstation with a database name that already exists, you will receive the message
Replace existing filename?
. If you click Yes, you receive an error message:
None of the selected databases has a replica on the server
, and Notes creates a replica stub. If you replicate again either in the Replicator or by choosing File - Replicate - Replicate with options, replication occurs and Notes initializes the database. If you then try to open the database, your workstation terminates.
On the Windows platform, when you create a new replica, if you select Create full text index for searching from the New Replica dialog box, Notes does not create a full text index. After you create the replica, choose File - Database - Properties, select the Full Text tab, and select Create index.
bullet
1st lev para
2nd lev para
Body Text
While it is ideal that Notes be installed locally to each host that will run it, the Notes workstation software may be installed to a file server for use by multiple hosts. To do this, choose the "Install the software to be a network resource" install option (the default is "Install to run the software on the destination hosts(s)"). Installation of Notes to a fileserver for use by more than one type of computer is possible, and install will ask whether to install software for each operating system for which support is available. No other configuration is performed on the host(s) specified as the fileserver. It will not be able to run Notes itself except as described below.
After the installation to the file server is complete, other hosts may use it by making the installation available at /opt/lotus by traditional UNIX file system sharing means. For example, if the installation on the file server is made to /local/apps/lotus, then other hosts may use it by making /local/apps/lotus on the file server appear at /opt/lotus locally. This may be done by an automounter map entry, a symbolic link to some other path by which it is available, or by an explicit mount.
If support for VIM applications is required on those hosts using Notes from a file server, then lotus/notes/latest from the file server (/local/apps/lotus/notes/latest in the above example) may be made available at /opt/vim/lib locally as described above. Alternatively, a symbolic link /opt/vim/lib to /opt/lotus/notes/latest may be created on each host.
2nd lev para
Chead
bullet
1st lev para
RN body
Server names and ampersand (&) signs
If you attempt to register a server with a name that includes an ampersand (&) sign, such as "Coughs & Colds," Notes changes the ampersand sign to an underscore (_) sign, as for example "Coughs_Colds." As a workaround, avoid using the ampersand sign in server names.
Server record entries do not contain network name
When you register servers and create server records in the Public Address Book, the port information is left blank. If you edit the server record, you must enter a port name before you can save your changes.
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
If you import a file with a long file name containing spaces, Notes displays the error message:
File does not exist
and will not import the file. To import the file, remove all spaces in the file name and import the file again.
Import does not support document fields designed to be hidden when you print the document. The fields will import correctly but can be printed as part of the document. You can solve this problem on a document by document basis. After importing, edit the document by highlighting the portion of the field to hide, selecting Text - Text Properties, then clicking the Hide tab and choosing Hide paragraph when the document is Printed. When you print the document, those fields you selected to hide will not appear in the printed document.
When you
Import a FrameMaker document, Notes replaces all quote marks (' or " ) with spaces. To correct this, you must reenter the quote marks manually.
When you import a fully justified Interleaf file, you may find large spaces incorrectly placed within a text line. To correct this, highlight any poorly justified text and realign the text (Text - Align Paragraph).
Notes hangs if you attempt to import Interleaf files that contain inserted lines. To correct this problem, delete the lines before importing the file into Notes.
Notes for UNIX will import platform-independent graphics such as .BMP, .CGM, and .JPG from the following word processing applications: Lotus Ami Pro, Microsoft RTF, and on Windows (32 bit) only, Microsoft Word for Windows 6.
Body Text
Chead
Bhead
Solaris, NLM, and SPX/SPXII configurations
You may encounter problems running Notes Release 4.13 between Sun Solaris and Notes NetWare Loadable Module (NLM) servers that use SPX. If your system configuration enables a Notes user to go between a Notes R4 Solaris server and a Notes R3 or R4 NLM 4.1 server, be certain that you are using the latest SPX module (SPXS.NLM) on your NLM server. You can obtain this module from Novell.
New Notes Enhancements:
Notes Release 4.1a was released for only the Macintosh client and all UNIX platforms.
It
corrects a problem with replication of databases containing folders between Mac clients and all non-Unix servers and between other clients and Unix servers in which the error message, "Extendible hash index is corrupt and can't be used," is reported and the replication history is never updated.
Chead
1st lev para
2nd lev para
Body Text
If you intend to run multiple clients on one UNIX workstation, Lotus recommends that you set the Notes_ISOLATION environment variable
in the UNIX shell of every UNIX account that will be running the Notes client
This environment variable allows multiple Notes clients to run on the same workstation in a way that will isolate one Notes client termination from affecting the other Notes clients on the same workstation. If you do not set this environment variable, one Notes client termination will hang other Notes clients on that workstation.
Set the Notes_ISOLATION environment variable in your .cshrc, .profile, or .kshrc file so that you always run Notes with the environment variable set. It is important that all Notes clients on a workstation have the environment variable set in order for Notes_ISOLATION to work.
RN body
If you run the C shell, add this line to your ~/.cshrc file:
setenv Notes_ISOLATION 1
If you run the Bourne shell, add this line to your ~/.profile file:
Notes_ISOLATION=1; export Notes_ISOLATION
If you run the Korn shell, add this line to your ~/.kshrc file:
Notes_ISOLATION=1; export Notes_ISOLATION
o run multiple Notes clients on one Sun workstation, reconfigure the UNIX kernel for the workstation using the settings recommended for a Sun Solaris Notes server. See specific requirements for the Sun Solaris platform in the Platforms and Requirements view of Things You Need to Know.
Symbol
bullet
RN body
If you create a "Send Mail Message" Action Agent, click the Address Book icon in the Agent's dialog box, open the Personal Address book and then dismiss it by using the ventilator bar (minus sign in the Motif Window frame), your session locks. To correct the problem, you must terminate your Notes session.
1st lev para
Chead
RN body
Derek E Bambauer-
If you alter the size of button label text, outlines of the previous button size remain on the screen. Refresh the display by closing the document or form and reopening it.
RSymbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
The Add Condition feature is available in the Create Folder and View dialog boxes. If you are using a Notes Release 3 database located on a Notes Release 4 server, the Add Condition feature requires that you compact the database.
When using an R3 database on an R4 server, if you create an Invalid Formula using the Add Condition feature in the Create View dialog box, you will render the view unusable. To resolve this problem, you will need to remove the database and then read it.
RN body
Operating System Versions Newly Certified with 4.12:
Server:
Windows NT 4.0
OS/2 Warp Server 4 (Entry, Advanced, and w/SMP Feature)
Client:
Windows NT 4.0
OS/2 Warp 4
Symbol
RN body
RN bullet
bullet
1st lev para
Chead
Shift - '+' and Shift - '-' do not work as expected on the numeric keypad if 'num lock' is enabled or using the standard QWERTY keyboard. Disable 'num lock' and use the numeric keypad for correct behavior.
If you have an unusually large number of individual workspace pages with unusually long names, workspace pages may go off to the right of your screen. To access these pages, click on a page's Workspace tab and use the right arrow key to move the selection to the right.
For some events, Notes does not display the hourglass pointer. For example, if you select a Form in the Design View pane and double click the Form to edit it, Notes does not display an hourglass to indicate that the Form is opening.
On a Solaris Intel Edition CDE (Common Desktop Environment), if you start a replication process or a database copy and you decide to switch to another workspace on CDE, when Notes completes the process on your first workspace, the application will actually appear on the current workspace and hang your session. Keep your focus on the original workspace until the process terminates, then proceed to the next workspace.
Do not switch workspaces on a Solaris Intel Edition UNIX platform using CDE while Notes is processing a command ( for example, File - Replication - New Replica). If you do, when the process completes the Notes client will attempt to appear in the active workspace. This Notes client will be blank and can only be dismissed by terminating the Notes processes.
Symbol
Bhead
Chead
bullet
1st lev para
Chead
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
Adding and deleting workspace pages
RN bullet
There are two new functions in Notes R4 related to workspace pages: one for creating new pages and one for deleting them. To create a workspace page, select any existing workspace page's tab, and then choose the new option Create - Workspace Page. Notes inserts a new workspace page before the currently selected tab. Similarly, if you select a workspace page's tab and select Edit - Clear
(or press the
Delete key), Notes deletes the workspace page after removing all of the icons from the page.
Notes R3 handles only six workspace pages. Any Notes R4 desktop file with exactly 6 pages can be opened in Notes R3. However, the first time an R4 user tries to create or delete a workspace page, they receive a warning message stating that once the operation is performed, the workspace file (DESKTOP.DSK) will no longer be usable by pre-R4 users. At this point, you can choose the option to cancel or proceed. If you proceed and then try to use the DESKTOP.DSK file with Notes R3, Notes displays a message stating that the workspace file is corrupt and attempts to recreate it.
To regain R3 compatibility for the modified DESKTOP.DSK file, you can add/delete pages until the workspace again consists of 6 pages that contain database icons (not including the Replicator page, which is not stored in DESKTOP.DSK).
Availability of new Notes R4 features in R3
Features new to Lotus Notes in Release 4 are not available to you when you open a Notes R4 database from Notes R3.
Full Text Indexes
In Notes Release 4.13, you can read a Notes Release 3 full-text index, but word-highlighting information is not available for a Notes Release 4 workstation if you keep the index in an R3 format. To change an R3 index to an R4 format, rebuild the index using Notes R4.
If an R3 index is updated from Notes R4, it will be converted to an R4 index making it unusable from the R3 workstation.
Notes R3 cannot read a Notes R4 index.
Because of this, if you have a mixture of R3 and R4 users using the same database, you must keep the index in R3 format and update it only from an R3 workstation.
Hotspots
The following issues relate to accessing a Notes R4 database from Notes R3 and using hotspots:
Link hotspots display the link pasted but not the text border, leaving the hotspot text unaffected. The document links work correctly; however, database and view links are not activated.
Notes removes formula and action hotspots completely, leaving the hotspot text unaffected.
Navigators
When you open an R4 database containing Navigators while running R3, the Navigator titles appear in the main View menu but when you select a Navigator, you get the following error message:
This view is obsolete and requires
missing
field list
. Edit and resave the view.
You will not be able to change the view. To avoid this problem, do not select a Navigator view.
When you open an R4 database containing Navigators while running R3, Notes lists Navigator titles in the
Design - View dialog box but you cannot open them. Notes displays the error message:
note item not found
Large bitmaps in Navigators may produce the error
Memory allocation exceeded 65,000 bytes
if encountered in Release 3. This may occur when accessing the View menu or when using a Database Design Tool such as Design Synopsis.
Opening R3 databases from R4 and vice versa
Working with different releases of Notes on the same workstation can cause delays when opening local databases. If you open a local R3-created database using the Notes R4 client, Notes builds the view using a Notes R4 format. If you then view the same database using Notes R3, Notes rebuilds the view again, this time in a Notes R3 format.
Using compatible file formats
The .NS3 extension naming convention allows a database to retain the Notes R3 internal database structure. Without an .NS3 extension, an R3 database can be transformed to the new R4 internal design structure or be created with this structure from Notes R4.
If you use an R3 workstation and open an .NS3 database that has some R4 features, most new UI features from R4 will not appear, but when using the R4 features below, anything defined within the feature will appear in R3:
standard sections
form layout regions
multiple column keyword fields
controlled sections
Using older versions of DESKTOP.DSK with R4
If you are using a Note R3 or prerelease version of the Notes R4 DESKTOP.DSK file and are now running the shipped version of Notes R4 on your system, opening large databases may produce the error message
Cannot find field
definition
sharedfieldname
If this happens, use the Compact feature on your desktop and remove, then readd, the database to your desktop.
Views
R4 Notes Views are not compatible with R3 Views. Notes Views have changed significantly in R4 with many new features added.
bullet
1st lev para
Chead
2nd lev para
Chead
Bhead
RN body
About sending encrypted mail to people in foreign domains
To send encrypted mail to a person who resides in a foreign Notes domain:
Create a person document in your Personal Address Book for that user.
Copy that Notes user's public key into the public key field in the person document.
Note that you must fill in the forwarding address field for the Notes user in the foreign domain with a complete address. For example, use "I McLaughlin @ Acme", rather than the incomplete address of "Ian McLaughlin". When you request message encryption, Notes performs the lookup on the forwarding address field for recipients listed as User @ Domain. For this reason, it is important to fill in the forwarding address field completely.
Encryption keys
If you are mailing a form that contains encryptable fields, the encryption key(s) will not work when you send the form as "store form in document" to another person. The Mailing function in Notes decrypts the encrypted fields in the form and enables the field data to be visible to the mail recipient.
Error received when opening mail file
The error message
You are not authorized to access that database
curs when you try to open your mail file in this situation:
You open the Choose Other Server dialog box and close the box without selecting a server. To access this dialog box, you open the "Database Access List" on your mail database, click the Advanced Icon which opens the list box of servers under the "Administration Server:" field, and then click "Other..." to open the "Choose Other Server" dialog box. You may or may not want to choose another server. However, Notes makes a change to the "Administration Server:" field by defaulting to the first server in the list of other servers even if you click Cancel.
Eventually this may result in an inability to open your mail database. For example, in Notes Release 4, administrators are able to perform "Delete," "Rename" or "Move user to new certifier" actions using new "Administration Process" tools. If an administrator renames you as a user, the Administration Process on your home server will not be able to change your name in the ACL of the mail database on your home server if the "Administration Server:" name has been changed.
Mail Encryption overrides Field Encryption
A field can be encrypted as an "encrypted field" or with "mail encryption", but not both. A document that contains encrypted fields can only be mailed (or forwarded) by someone who can read the encrypted fields. When a document that contains encrypted fields is mailed, the encryption keys specified for the fields is ignored and the encryption is done under the recipient's public key. Therefore, the recipient will be able to read the encrypted fields because the mail encryption overrides the field level encryption.
The AppleTalk protocol stack in Windows NT 4.0 does not function properly. On a Macintosh platform and other systems connecting to Notes servers running NT 4.0 with AppleTalk, Notes generates a variety of errors, most commonly
Network
error: insufficient data received
. Lotus strongly recommends that you run Notes NT servers with AppleTalk on version 3.51 until Microsoft issues a fix for this problem.
RSymbol
2nd lev para
1st lev para
Body Text
bullet
RN bullet
OLE is not supported on the Notes for UNIX platform. As a result, the following limitations exist:
Notes for UNIX users can open Notes documents that contain OLE links but cannot edit them. You can not launch the appropriate application in UNIX if the document contains the application icon.
UNIX users cannot open forms that launch an application; attempts to do so generate an error message.
Lotus SmartSuite 96 Library (R4)
and the
Microsoft Office Library (R4)
templates contain forms that automatically launch applications. UNIX users attempting to access these forms receive an error message.
1st lev para
The Find/ Replace and Check Spelling functions search the content of sections but not section title bars or layout regions contained within forms. This problem occurs only when you are not in Design mode.
Chead
indent bullet
Bhead
Body Text
The documents in this view describe interoperability issues that relate to using any Notes R4 server on a system that also runs Notes R3 servers.
Throughout these documents, the use of the term "R3" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 3.0 to the latest 3.x release. The term "R4" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 4.0 to the latest 4.x release.
Symbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
When you change a view's selection formula using the Search Builder dialog, the refresh icon may not appear when the new condition has been confirmed. Use F9 or click in the location of the refresh icon to update the view.
When you edit column properties that affect the display of documents in a view, such as altering the Show twisties option, the refresh icon may not appear when the new property has been confirmed. Use F9 or click in the location of the refresh icon to update the view. A similar problem may occur when making changes to the View Properties, such as the Altering the Selection Margin option.
The View Selection option "By Form" in the Search Builder dialog cannot be used when the selected form is a Response or Response to Response form type. A "Formula Error" will appear.
Please note that manually resizing column widths at the view level does not reset column width. After you close a database, column widths revert back to the original size that the designer set during the view or folder design.
When you set colors for Column Totals, the color for Columns is set in the Column Properties InfoBox but the color for Column Totals is set in the View Properties InfoBox. The color that is displayed for Totals may not be what is expected. Switch to the View Properties InfoBox, Sorting tab, to set the Totals color.
Symbol
Times New Roman
indent bullet
Chead
bullet
RN body
DBCS and international character sets
DBCS and international character sets may be corrupted during Export. It may be helpful to export the file as a Microsoft Rich Text Format (.RTF) file. Other Notes-supported word processing application file formats are more likely to corrupt characters.
Export View to structured text
Export View to structured text now supports rich text fields that have names other than "body." This is new with Release 4. Each of the document's rich text fields will be appended to the end of the document in a single rich text field.
Graphics included in documents
RN bullet
Notes does not support exporting color graphic images as part of a word processing document.
Exporting color graphic images yields inconsistent results. Export a graphic as a single file with a graphic file format extension rather than exporting the graphic as part of a document.
Notes exports graphics in black and white for Microsoft Rich Text Format (.RTF) files. None of the other Notes-supported word processing formats export graphics within a document.
Lotus 1-2-3
When you use Lotus 1-2-3 View Export, categorized columns do not export correctly in 1-2-3 Worksheet format. If the first two columns in the view are categorized and sorted, Notes does not export the information. As a workaround, export categorized columns to a tabular text ASCII file. You can then import the file into Lotus 1-2-3.
You must specify a file extension when exporting a Notes view to a Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet file. Valid file extensions are .WKS, .WK1, .WRK, .WR1, .WK3, .WK4. For exports to Lotus 1-2-3 Japanese, you may specify .WJ2, .WJ3, or .WD1.
Tables
If you export a document that contains a table with more than 255 rows, Notes terminates abruptly. Reduce the size of the table to 255 rows or less and then export the document.
Notes may not import all rows in a table that contains more than 255 rows. If you export this table, the new file may not be usable by the following word processing formats:
Ami Pro
Microsoft Rich Text Format
Microsoft Word
WordPerfect
Chead
1st lev para
Chead
Body Text
In Notes Release 4.13, the only method of remote LAN access supported is Microsoft Remote Access Service (RAS). Notes supports RAS on Windows NT and Windows 95. Future releases of Notes will support additional remote LAN access methods.
RN body
Delay when hanging up a Microsoft Remote Access Service (RAS) connection
To allow the underlying LAN protocols to complete the process of closing a session between a Notes client and server before the RAS connection ends, Notes creates a delay between the time the session is closed by the LAN protocol and the time that RAS hangs up the connection. This delay is set to the default period of one second. You can change the length of the delay period by adding
REMOTELANHANGUPDELAY=x
to the NOTES.INI file, where x is the desired delay in milliseconds. Note that a value of 0 is the default and causes a delay of one second.
Hanging up a preexisting remote LAN connection
Notes enables you to use Microsoft Remote Access Service (RAS) connections that were in existence before you started Notes. Notes also allows you to hang up these connections from within Notes. You will not be able to hang up a connection until at least one remote access connection has been attempted from within Notes. This is because Notes does not read-in information about preexisting RAS connections until it tries to establish a remote access connection. If you try to hang up a connection before this information is available, you will either not see the RAS connections in the hang-up dialog box or you will get a message that reads
No ports capable of calling are in use
Running Notes and RAS on the same server
If you install the Notes server on the same machine that runs the Microsoft Remote Access Service (RAS) server, workstation connections to that Notes server will not succeed when you use SPX. You can avoid this problem by running the Notes server on a different machine.
Sharing a port between X.PC and Microsoft RAS
A Notes server cannot listen on an X.PC port when the port is also being used to listen for a RAS connection. A Notes workstation can dial out using X.PC or RAS on the same modem, but not simultaneously. See Chapter 8 of the
Administrator's Guide
, for more information. Notes does not arbitrate between RAS and X.PC use of the modem and may attempt to connect using a modem that is already in use.
Notes server use of remote LAN in Windows 95
The following remote LAN problem occurs on the Notes for Windows 95 platform only.
Lotus recommends caution in using Notes dial-up (RAS) connections from a Notes server. If an error occurs during a Notes server connection, Notes displays a dialog box and waits for your response. Also, dial-back connections cannot be made in unattended operation.
When the Notes server uses Notes remote LAN to make a connection with another server, it uses Windows 95 dial-up networking, an implementation of Microsoft RAS.
an error occurs, the Windows 95 operating system displays the error condition in a dialog box
and waits for your response
While the operating system waits, Notes cannot proceed.
If an administrator does not acknowledge the error, the
operating
system will wait for
about five minutes
before it dismisses the dialog box and informs Notes of the error condition.
Notes
the error and
proceed with its next task.
Similarly, if the
server is connecting to a
remote RAS server
that
requires
-back to make the dial-up connection
, the Windows 95 operating system displays
the dialog box
before the call-back is performed. This is not the result of an error condition
The dialog box asks for the telephone number that it should use to dial back. Windows 95 displays th
dialog box even when the
call-back
telephone number is specified on the RAS server
, in which case the only possible user response is to select OK.
After
about 5 minutes with no response to the dialog box, the operating system will treat it as an abort indication, dismiss the dialog box, and return an error code to Notes.
This
display of dialog boxes affects any
unattended use of dial-up networking. Although its primary impact is on Notes servers, it can affect any Notes workstation operation, such as workstation replication, that normally runs unattended.
Bhead
Body Text
Do not use Notes R4 @Functions in a view formula unless the database is located on a Notes R4 server. You can edit view formulas, such as selection or column formulas, within an R4 database and use R4 @Functions. However, if the database is located on a Notes R3 server and you try to use a view that contains R4 @Functions, you will receive an error message. The R3 server is able to build the view but is unable to recognize the R4 @Functions.
A Notes workstation or server running a North American or International English version of Notes can automatically accept input and display text in one of the following non-English languages if the version of Windows or OS/2 appropriate for that language is run:
IndList
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
German
Italian
Indonesian
Lithuanian
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
In addition, Windows and OS/2 servers and workstations support input and display of text in Croatian, Czech, Greek, Hungarian, Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, and Turkish if you copy specific .CLS files as described in the following sections.
Notes does not support input and display of Japanese, Korean, or Chinese using the North American or International English versions of Notes.
Windows
The following tables describe the files you must copy to input and display Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, or Turkish text on North American or International English versions of Notes for Windows. These files are in the Notes program directory.
Note
Exit Notes before copying these files.
To input and display text in:
Copy:
Croatian
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1250.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLHR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21HR.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Czech
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1250.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLCS.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21CS.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Danish
COLL21N.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Dutch
COLL12NL.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
Finnish
COLLF.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
French
COLL12FR.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
German
COLL12DE.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
Greek
L_CP737.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1253.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLEL.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Hungarian
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1250.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLEE.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21HU.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Lithuanian
L_CP775.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1257.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLLT.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Norwegian
COLL21N.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Polish
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1250.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLEE.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Russian
L_CP866.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1251.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLCYR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Slovak
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1250.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLCS.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21CS.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Slovene
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1250.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLSC.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21SL.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Spanish
COLL21ES.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Turkish
L_CP857.CLS to L_CPDOS.CLS
L_CP1254.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
COLLTR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
OS/2
The following tables describe the files you must copy to input and display Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, or Turkish text on North American or International English versions of Notes for OS/2. These files are in the Notes program directory.
Note
Exit Notes before copying these files.
To input and display text in:
Copy:
Croatian
COLLHR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21HR.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Czech
COLLCS.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21CS.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Danish
COLL21N.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Dutch
COLL12NL.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
Finnish
COLLF.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
French
COLL12FR.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
German
COLL12DE.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
Greek
COLLEL.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Hungarian
COLLEE.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21HU.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Lithuanian
COLLLT.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Norwegian
COLL21N.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Polish
COLLEE.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Russian
COLLCYR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Slovak
COLLCS.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21CS.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Slovene
COLLSC.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21SL.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Spanish
COLL21ES.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Turkish
COLLTR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
The following tables describe the files you must copy to input and display Brazilian Portugese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, German, Hungarian, Norwegian, Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish and Turkish text on North American or International English versions of Notes for NLM. These files are in the Notes program directory.
Note
Exit Notes before copying these files.
To input and display text in:
Copy:
Brazilian Portuguese
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
Croatian
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLSC.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21HR.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Czech
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLCS.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21CS.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Danish
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
COLL21N.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Dutch
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
COLL12NL.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
Finnish
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLF.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
French
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
COLL12FR.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
German
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
COLL12DE.CLS to COLL1TO2.CLS
Hungarian
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLEE.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Norwegian
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
COLL21N.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Polish
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLEE.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Russian
L_CP866.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLCYR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Slovak
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLCS.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21CS.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Slovene
L_CP852.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLSC.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
COLL21SL.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Spanish
L_CP850.CLS TO L_CPNLM.CLS
COLL21ES.CLS to COLL2TO1.CLS
Turkish
L_CP857.CLS to L_CPNLM.CLS
COLLTR.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Body Text
Bhead
1st lev para
Welcome to Lotus Notes
Release 4.13. This release of Notes
provides you, our partners and customers, with the features and enhancements described in the following New Features and New Enhancements sections of these Release Notes. If you are a Lotus
customer who is upgrading to Release 4.13 and who is unfamiliar with the Notes features and enhancements added in previous Notes Releases 4.01, 4.02, 4.1, 4.1a, 4.11, 4.11a, and 4.12, this information is available in the History of Changes chapter. All features and enhancements listed in this section are also included in Release 4.13.
Before you install, be sure to read about Things You Need to Know. This chapter contains information that you should be familiar with before you install or configure Notes software. Also read the Install Issues section in the Troubleshooting chapter before you begin installing Notes. When you are ready to install the software, go to the instructions in the separate
Install Guides for Workstation and Server
that accompany the CD-ROM media.
If you are migrating your Notes applications from Release 3.x to R4.x, see the
Migration Guide
for information about changes you may need to make to your hardware and software configurations before installing Release 4.13.
Throughout these Release Notes, the term "R3" refers to all Lotus Notes releases,numbered sequentially from 3.0 to the latest 3.x release. The term "R4" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 4.0 to the latest 4.x release.
1st lev para
New Notes Enhancements:
LAN/WAN:
Fix a problem with the Notes server not recognizing existing connections using X.25/X.PC ports when attempting to reach another server and not accepting incoming mail from another server over an existing connection using an X.25/X.PC port.
SERVER:
Fix the Compact program so that the next purge time for deleted documents is preserved.
Prevent the automatic replication of rich-text fields when nothing in the field has been changed.
Prevent error messages, "Error reading server info for name server. Entry not found in index" and "NetBIOS Name Server terminating: Entry not found in index," from appearing when launching server for the first time.
Fix an intermittent server malfunction resulting in a ripfile containing a Panic in the LookupHandle function.
Fix an intermittent server malfunction resulting in a ripfile containing a Panic in the BTInitializeContext function.
WORKSTATION:
Allow for the correct Lotus Notes license type to be selected during unconnected workstation setup.
Fix a problem with full-text search returning an inaccurate number of matching documents due to response documents with no parent being included.
Allow for Korean letters to be accepted in the Agent Name text box.
Provide for the correct determination of Dialing Rules in Location documents of Dialup Modem type when a Country Code is specified in the Server Connection document in the Personal Address Book.
Avoid the loss of LotusScript code by displaying a warning message when the user enters greater than 64K of script.
Prevent an Assertion Failure during Form design when the Launch tab is selected in the Forms Properties infobox when there is a zero-length entry in the Registry (OLE).
TEMPLATES:
Allow for the ability to edit and save an existing Statistic or Event monitor by removing an incorrect field validation check in the Public Address Book template.
Prevent two reservations from being made at the same time and on the same date if the date was in a single digit month in a database based on the Room Reservations template.
Prevent the user from getting LotusScript error messages when attempting to use or edit personal stationery via the action bar in an R4 mail database.
Fix a problem with the Send button in the drafts folder of an R4 mail database.
Fix a problem when using the "Response Review" style in databases based on the Document Library templates in which additional review documents were being created each time a reviewer edited a review document.
Fix a problem when using the "Document Reservations Review" style in databases based on the Document Library templates in which a document reserved for review by one reviewer could be simultaneously edited by another reviewer.
Chead
indent bullet
If you have a system that includes more than one Notes server and you are planning to upgrade one or more servers to Notes R4, carefully evaluate your template and replication settings in the Public Address Book using the following information.
Setting template names in Notes R3
If you are running Notes R3, you set template names in the Design Template Options dialog box (File - Database - Information - Design Template). Normal settings for an R3 Name and Address Book are:
(unchecked) Database is a Design Template
(checked) Inherit Design from Template
Based on Template: "StdNotesAddressBook"
Setting template names in Notes R4
Notes R4 settings have labels similar to those in R3 on the Design tab of the Database Properties box (File - Database - Properties).
Setting template replication settings in Notes R3
In Notes R3.x, you determine template settings replication using the Replication Settings dialog box (File - Database - Information - Replication). The normal setting for a Notes R3.x Name and Address Book is:
(checked) Replicate database Title, Categories and Template Names
Setting template replication settings in Notes R4
The Notes R4 equivalent setting is located in the Send section of the Replication Settings dialog box on the Basics tab of the Database Properties dialog box (File - Database - Properties). It is labeled "Do not send changes in database title and catalog info to other replicas" and is normally unchecked.
Managing template names in an R3/R4 environment
If the settings on any of your servers are different from the above settings, you must avoid the situation in which some servers have the Notes R4 template name "StdR4PublicAddressBook" entered as the design template name and other servers have the Notes R3.x template name "StdNotesAddressBook" entered as the design template name.
If this situation occurs, the Notes R3 servers will refresh the R4 design whenever the server's Design task runs, creating unpredictable results. There are two ways to manage this.
Method 1.
Set all servers to replicate template names using the following settings:
Notes Version
Dialog Box
Setting
Notes R3.x
Replication Settings
Check "Replicate database Title, Categories and Template Names"
Notes R4
Database Properties;
Basics Tab
Uncheck "Do not send changes in database title and catalog info to other replicas"
When you use these settings, the Notes R3.x servers have the template name "StdR4PublicAddressBook" listed, but because they do not have this template, they do not attempt to refresh the Name and Address Book design. Instead, they post a warning message to the Notes Log.
Method 2.
Set servers not to replicate template names using the following settings:
Notes Version
Dialog Box Name
Settings
Notes R3.x
Replication Settings
Design Template Options
Uncheck "Replicate database Title, Categories and Template Names"
Uncheck "Inherit Design from Template"
No entry in the "Based on Template" field
Notes R4
Database Properties; Basics Tab
Check "Do not send changes in database title and catalog info to other replicas"
&Arial
Times New Roman
bullet
Chead
indent bullet
DBCS and international character sets
Notes may corrupt
DBCS and international character sets during Export. In some cases, it may be helpful to export the file as a Microsoft Rich Text Format (.RTF) file. Other Notes-supported word processing application file formats are more likely to corrupt the characters.
Documents with buttons
If you attempt to export documents that contain buttons to Ami Pro (for example, a problem-tracking document with special section buttons) your Windows 3.x or Windows 95 workstation client will terminate during the Export process if you did not select part or all of the document prior to exporting it. Select a portion or all of the document before you export it.
Export View to structured text
Export View to structured text now supports rich text fields that have names other than "body." This is new with Release 4. Each of the document
,s rich text fields will be appended to the end of the document in a single rich text field.
Graphics included in documents
Notes does not support exporting color graphic images when they are included as part of a word processing document.
You may find that exporting color graphic images yields inconsistent results. You can get more reliable results if you export a graphic as a single file with a graphic file format extension than if you export the graphic as part of a document.
Notes exports graphics in black and white for Microsoft Rich Text Format (.RTF) files. None of the other Notes-supported word processing formats export graphics within a document.
Lotus 1-2-3
When you use Lotus 1-2-3 View Export, Notes does not export categorized columns correctly in 1-2-3 Worksheet format. If the first two columns in the view are categorized and sorted, Notes does not export the information. As a workaround, export categorized columns to a tabular text ASCII file. You can then import the file into Lotus 1-2-3.
You must specify a file extension when exporting a Notes view to a Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet file. If you do not specify a file extension, exporting will produce incorrect results. Valid file extensions are .WKS, .WK1, .WRK, .WR1, .WK3, .WK4. For exports to Lotus 1-2-3 Japanese, you may specify .WJ2, .WJ3, or .WD1.
Tables
If you export a document that contains a table with more than 255 rows, your Notes session will terminate abruptly. As a workaround, reduce the size of the table to 255 rows or less and then export the document.
The Notes import process may fail to import all rows in a table containing more than 255 rows. Subsequent exports of the table may result in a file that is not usable by the following word processing formats:
Ami Pro
Microsoft Rich Text Format
Microsoft Word
WordPerfect
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
When you paste an icon copied from a database's Icon Editor into a Navigator, only the icon's original size is pasted. If this icon is pasted into an editor window such as a form and then resized, then copied and pasted again into the Navigator, the Navigator will still only paste the original icon size.
You can not switch from an open Navigator in its own window to the Folders Navigator as the Folders Navigator is specific to the Navigation pane. Designers should include actions and @Commands set on objects in the "solo" Navigator which will open the database to the view state. Then you can select Folders and display them in the opened Navigation pane.
When you design Navigators, note that a Collection (selection of multiple objects) does not allow setting actions on multiple objects. Only one object will be assigned the action while multiple objects are selected.
When using the Collection Properties InfoBox, note that Properties will be available that may not apply to all selected objects. For example, the Fill option will be available if one of the objects allows this property, even if another object (such as a Hotspot Rectangle) cannot use this setting. The appropriate settings will be applied to the correct objects.
High color bitmaps are not displayed as sharply from a Navigator window as when you display them from within a rich text field in a document.
You can set the Bevel Width for a Button to a negative value in the Button Properties InfoBox. However, this grossly distorts the display of the button and the Navigator design window and should be avoided.
When using an alias with a Navigator name, the alias name will appear in the window title in addition to the real name when that Navigator is displayed in its own designated window.
RN body
OS/2 platform only
Some graphic display drivers do not display all of the available outline widths for objects.
If an object hits the window border or design pane when you create or resize it, it may automatically flip and resize in the opposite direction. When possible, avoid extending an object's size beyond the visible border of the Navigator design window.
Server
Release Note
CN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteDigital Alpha/Windows NT Notes Server03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#####################
Release NoteFields and Forms03 Troubleshooting06 Application Design IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
############################
Release NoteRemote Server Console Display03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#########################################
Release NoteR3 Workstation Unable to Access NDS Servers05 Interoperability04 Notes R4 Server and R3 Workstation Issues
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
######
Release NoteRemote LAN Methods02 Things you need to know04 Network Protocol and Method RequirementsMethods Supported
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
######################################
Release NoteFields Within Layout Regions03 Troubleshooting06 Application Design IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
####################################
Release NoteFull Text Search03 Troubleshooting02 Workstation IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###########################################
Release NoteR4 Workstations and R3 Home Servers05 Interoperability03 Notes R4 Workstation and R3 Server Issues
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###############
Release NoteSun Solaris Intel Edition 2.502 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsPatch Requirements
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteUsing and About documents03 Troubleshooting06 Application Design IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinKitty JenksLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##############
Release NoteInformation about Additional Items on the CD-ROM02 Things you need to know01 Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinCN=Elizabeth Narkum/OU=CAM/O=LotusDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteMail (Server PC Platforms)03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
####################
Release NoteWeb Navigator02 Things you need to know08 International Language Input and Display
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########
Release NoteAccessing R4 Hidden Databases05 Interoperability03 Notes R4 Workstation and R3 Server Issues
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
############################
Release NoteUser ID Password Dialog Box03 Troubleshooting04 Security IssuesWorkstation Security
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteNovell Netware IPX/SPX for Digital Alpha / Windows NT03 Troubleshooting05 Networking Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinKitty JenksLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########################################
Release NoteInstalling Notes R4.13 on a Workstation with Windows05 Interoperability05 Notes R4 and R3 on the Same Workstation
01 Release Notes05 Interoperability
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#####################
Release NoteAgents03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########
Release NoteInstalling to Multiple Destination Hosts04 Documentation updates05 InstallInstall Guide for Workstations
01 Release Notes04 Documentation updates
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
###############
Release NoteMAPI Service Providers03 Troubleshooting08 MAPI Service Provider Issues
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinCN=Elizabeth Narkum/OU=CAM/O=LotusDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Release NoteChanging Read Access List on Macintosh03 Troubleshooting04 Security IssuesWorkstation Security
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#####################################
Release NoteServer Set-up Log File Icon03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesUNIX Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
######################
Release NoteMultiple Passwords on Server IDs03 Troubleshooting04 Security IssuesServer Security
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
################################################
Release NoteHP-UX (UNIX)02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and RequirementsTuning Parameters
01 Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
#######################
Release NoteAdministration Process03 Troubleshooting03 Server IssuesPC Platforms
01 Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
Leatrice McLaughlinSusanna DoyleLeatrice McLaughlinDavid MaharCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
########################################
Release NoteNew in Notes Release 4.1206 History of Changes08 Notes 4.12
01 Release Notes06 History of changes
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
##########
Release NoteNew in Notes Release 4.1206 History of changes08 Notes 4.12
Fixed the problem on AIX 4.1.4 where the SAP daemon fails when running the server in background mode.
Fixed database corruption occuring when replication was initiated during the database indexing process.
Fixed a problem converting R3 mail databases to R4.1x.
Fixed a server error with the Updall Process where the SPARC server was "waiting for semaphore." The server was unable to respond at this point and the system needed to be restarted.
Fixed the problem of "defunct processes" occuring after the "drop all" command is issued from the server console.
Allowed a Solaris Intel Edition server to connect to specified port (a number < 1024), thereby enabling Intel Edition/MTA functionality.
bullet
RN body
You can not change to language-specific code pages to support importing documents created in other languages in this UNIX version. Most European language file imports should import correctly. Asian or Eastern European language files will not import correctly.
Chead
* When you use a driver that supports palette management and switch to another application, there is a certain time period in which the background applications will display the colors at the offsets in the newly changed system palette before they update their windows to the closest colors. In Notes, if you find this distracting, you can minimize the effect by turning off the 'textured workspace' option in the File - Tools - User Preferences - Basics/Advanced Options dialog box.
In Notes for OS/2 Warp, these palette changes can cause the default desktop color to display desktop object titles improperly. A remedy for this situation is to display the desktop as a solid color using the desktop background settings to change the color.
* Shift - '+' and Shift - '-' will not work as expected on the numeric keypad if 'num lock' is enabled. Shift - '+' and Shift - '-' will also not work as expected using the standard QWERTY keyboard. Disable 'num lock' and use the numeric keypad for correct behavior.
bullet
* It is possible, through the use of unusually large workspace page names and an unusually large amount of individual workspace pages, to cause some of the workspace pages to scroll irretrievably off to the right. You can access these pages using the right arrow key after having navigated up to the workspace page tab.
OS/2 Warp focus problem
If you are running Notes R4.1 on OS/2 WARP with FixPak 16 or FixPak 17 applied, you may find that the Notes popup windows come up behind the parent window and are difficult to bring to the top. Lotus is working with IBM to resolve this problem. A fix is targetted for FixPak 20 of OS/2 WARP.
Body Text
Bhead
indent bullet
Any user working from an R4 Notes workstation can create, modify, or read documents located on a Notes R3 server.
The documents in this view describe the interoperability limitations relating to using any Notes Release 4 workstation feature with a server that runs Notes Release 3. Throughout these documents, the use of the term "R3" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 3.0 to the latest 3.x release. The term "R4" refers to all Lotus Notes releases numbered sequentially from 4.0 to the latest 4.x release.
The operating system (OS) is limited to 10 segments per process. A new algorithm eliminates the need to use the segment size override
(Notes_SHARED_DPOOLSIZE).
Chead
1st lev para
RN body
In Release 4, Private Views do not appear in the log database (Database Sizes and Usage views) along with shared or public views.
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
The Novell NetWare Requester is not supported in this release of Notes on the Digital Alpha NT platform, as no requester is available from Novell. IPX/SPX and Novell NetBIOS can be used by installing Microsoft's Client Services for NetWare and NWLink NetBIOS.
Banyan VINES is not supported in this release of Notes on the
Digital
Alpha NT platform, as no requester is available from Banyan.
Symbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
Keyword fields that must display all allowable values during edit mode will not be recalculated whenever the document is. This behavior is intentional due to performance hits for applications using @DbLookup. These fields are recalculated when the keyword list is activated.
Editable keyword field navigation has changed. Rather than picking the first character of the available keyword to cycle through the list, use a "type-ahead" scenario. Enter the first character of a possible keyword option, then the second character, and so on until the desired keyword is found. Or, access the keyword dialog and then use first-character navigation to cycle through the list.
You can set default focus on multiple fields within a form and subform. However, only the first field that you assign displays this setting during edit mode.
As a designer, use only unique names for forms. Since unique names are currently not enforced in this release and form loading is dependent on the name, creating a document and opening a document may load different forms.
Since the shared field name is stored with the shared field design document, it is possible for you to change the name of a shared field by opening it from its containing form or subform and changing the name using the Field Properties InfoBox. Lotus recommends that you not use this method. Instead, access the shared field document directly from the Design Toolbox, change the name in the Shared Field Properties InfoBox, and save the shared field document.
You cannot set the font attributes for a shared field using the Shared Field Properties InfoBox Font tab. Instead, create the field that will be shared in a form, set the font attributes via the Field Properties InfoBox font tab, and choose Design - Share This Field.
Avoid creating a check box or radio button keyword field with eight or more columns set as this may cause Notes to terminate.
Release 4.1 provides a new security option on the Database Properties Basics tab called "Allow use of stored forms in this database." When this option is on, if you open a document that contains a stored form, Notes displays a warning dialog with user information and the following options: to open the document, not open it, or open it using the default form. The stored form warning also appears when you view a document in the preview pane and when you print a document from a view. If you prefer, you can turn this warning off in the User Preferences dialog box. When this option is not on, documents in the database that have stored forms will open using the default database form.
All documents with the Form Property 'Store form in document' will be signed when created in Release 4.x. This signature information appears in the warning dialog box when you open a document that contains a stored form. If the warning dialog says "Document is not signed", this may indicate that the document was created with an earlier version of Notes.
RN body
1st lev para
Chead
Chead
Notes currently does not distinguish between the names of groups and names of individuals in the Server document, Restrictions section.
For example, if you have a group called "Group1" and you enter this group name in the "Access server" field; then if someone registers a user with the same name "Group1", that user would be allowed to access your server. This behavior will not occur if you specify that an individual uses their complete hierarchical name.
This is one of several reasons to enforce
carefully
access control on your Notes databases. Choose an appropriate default access and, after you have deployed Release 4, choose settings that are appropriate for your users with the Access Control List (ACL) editor. In this way, be certain to distinguish users, servers, and groups from one another so as to avoid security problems. For more information, refer to the
Administrator's Guide
These restrictions apply to both PC and UNIX Notes platforms.
Symbol
RN body
bullet
Some accented characters may not display properly in the Remote Server Console window on the Notes client. The characters affected are represented by a vertical line.
RN bullet
Online Help is currently unavailable for the Remote Server Console dialog box.
If you are administering a server using an OS/2 client/workstation as a remote console , the OS/2 client may terminate if you use the QUIT or EXIT commands before you issue any other server commands.
If you are running Windows (16-bit) and the SPX protocol, when you issue the QUIT or EXIT server command from a remote console, the remote console displays the hourglass symbol while the server is being shut down, but then control is not returned to the console. Instead, the hourglass symbol continues to display on your screen. To continue press CRTL + Break.
bullet
1st lev para
Body Text
Chead
When an R3 workstation or server tries to access an R4 NDS-named Notes server, the following error message is received:
unable to read Notes server network address from Netware bindery.
This error indicates that the NDS server name is entered in the Net Address field of the Notes server document in the Name and Address Book. An R3 workstation/client may encounter this problem at installation or when attempting to establish a remote connection. This can happen when the Notes R3 workstation or server accesses a Notes R4 Name and Address Book that contains an NDS name in the NetAddress field of the Server Record.
You can resolve this problem in several ways:
RN bullet
Install Notes R3 Client R3.35 which contains the bug fix.
Install and use the R3 workstations or servers with an R3 Name and Address Book
R3 clients/workstations can use an R4 Address Book without NDS Names in the NetAddress Field of the Server connection record.
Upgrade to a Notes R4 Workstation.
Bhead
Body Text
In Notes Release 4.13, the only method of remote LAN access integrated with Notes is Microsoft Remote Access Service (RAS). Notes supports RAS on Windows NT and Windows 95. You can use other remote LAN access products with Notes, but must start and stop remote LAN connections from outside Notes.
bullet
RN body
Pasting from a shell window in UNIX may store incorrect information on the clipboard. To clear the clipboard, select some text in Notes and use the Notes Copy function. Return to the shell window and pasting should work.
Symbol
bullet
2nd lev para
In many ways, fields within layout regions are functionally different from those outside a layout region. Lotus recommends that designers determine that all fields used within layout regions are capable of the required functionality the designer wants. Otherwise, it is suggested that they use fields that remain outside the layout region. Listed below are some of the known limitations for fields within layout regions.
RN bullet
Avoid using commas as separators for items in a keyword list when that keyword field appears in a layout region as the selected item will not display.
The following options listed on the Choices list in the Field Properties InfoBox for keyword fields are not applicable to fields within layout regions and will not work, although the list box is available:
Use Address dialog for choices
Use Access Control List for choices
Use View dialog for choices
Rich Text fields and Shared fields are not available within a layout region.
Two new keyword field types are available only within layout regions:
Comboboxes
Listboxes
When using Authors/Readers/Names fields in layout regions, the option to look up each character in the Names and Address Book as it is entered is not working in this release.
The Field Properties InfoBox may have display problems when using the Choices list for Authors/Readers/Names fields. This may prevent using the Column # field for the View dialog option.
The Combobox and Listbox keyword fields cannot scroll when in Read mode.
It is not possible to turn off the border option for fields within layout regions.
You will be unable to scroll a text field if you are in Read mode.
It is not possible to select text in an editable field within a layout region while in Read mode. Place the document in Edit mode in order to select the desired text.
During the scrolling of a document that contains a layout region with fields, the fields may overwrite the field Help menu bar. The fields may also extend over scroll bars and window borders. This is a display problem only and will not affect access to the fields.
Since the only keyword type that can recalculate its value list formula on keyword change is the Standard Dialog type and this is not a type available in layout regions, be aware that this is therefore not an option within a layout region. Place keyword fields that must use this operation directly in the form instead.
It is currently not possible to control the size of check box and radio button keyword fields. Therefore, if one of these fields extends outside of the layout region border, it will be inaccessible to the user at run time. Designers should verify that all values in these fields display within the confines of the layout region.
Fields in layout regions are intended to remain a fixed size so that the region's display remains intact and consistent. For this reason, be aware that computed text fields within layout regions cannot dynamically resize to display the full value of the field. Such fields should not be used within a layout region.
When you create a field in a layout region, setting a color using the Field Properties InfoBox will correctly display the desired color during design. However, when the document is composed,
the color that is displayed for that field reverts to black.
&Arial
indent bullet
Chead
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
1st lev para
bullet
Any search phrase not enclosed in quotation marks will always stem regardless of whether you use the "Include Word Variants" option.
bullet
Errata and updates
On page 980 of the
Programmer's Guide Part 2
the following @Command name is given incorrectly as @Command([ReplicateSendAndReceiveMail]). The correct @Command name is @Command([ReplicatorSendReceiveMail]).
@ Command OpenDocument syntax
(unique document ID) parameter for the @Command([OpenDocument];
writeOrReadOnly
formula is a document's ID. It is derived from the first line of the ID section on the document InfoBox, minus the initial two characters, the two characters after the dash, the dash, and the colons. For example, if a document's ID is
BC226C3B
009E2073
852562FA
0069BF64, then the
supplied to @Command([OpenDocument]) is BC226C3B009E2073852562FA0069BF64. The
to a particular file, the object is created into a rich text field, But LotusScript does not get a handle on it. In order to get a handle on the object, the user must code a GetObject statement.
Body Text
When you issue the LOAD WEB console command, Notes checks to see if you have a WEB.NSF database. If not, Notes creates one for you automatically. If you have created your own Web Navigator template, be sure to include the words "WebNavigator" in your template design name so that the Web Navigator can locate the template. Notes uses the following criteria to locate and use a Web Navigator template:
First, Notes searches your NOTES.INI for the WebTemplateName = x.NTF line. If you have specified a Web Navigator template in this line, Notes searches for this template and then verifies that has the correct design by checking for the words "WebNavigator" in the design name.
If Notes doesn't find a valid Web Navigator template, Notes then searches for WEB41.NTF in your Notes data directory and verifies the design class.
Finally, if Notes doesn't find WEB41.NTF in your Notes data directory, Notes searches your Notes data directory for WEB.NTF and verifies the design class.
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
Body Text
2nd lev para
indent bullet
Shutting down all other applications
For Windows 3.1 and Windows 95, shut down all other open Lotus applications before beginning the Lotus Notes installation procedure. Otherwise, the Install process cannot run.
If you have installed SmartCenter
, you must shut it down. If you do not shut down SmartCenter before you begin installing Notes, you will receive the following error message:
LTSDLG02.DLL is in use by another application. Please close all open applications before continuing.
Thai language on North American or International English version of Notes for Windows 95
If you wish to install either the North American or International English editions of the Thai language version of Lotus Notes for Windows 95, you must first switch the code page value in the Registry from CP874 (Thai) to CP 1252 (International English Windows). After you install, be sure to switch back to the Thai code page.
To change code pages in Windows 95:
Start the Registry
Display the key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\NLS\Codepage. There are multiple subkeys for this key. The subkey ACP should be set to 1252 (to switch to the International English Windows code page). Check that there is a key \1252 and that there is a value like CP_1252.NLS.
Restart the System to force the Registry change to take effect.
Reverse the procedure to set the ACP value to 874; this resets the machine to the Thai code page after restarting.
After you change the code page to 1252, install Notes.
After Notes installs, reset the code page to 874 and restart Windows 95.
Copy the files below to input and display the Thai language on North American or International English editions of Notes for Windows 95. These files are in the Notes program directory:
Copy L_CP874.CLS to L_CPWIN.CLS
Copy COLLTHAI.CLS to COLLSTD.CLS
Upgrading or installing over a current version of Release 4 on Windows 95
You must quit your Notes session and restart your machine before upgrading from your current version of Notes. If you do not quit your Notes session, you may get the following error message during the file transfer procedure:
A general error occurred while trying to decompress files.
Note
This problem may occur during either a workstation or server installation procedure.
Symbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
When you change a view's selection formula using the Search Builder dialog, the refresh icon may not appear when the new condition has been confirmed. Use F9 or click in the location of the refresh icon to update the view.
When you edit column properties that affect the display of documents in a view, such as altering the Show twisties option, the refresh icon may not appear when the new property has been confirmed. Use F9 or click in the location of the refresh icon to update the view. A similar problem may occur when making changes to the View Properties, such as the Altering the Selection Margin option.
The View Selection option "By Form" in the Search Builder dialog cannot be used when the selected form is a Response or Response to Response form type. A "Formula Error" will appear.
If you are using a Notes Release 3 database that is located on a Notes Release 4 server and create an Invalid Formula using the Add Condition feature available in the Create View dialog box, you will render the view unusable. To resolve this problem, you will need to remove the database and then read it.
You cannot delete Shared "Personal on first use" views and folders using the menu item Actions - View/Folder Options - Delete view/folder. You must open the Design Toolbox, select the view or folder and use Edit - Clear.
If you are using a Notes Release 3 database that is located on a Notes Release 4 server, the Add Condition feature available in the Create Folder and View dialog box requires that you compact the database.
Please note that manually resizing column widths at the view level does not reset column width. After you close a database, column widths revert back to the original size that the designer set during the view or folder design.
Turning on Page Setup in the File menu may cause text that is not left-justified to display incorrectly, as well as cause similar problems in Section Borders. However, text will print correctly. To eliminate this display problem, deselect Page Setup.
When you set colors for Column Totals, the color for Columns is set in the Column Properties InfoBox but the color for Column Totals is set in the View Properties InfoBox. The color that is displayed for Totals may not be what is expected. Switch to the View Properties InfoBox, Sorting tab, to set the Totals color.
Body Text
Lotus does not recommend that you migrate Notes R3 workstations to Notes R4 before home servers are converted to R4. In such situations, the user would not be able to correctly use the following features:
folders
many types of agents
selective replication
many mail functions
exchange read marks
A user running Notes R4 on their workstation may access a Notes R3 application on an R3 server, that is NOT their home server, as long as they do not use these features.
indent bullet
Obtain and install the following patches from Sun Microsystems, Inc.:
Patch Number
Synopsis
103094-03
kernal Jumbo patch
103165-03
libthread.so.1 fixes
103170-06
ip driver and ifconfig fixes
103243-04
linker patch
103448-03
tcp patch
104242-01
OpenWindows 3.5_x86 : Xsun patch
Sun Solaris Intel Edition 2.5 is certified using Common Desktop Environment for UNIX and Motif X11 R4 and R5.
bullet
1st lev para
RN body
Lotus SmartCenter, Lotus Approach
, and Lotus Notes Reporter allow you to list the contents of your Notes workspace. For example, in Lotus SmartCenter, you can add a Notes database to a SmartCenter drawer. However, features affecting your Notes workspace do not work if Notes Release 4 is open. In order to use these features, keep Notes Release 4 closed while you work in these other products.
Symbol
1st lev para
2nd lev para
Body Text
indent bullet
Chead
indent bullet
bullet
Notes may display
fonts incorrectly in Release 4.x on Windows 95 if you use a version of Adobe Type Manager (ATM) earlier than 3.0. Upgrading to ATM version 3.0 or later solves this display problem.
In Release 4.12 of Notes for the Macintosh, you cannot select the ATM Type 1 font and other screen font sizes using the Text InfoBox Size scroll list. To choose a specific size, enter the desired size in the speed box or click the speed box arrows to increase or decrease the default size in two point increments.
Notes may terminate if you use an unsupported set of fonts such as those installed by terminal emulation programs (for example, fonts installed by Reflection). To avoid this problem, remove or uninstall all unsupported font sets.
bullet
Chead
Before installing a Notes server for NetWare, you must first install the Lotus Notes workstation for Windows. Follow the instructions for installing and setting up a Windows workstation in the Lotus Notes Install Guide for Workstations. Then exit the client and perform the tasks in the topic "Installing the Notes Server for NetWare."
Also, note that the Install program does not automatically install Notes to the network drive mapped to a NetWare volume. You must specify the correct network drive and directory where you want to install Notes, as described in Step 13 of the topic "Installing the Notes Server for NetWare."
Symbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
The "On Database Open" options Launch 1st attachment in "About Database" and Launch 1st doclink in "About Database" in the Database Properties - Launch InfoBox will not open the database in which they are set. This is intended behavior, as the Notes database in this scenario acts only as a launch to another application or database. In order to open the selected database, these settings must be turned off.
When accessing the About and Using documents via the Help menu, do not enter edit mode, as it will not be possible to return to Read mode in the same session. Design edits should be done by accessing these files from the Design Toolbox, Other directory.
It is not possible to launch two database links consecutively using the Database Properties Launch option "Launch first doclink in About document." A link to a database that in turn launches a link to another database will only launch the first database when done using the automatic Launch option upon opening the database. Manually launching the database link from the first database will correctly launch all links.
Body Text
1st lev para
Chead
Bhead
RN body
Configuring NetBIOS ports on Notes for OS/2 servers with multiple NetBIOS networks
If multiple NetBIOS networks are configured on an OS/2 server, a Notes port must be configured with the unit/lana number that identifies the NetBIOS network used with the port.
When using Novell NetBIOS on a system which does not have the IBM LAN Requester installed, use the Notes NetBIOS port driver. Configure for unit 0.
When using a system which has the IBM LAN Requester installed, the Notes NetBIOS port driver uses the unit/lana number to select a network from the [networks] section of IBMLAN.INI. Unit/lana 0 is the first port listed, unit/lana 1 is the second, and so on. To use Novell NetBIOS, add a line like this to the [networks] section of IBMLAN.INI:
net2 = IPXNB$,1,LM10,34,70,14
The Notes IBMEENB port driver uses a different NetBIOS API than the NetBIOS port driver and can be used with IBM MPTS or LAPS when the IBM LAN Requester is not installed on the system. Notes use of NetBIOS resources is not as efficient with this port driver as it is with the NetBIOS port driver, so it may not be possible to support as many users with the IBMEENB driver as with the NETBIOS driver. When using the IBMEENB port driver, the unit/lana number should match a logical adapter number configured in IBM MPTS or LAPS.
Configuring NetBIOS ports on Notes for Windows NT servers
Notes NetBIOS ports on Notes servers must be configured with the unit/lana number which identifies the NetBIOS network to be used with the port. On Windows NT it is common for there to be multiple NetBIOS networks configured in the operating system.
To determine the correct unit/lana number for a particular NetBIOS protocol, open the NT Network Control Panel, select NetBIOS Interface and press the Configure button. The information in the Network Route list identifies the unit/lana number for each protocol/network combination on the system.
The most common NetBIOS networks on Windows NT systems are:
Name Protocol
NwlnkNb Novell NetBIOS
Nbf NetBeui
NetBT NetBIOS over TCP/IP (RFC 1001/1002)
Some protocols can be associated with multiple unit numbers, one for each network card or dial-up network interface (serial ports, ISDN, etc.). For example the Network Route entry "Nbf->Elnk3" is NetBeui on a 3Com Etherlink III card while "Nbf->NdisWan5" is NetBeui on a Microsoft Remote Access Services (RAS) connection. Once you have identified the lana number for the network you want to use, configure a Notes NetBIOS port to use that unit/lana number.
Body Text
The printed version of the Deployment Guide has not been updated for Notes Release 4.13. For a list of topics from these books that have been updated online, see the document
"Changes to Notes deployment topics for Notes Release 4.1"
in the What's New view of Administration Help.
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
The Categorize dialog box does not support a horizontal scroll bar for viewing long category names.
In the Server view of your Address Book, select
"Connections"
. The vertical scroll bar in the
"Add Connection" document is slow. Use the Down arrow key on the keyboard to navigate the document.
&Arial
indent bullet
In addition to the Notes installation files, there are five other items on the Notes Release 4.13 CD-ROM for the PC platforms. These items are:
Language dictionary files
Lotus Notes ViP
Runtime
Lotus NotesView
SNMP Agents
AppleTalk for OS/2 installation files
Informational Notes databases
The Notes for UNIX Release 4.13 CD-ROM contains the language dictionary files and Notesview SNMP Agents only.
Language dictionary files
The language dictionary files are used for spell-checking within Notes. The following language dictionary files are included on the Notes Release 4.13 CD-ROM in the \APPS\DICTNRY directory:
Body Text
Language
American English
British (ise) English
British (ize) English
lotusen1.dic
American Medical
British Medical (ise)
British Medical (ize)
lotusme1.dic
Australian English
lotusau1.dic
Brazilian Portuguese
Portuguese
lotuspo1.dic
Canadian French
French
lotusfr1.dic
Catalan
lotusct1.dic
Czech
lotuscz1.dic
Danish
lotusda1.dic
Dutch General
Dutch Preferred
lotusdu1.dic
German
German (ss)
lotusge1.dic
Italian
lotusit1.dic
Norwegian
Nynorsk
lotusno1.dic
Russian
Russian Jo
lotusru1.dic
Spanish
lotussp1.dic
Swedish
lotussw1.dic
Notes automatically installs certain dictionary files that correspond to your language version of Notes. If you wish to use one of the dictionary files listed above and find that it has not been installed automatically by Notes, simply copy the appropriate dictionary file listed above from the CD-ROM into your Notes data directory (C:\NOTES\DATA) where the other dictionary files reside (dictionary files are identified with a ".DIC" file extension).
The following language dictionaries are installed when you install Notes for UNIX: French, German, International English, Italian, Portuguese, and Spanish.
Lotus Notes ViP Runtime
The Lotus Notes ViP Runtime files allow you to run any Windows 3.1 application written with Lotus Notes ViP Runtime. These files can be found in the \APPS\VIPRUN directory on the CD-ROM. To use Lotus Notes ViP Runtime, install the files by double-clicking the INSTALL.EXE file in the \APPS\VIPRUN directory on the CD-ROM. ViP is owned and supported by Revelation Technologies. For further information regarding Lotus Notes ViP Runtime, contact them at 1-800-262-4747
s NotesView SNMP Agents
The NotesView SNMP Agent runs on Notes servers. It monitors server events and automatically forwards real-time alerts back to the NotesView management station or any SNMP supported console. With the SNMP agent you can collect Notes statistics, query the Notes server and restart the Notes server.
The NotesView Agents support Notes R4 and R3 servers on the following operating system platforms: IBM
OS/2 and AIX, Microsoft
Windows
NT,
Windows NT/Digital Alpha
, Novell Netware, HP-UX, and Sun Solaris. The NotesView agents files can be found in the \APPS\NVAGENTS\AGENTS directory on the CD-ROM. Be sure to read the Release Notes (README.TXT) file for last-minute changes and updates. The NotesView User Guide and Release Notes can be found in \APPS\NVAGENTS\AGENTS\DOC
directory.
The latest versions of the NotesView agents and documentation can also be found at the Lotus Systems Management Web site:
http://www.lotus.com/systems/
For customers interested in the NotesView Management Station there are two versions of this product:
NotesView for Workgroups for managing up to 10 Notes servers (Part #
029121
NotesView for the Enterprise for managing more than 10 servers (Part #
029001
For more information on Lotus NotesView you can call 1-800-GO-LOTUS. Or visit the Lotus
Systems Management
Web site:
http://www.lotus.com/systems/
for updated information on the NotesView Management Station and NotesView Agents.
AppleTalk for OS/2 installation files
The AppleTalk for OS/2 installation files allow you to install the AppleTalk network protocol stack on a Notes server for OS/2. These files can be found in the DRIVERS\ATALK directory on the CD-ROM. For information on how to install the AppleTalk for OS/2 files, refer to the
Network Configuration Guide
which comes with your Notes Release 4.13 package.
Informational Notes databases
There are many different Notes databases that may be of interest to you.
In the past, informational databases have been available on the Notes CD-ROM. One such database is the
Lotus Business Partner Catalog
. In this database, Lotus provides the most up-to-date information about Business Partner services and products. If you would like to read this information, please visit our Business Partner catalog at the Lotus Web site:
http://www.lotus.com/
. This catalog is no longer included on the Notes CD-ROM.
In chapter 4 of the
Lotus Notes Programmer's Guide Part
page 424, the Usage section of the LastRun property of the NotesSession class should read:
Usage
If the script has never been run before, this property returns a variant containing the date-time value 11/30/1899.
(Current version reads 12/30/1899)
Body Text
RN body
This problem applies to launching objects on a 32-bit platform (such as Windows 95) that were created in Notes Release 3 on a 16-bit operating system (such as Windows 3.1).
You may experience problems launching objects manually or through the Auto Launch settings if you created the OLE object in a form/document using the clipboard (Edit - Paste Special) from a Notes R3 server and then attempt to launch it on a Notes R4 workstation. The operating system has a problem converting the bitmap. This is a Microsoft problem. As a workaround, recreate the object using Create - Object (or if you have to create it on a R3 server, use Edit - Insert Object instead of the clipboard).
Bhead
Body Text
2nd lev para
1st lev para
Chead
Working directory for Notes
Lotus strongly recommends that you not change the working directory, regardless of platform. The working directory should be the program directory.
ID files on Release 3 servers
Notes does not support procuring an ID file from an Address Book residing on an R3 server during setup of an R4.1 workstation or server.
If you attempt to do this, the following error message appears on the R3 server:
Network error on Port LAN0 (session XXXXXXXX)
Security protocol error #7
The following message will appear on the R4.1 workstation or server running the setup:
Remote system no longer responding
Missing title in the Notes Log database
When you perform additional server setup using a modem,
the title for the Notes Log database
will not be set
To correct this, follow these steps:
Click the Log Database icon with the right mouse button.
Select Database Properties.
Enter a title in the Title box.
4. Close the Properties dialog box.
Extended ASCII characters
Do not use extended ASCII characters for the Notes program directory name or Notes Data directory name. If you attempt to use extended ASCII characters for either of these directory names, these characters may not map properly and the Notes preferences file (NOTES.INI on PC platforms, "Notes preferences" on the Macintosh) will not be able to interpret the name. In addition, if you attempt to use extended ASCII characters you may get one of the following error messages:
During install:
TOOLKIT+1410:NOT+2232: Unable to open file.
During setup: after you launch Notes, the Choose SmartIcons directory dialog will open and you may get the following error message:
Unable to access data dir c:\notes\*\ using preferences file c:\windows\notes.ini.
where * = the extended ASCII characters you specified.
Lotus recommends installing the following patches to run Notes Release 4.13:
Operating System
Patch
Netware 3.12
312PT9.EXE
CDUP4.EXE
LANDR8.EXE
LIBUP9.EXE
MON176.EXE
SMSUP5.EXE
STRTL5.EXE
VRPUP1.EXE
Netware 4.1
410PT6.EXE
410NDS9.EXE
CDUP4.EXE
INS224.EXE
LANDR8.EXE
LIBUP9.EXE
SMSUP5.EXE
STRTL5.EXE
SRVN1.EXE
You can obtain these patches by visiting the Novell Web site at
http://support.novell.com/search/patlst.htm
PATLST is a brief listing of OS, NLM, & Utility update files. Novell Technical Support recommends applying all of these updates as a baseline.
1st lev para
bullet
RN body
XResource setting
Notes uses generic Xresource or Xdefault settings as well as specific settings that you can customize by editing the /opt/lotus/notes/4100/<platform>/res/C/Notes file and making a local copy in the your home directory.
The Notes file contains X settings and documentation for the use of each setting. Most settings are defaults that provide you with the best presentation of the Notes application for the supported platform and window manager. The default font scaling is an option you may wish to change.
You can adjust notes*fontScalingFactor: 1.0 to provide larger fonts instead of using the Notes Preferences Large Font option.
Command Line Options and XResources
This release does not support the following command line options and XResources:
-geometry/*geometry
-rv, +rv/*reverse Video
-keyboard/*keyboardName
-selection Timeout/*selection Timeout
-xnllanguage/*xnlLanguage
Symbol
Chead
1st lev para
bullet
RN body
The new layout region feature, available in forms and subforms, allows users to easily place a combination of fields, graphics, buttons, and static text within a specific region. Although the features available within the region are also available outside the region, the behavior in some cases is intentionally different. Designers should verify that the options they need are available from a layout region. If not, they should place their fields or graphics directly on the form or subform and not in the layout region.
See the Mail and Room Reservations templates for examples of forms and subforms containing layout regions.
There are limitations to the layout region feature:
RN bullet
When focus is in a field in a layout region, you may not be able to scroll in the document, including using the Page Up and Down keys. To correct this, place the cursor in a field outside the layout region or use the Tab keys to navigate among editable fields. As a workaround, design the form such that the default field focus in the form is set to a field that is not in the layout region. This problem is most noticeable on the OS/2 platform.
On the Macintosh and OS/2 platforms, you may not be able to select static text from within the layout region while in Read mode. Put the document in Edit mode to select and copy the text.
Display of a layout region at both design time and at run-time may in some instances be inconsistent. During design, certain form elements may not be placed exactly as you see them and elements may overlay one another. Designers should continually check the display in run-time mode as they design the region (using Design -Test Form when within a form) in order to verify that element placement is as intended.
As layout regions become larger than the visible form builder window on the screen, actions that cause the window to scroll (such as creating, moving, and resizing design elements) and form window resizing may cause display problems. In most cases, you can refresh these to correct the problem. In other cases, the display problems may persist in run-time mode. For best display and performance, Lotus recommends that small layout regions be used rather than large full-page ones whenever possible.
Printing a document that contains a layout region will not
print any edit controls, listboxes, and comboboxes within the region. An option is to put a Computed-for-Display field immediately below the edit control. Since the edit control won't print, the static text field below it will show up.
Some layout region objects may print outside the layout region borders. Designers will need to test the printing of their forms so that they can reposition objects that display this problem.
Printing a document that contains a layout region and page breaks may result in the region being truncated at page breaks. This results in lost data from the printout. Designers should position page breaks carefully in relation to layout regions to avoid this.
If you edit a button in a way that causes it to resize, the display of the button may be corrupted. For example, this can happen when you change the font type of the button text to superscript. Note that this is a display problem only and will not appear in subsequent edits or at run-time.
If you are designing layout regions and select a design element name from the Define list box in the Design Pane, the element will not be highlighted as in other features.
All graphic buttons in a layout region are currently listed as "Hotspot" rather than having unique names in the Define list in the Design Pane.
Attempting to Edit - Undo Paste an object that is pasted from the clipboard into a layout region produces an error. Use Edit - Clear or the Delete key to remove the pasted object.
When you set multiple lines of static text to Center Vertical, they will display as one line of text. This is deliberate and is the proper functionality for Notes.
Only graphics and fields can be copied from outside a layout region into a layout region during design. Buttons and static text will not paste into a layout region. You must create these manually from within the layout region.
When you select multiple design elements in a layout region using the Shift key, Notes selects all the elements but highlights only the first object you select.
When you design layout regions that contain graphics, be sure to verify that the graphics display correctly on all appropriate platforms. Graphics are stretched to ensure that their dimensions are the same on all platforms. This stretching may affect their display.
You may find it difficult to select design elements in a document when the document contains layout regions with editable fields. In some cases, a field may grab the focus and not allow other selections. Scrolling the page until the region is not visible may correct this.
Symbol
indent Note
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
RN body
RN bullet
1st lev para
Backslash instead of a forward slash in mail pathname
On a Notes workstation, the location document must use a backslash (\) instead of a forward slash (/) in the path to the mail file. This is true even if the mail server is a UNIX server. If you use a forward slash, various mail menu choices result in errors. For instance, if your location document specifies "mail/janed" as the mail file name and you try to forward a memo, Notes displays this message:
You must first add your mail file, <server_name> mail/janed.nsf, to your workspace.
To fix this, change the mail file field in the location document to "mail\janed."
Mail conversion utility and international character sets
This issue applies to running the mail conversion utility on servers that use an international character set. When you specify the "-l" option with the mail conversion utility to create a text file that contains a list of primary mail files on the server, the utility uses the character set you have selected for File - Tools - User Preferences - International - Import/Export Character Set. So if you select a different character set, and wish to regenerate the contents of the text file, delete the original text file and run the utility again.
For more information about using the "-l" option with the mail conversion utility, refer to the section "About using the mail conversion utility" in the
Lotus Notes Migration Guide
New mail triggered agent
New Mail triggered agents created by the Release 4 client that are shared (as opposed to private agents) and use Notes formulas (as opposed to using simple action or Lotus Script) will not be executed in the background. There are two ways to work around this:
Write the agent in Lotus Script, or
Use more than one "Simple Actions" that contains the formulas.
New Mail triggered agents for a mail-in database are subject to the limitation mentioned above. The new mail triggered agent for the mail-in database will not run if the person who saved the agent has their mail delivered on a different server than the one that the mail-in database is on. There are two ways to work around this:
Make sure the mail-in database is on the same server as the mail delivery server for the person who saved it, or
Use Document Update triggered agent instead of New Mail triggered agent, if possible (You can specify the server to run on with Document Update triggered agent).
Note that existing R3 mail-in database new mail agents will continue to run under R4. This problem only affects new mail agents created by R4 clients.
Unlink shared mail files before using a new server ID
Before using a new server ID, you must first unlink mail files from all shared mail databases that exist on the server if:
A new server ID, including a new public key, is created for a Release 4 server (to replace an existing ID that had its security compromised by unauthorized access), and
That server was previously running the Shared Mail feature.
This is necessary because a shared mail database is encrypted with the public key of the server ID that created it. The new server ID will not be able to read a shared mail database that was created by the old server ID. After all mail files have been unlinked:
Remove the shared mail databases from the system.
Create one or more new shared mail databases.
Link the mail files to them.
This restriction does not apply if you are converting a flat server name to a hierarchical name (as occurs when the Administration Process is used to upgrade a server). The restriction does not apply because the public key of the server ID is not changed by the name conversion process.
If a server's ID becomes corrupted, you must use a backup copy of the ID and there is no need to perform this procedure. If no backup copy of the ID is available, create a new shared mail databases and link the mail files to them (since all previously shared data is not retrievable).
For more information about using the Shared Mail feature and a description of the procedure to manage mail files that use shared mail, see Chapter 5 in the
Lotus Notes Administrator's Guide
The following tables describe the line you must add to the NOTES.INI file to view and display International characters in Web Navigator:
WWWDSP_CLSTABLE=L_CPxxxx.cls
in NOTES.INI
where
refers to the encoding used on the Web/HTML page.
Region
possible Web/HTML encoding
8" 08"
Correct setting for NOTES.INI
Western Europe (i.e., French, German, Spanish, Italian, etc.)
ISO 8859-1
xxxx=8859
8" 08"
xxxx=1252
xxxx=850
Eastern Europe (i.e., Polish, Czech, Hungarian etc.)
ISO 8859-2
xxxx=8592
xxxx=1250
xxxx=852
Russian
xxxx=1251
xxxx=866
Turkish
xxxx=1254
xxxx=857
Lithuanian
xxxx=1257
xxxx=775
1st lev para
Chead
2nd lev para
Bhead
Notes may hang during install or setup
It is unlikely but possible that an AIX 4.1.4 system will hang, requiring a reboot, during the Notes installation or Notes setup programs. This problem seems to be related to NFS-mounted file systems. If this occurs, verify that the installation medium (CD-ROM or online distribution) and/or specified destinations paths are local to the system.
Body Text
You may encounter problems running Notes Release 4.13 between Sun Solaris and Notes NetWare Loadable Module (NLM) servers that use SPX. If your system configuration enables a Notes user to go between a Notes R4 Solaris server and a Notes R3 or R4 NLM 4.1 server, be certain that you are using the latest SPX module (SPXS.NLM) on your NLM server. You can obtain this module from Novell.
RN body
Chead
1st lev para
Chead
Hanging up X.PC connections after a location change
If you have been using a location where X.PC is enabled and an X.PC connection is active and you change to a different location where X.PC is not enabled, you will be unable to hang up the active connection. To hang up the connection, you must change back to the first location, hang up the connection, and then change back to your new location.
Remote User Setup over X.PC
Lotus recommends that a remote user's mail file be created when the user is registered to make setup easier and faster. If an administrator does not create the user's mail file at setup but chooses to 'create at setup,' the initial setup will take twice as long. This is because the server's copy of the mail template is used to create the local mail database.
bullet
RN body
If you use "Page break before paragraph," you may cause your Notes session to terminate.
Symbol
Body Text
bullet
RN bullet
If you attempt to review a selection formula that exceeds 14K of text by selecting File - Replication - New Replica and then clicking Replication Settings, you receive the message:
Note item not found
. To avoid this problem, limit the text of a selection formula to 13-14K maximum.
Release 4.13 uses a different method than Release 3 to replicate multiple databases from the workspace. To replicate multiple databases from the Release 4.13 workspace, select the first database and choose File - Database - Replicate. Then select the second database and choose File - Database - Replicate.
You will not receive an error message if replication of a local database has been temporarily disabled and you replicate using File - Replication - Replicate - Replicate with options
The replication statistics dialog box will show no changes and no replication errors. For this information, go to the Events section of the Replication Log Entry.
Users who have Anonymous Access cannot create new replicas on a target Notes server.
RN body
Symbol
2nd lev para
Body Text
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
indent bullet
1st lev para
Supported file formats
Notes supports the file formats of the following software products:
AmiDraw (.SDW)
Ami Pro (.SAM)
Lotus 1-2-3 (WK3, WK4)
Lotus 1-2-3 for the Macintosh
Lotus 1-2-3 for OS/2 (.WG2)
Lotus Freelance (.PRE)
Microsoft Access (.MDB)
Microsoft Excel (.XL*)
Microsoft PowerPoint 4.x (.PPT)
Microsoft PowerPoint 7.0 (.PPT)
Microsoft Word for the Macintosh
Microsoft Word for Windows 6.0 (.DOC)
PIC Lotus
PICT and PICT2 Graphics
Windows Metafile graphics (.WMF)
WordPerfect 5.x (.WPD)
WordPerfect 6.x (.WPD)
WordPerfect Graphics (.WPG2)
WordPerfect for the Macintosh
In addition to these, Notes also supports files with the following file extensions:
Bitmap file (.BMP)
Computer Graphics Metafile (.CGM)
Executable file (.EXE)
CompuServe (.GIF)
Macintosh (.PIC)
Rich Text Format (.RTF)
Text file (.TXT)
ZIP File (.ZIP)*
JPEG file (.JPEG, .JPG)
TIFF file (.TIF)
* not supported on the Notes for Macintosh platform
Attachment viewers are not supported in this release of Notes on the DEC Alpha/ Windows NT platform. When you double-click an attachment, Notes presents you with only two options on the DEC Alpha/NT platform: to Launch or Detach the document.
Minimizing the Attachment Viewer doesn't create an icon on the OS/2 desktop. To restore the Notes session windows, bring up the OS/2 Window List, right-click Lotus Notes, and click Cascade.
The Notes Viewer does not support Lotus Freelance Graphics
96 (.PRZ). The Notes Viewer is able to display a .PRZ file, however Lotus does not support using .PRZ files with the Viewer at this time.
Do not attempt to view a .PRE file (Lotus Freelance Graphics for Windows) created in Lotus Freelance Graphics 96 (Windows 95). The Viewer reports a general failure or terminates when viewing any charts in a Freelance presentation that are created in Freelance Graphics 96 and saved as a .PRE file.
Chart layout components that include any kind of chart, table, or organizational chart are rendered differently in the Freelance Graphics 96 version. Freelance 2.x can read these .PRE files but the Viewer cannot. The Viewer will, however, read these charts in their .PRZ format.
As a workaround, open the file in Freelance Graphics for Windows, resave it, and then reattach it.
The PowerPoint Viewers do not display graphics and charts created with the PowerPoint Autolayout feature in either PowerPoint 4.0 or 7.0 files.
Large .JPEG files created on non-Macintosh platforms may cause problems on the Macintosh. .JPG files in an IBM format that are larger than 90KB cause Notes to terminate on the Macintosh platform.
Viewers often display images included in text-type files as a bordered frame. This may occur because Notes does not support that image format.
Headers and Footers are not displayed or printed from the Viewer.
DBCS is not currently supported from the Viewer.
You cannot copy spreadsheets with gridlines as a table from the Viewer. If you attempt to Edit - Paste Special the spreadsheet into a Notes document, you receive a
34:43
error message. As a workaround, use the Viewer clipboard option "Copy using optimized tabs" or "Copy as tabs" instead.
The Viewer clipboard can only copy formats that are being viewed. Because the Notes Viewer supports only a limited number of applications for viewing, many of the formats listed in the clipboard are examples of invalid formats, such as Wordstar, Legacy, and Palette.
If you are viewing a multiple-page Freelance presentation and the pages appear to be out of sequence, it is because the Viewer orders pages by page name rather than by number. You cannot edit the page order from the Viewer. The workaround is to launch or open the file in Freelance, rename the pages or slides, and then reattach the file.
The cursor may appear as a small page after you extract zipped files from the Viewer and close the document. If you click the right mouse button, the cursor should return to normal.
If you try to attach a file immediately after extracting it, you will see a Windows File menu. Click your mouse button(s) to return to normal mode behavior.
Use the attachment Viewer to UNZIP all or selected files from a .ZIP file attachment.
You can display executable files (.EXE) in the Viewer, but if you try to copy the text, the result will not be readable.
Attachment Viewers and Printing
In most cases, printouts from the Viewer will be identical to what you see on your screen (WYSIWYG). For best results, you should print directly from the application when possible.
If you cancel a print job while you are in the Viewer Preview mode, the screen may redisplay improperly. If this happens, select the Normal or Draft mode option to refresh the screen.
You cannot select a range of pages to print from the Viewer because the Viewer treats multiple pages as one streaming page. If you wish to print a specific range of pages or a portion of a page, the workaround is to highlight text on the page(s) and then print the selection.
To print presentation and spreadsheet pages from the Viewer, you must select and then print each page separately.
Freelance Graphics text may sometimes appear jammed when printed. Try changing the page orientation to "Landscape." The Viewer uses the generic printer setup and does not know when a page should be with a Landscape layout. You must specifically indicate the print orientation when you print.
Macintosh Attachment Viewe
The Attachment Viewer is now available on the Macintosh and OS/2 platforms.
If the Attachment Viewer shows incorrect column totals for a 1-2-3 R5 file, make sure that the file was recalculated and saved before you attach it or use Lotus 1-2-3 to view the file.
The Macintosh Attachment Viewer does not support .ZIP file viewing.
If you wish to print, printing is more reliable if invoked from the application rather than from the viewer. Use an application that supports the .TIF format to print the image. Some the problems you
may encounter are:
.TIF files do not print correctly.
Some OS/2 files do not print correctly.
Macintosh prints images in reverse black and white
RSymbol
bullet
RN bullet
Lotus recommends that subforms and layout regions not be placed within controlled access sections. You can use controlled access sections within a subform, however.
It is possible for non-editors of a section to edit fields within a layout region which is contained within a controlled access section.
When opening a document that contains a subform that is located between a signed field and a computed subform, the error message
Note item not found
may appear and the section will not be signed. However, the form will continue to open as expected.
You should not use signed fields outside of a section unless mail signing is to be used. If you use signed fields in forms and subforms that contain controlled access sections, and the signed field is located outside the section, you will receive the error
Unable to verify signature
in section fields
when you open that document. To avoid an error, place the signed field above the controlled access section. In situations where the controlled access section is signed, you receive a different error message. Again, to avoid the error, locate the signed field above the controlled access section.
Release 3 Section Fields cannot be created or edited in R4.
Body Text
A Notes R4 hidden database is not backward-compatible with Notes R3. You can access a Notes R4 hidden database only from R4 workstations and servers.
In Notes R4, you hide a database by replacing its design using File - Database - Replace Design and checking the "Hide Formulas and LotusScript" check box. Besides removing design functionality, similar to the R3 hidden database, Notes encrypts any @Function or LotusScript formulas (agents, buttons, computed fields, etc.).
A Notes R3 workstation/server (or R4 workstation if the database is on an R3 server) cannot decode the R4 encryption. This generates an error message when you try to open an encrypted database on an R3 server. If the database is on an R4 server and you are working from an R3 workstation, the database opens, but when the workstation tries to evaluate the encrypted formulas, such as composing a form with computed fields or executing @Function or LotusScript buttons or agents, the result is an error or unexpected behavior.
Symbol
RN body
bullet
RN bullet
Notes/FX
2.0, an API controlled function, will not work between 16-bit applications such as those typically developed for Windows 3.1 (for example, Lotus 1-2-3 Release 5 and Microsoft Office for Windows) and the 32-bit version of Notes for Windows 95.
Notes/FX 2. 0 requires OLE server applications that are enabled for exchanging field and document actions with Notes. Some examples of OLE servers that can share Notes document actions are Word Pro 96, Freelance 96, and Visio
4.0. Older Notes/FX 1.0 and 1.1 enabled applications do not support the exchange of document actions.
Publishing a document action with the "OLE object remains open" option does not return the focus to Notes. If the action requires user input, select the "Bring document window to front" option in the Action - NotesFlow Publishing tab. When you use this option, keep in mind that the OLE object has not been saved unless you explicitly made saving the object part of the action. Consider that you may have to provide a means for users to return to the object to save it.
Running some of the system/simple actions such as Categorize from the Notes/FX 2.0 enabled applications may result in a replication conflict in Notes.
If your Notes/FX 2.0 application is not working properly, check the state of the "Disable Field Exchange" option that is in the Form Properties InfoBox on the Default tab. If you select this option, FX data and document actions do not get exchanged.
Visio 4.0 OLE object type supports NotesFlow
/FX for Visio objects that have been saved.
It is very important to determine the context the user is in when designing an application using NotesFlow to exchange actions. For example, when using a modal window in Notes and executing an action from an OLE server, the Notes window is hidden and therefore it is not possible to change the contents of that specific document. Another example: if you are using OLE auto-launch without modal and hiding the window, you cannot access or modify the contents of that document.
For Microsoft Excel, Windows 3.1, the FX fields are not being updated by Excel for changes made to the Summary Information fields. This results in FX data not being updated in the Notes document when returning from Excel.
For Microsoft PowerPoint, Windows 3.1, FX data exchange does not take place for PowerPoint OLE embedded objects.
For Lotus Word Pro, when deactivating an in-place of a Word Pro OLE embedded object, the FX data is not exchanged. Data is made available by Notes but the OLE server does not acknowledge receipt of the relevant FX data until the Notes document is saved (Windows 3.1 and Windows 95).
Symbol
bullet
1st lev para
Chead
The Hide Design feature is changed in Notes Release 4. For this reason databases that are hidden in Notes Release 4 can not be used by a Release 3.x server or workstation. See "Accessing R4 hidden databases" in the "Notes R4 Workstation and Notes R3 Servers" interoperability section in these Release Notes.
When the design of a database is hidden, shared agents are no longer accessible. This means if a designer hides the design of an application, the end user cannot enable, disable, or set the server for any scheduled agents to run on when the application is deployed. The designer should include manual agents or actions using @Command([AgentEnableDisable]) and @Command([AgentSetServerName]) in the design of the application. The end user can then use these to customize the hidden scheduled agents after the application is deployed.
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
For Release 4.1, Postscript and PCL color printing has only been tested using the HP Color Deskjet Printers 1200/1600 series.
Colored text prints in black on monochrome PCL printers.
If you duplicate a printer install, the Printer Setup program does not notify you and overwrites the installed printer.
If you uninstall a printer, the Printer Setup program removes the printer even though it may have multiple port definitions.
Printer Setup program may list available printer devices that are similar with the same name. Verify the printer device file or PPD file in your Notes Xp data directory before you begin the install.
Select Page Cropping function does not crop the page on the printed output.
The Print dialog box cannot show the Print To File selection. If you choose Print to File, select the Printers option in the Print dialog box to bring up the Printer Setup and view the selections.
Printing to a printer creates an output file in /tmp or /usr/tmp depending on the UNIX platform. You should remove these files periodically if disk space capacity is limited.
Avoid changing printer settings after you show page breaks in a document (View - Show - Page Breaks) or Notes may hang. If you need to change printer selection or printer settings, do this before you choose View - Show - Page Breaks.
When you print a database view, the lower part of the text below the character baseline is clipped.
After Notes sends a document to the printer, you can cancel printing only from the print server. You cannot cancel a print job by pressing
Ctrl+Break
A bulleted list may print the bullets larger than they appear on the screen.
Text within tables may print past the bottom of the table cell border.
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
Pressing the Shift key plus the End key on the numeric key pad does not highlight text.
On the HP platform, the keys on the numeric keypad do not work.
bullet
Chead
Bhead
Chead
1st lev para
2nd lev para
When the User ID Password dialog box is displayed on the workspace and background replication is running, Notes generates this error:
Background Replication error: The ID file is locked by another process.
RN body
When this error occurs, enter the user's password and
retry the replication that failed
Symbol
Chead
bullet
1st lev para
2nd lev para
indent bullet
RN body
Mail home server
If your home/mail server was never a Release 3 server before Notes Release 4 was installed on it, you may see an error message when you choose Create - Other (or Create - Mail Other when the current database is not your mail database). The error message is
Server Error: File does not exist: <server name> forms.ntf
. You can ignore the message, click OK, and continue working.
Mail view
If you sort a mail view by column while documents are selected, some documents may not display or print properly. To make sure Notes displays or prints all documents, return to the default column sorting for the view.
Mail letterhead
When you choose a letterhead using Actions - Mail Tools - Choose Letterhead, Notes saves your selected letterhead by placing it in your local NOTES.INI file and not in an associated mail file. If you access your mail file from multiple workstations, your letterhead on memos will reflect the most recent choice made by a user on that workstation.
With certain letterhead choices, if you toggle the Ruler Off then On the text in the Letterhead will double and overlap. View - Refresh does not solve the problem. The Letterheads affected are:
Squiggly Line
Squiggle with Backdrop
Tacks, Teal and Yellow lines
Triangle with Dots 2
Wild Confetti
Bouncy Earth
Buck Rogers Mail
First Initial
Frank Lloyd, Gateway
Gray Gradient with Lines
Green and Yellow Diamond
Pencil and Grid, Pony Express
Purple Geometry
Reversed Teal
Slashed lines with Globe
On the Macintosh, under Mail Letterhead, Notes saves your letterhead by placing it in the Notes Preferences file in the System folder and not in the NOTES.INI file. You can gain access to this file through the utility ResEdit.
Windows 95 only
If you are running Lotus SmartSuite 4.0 and Notes Release 3 in Windows 95 and you plan to upgrade to Notes Release 4, only certain combinations of applications will keep the File - Send command working in your Lotus SmartSuite applications.
Do one of the following:
Install Lotus Notes Release 4 for Windows 95, edit your WIN.INI file, and remove the following line from the MAIL section.
This will work for all Lotus SmartSuite 4.0 applications except for Lotus Word Pro
SMI=1
Install Lotus Notes Release 4 for Windows 95 and upgrade Lotus SmartSuite 4.0 to Lotus SmartSuite 96
RN bullet
If you are running Microsoft Office for Windows 95 and Notes Release 3 in Windows 95 and you plan to upgrade to Notes Release 4, only certain combinations of applications will keep the File - Send command working in all your Microsoft Office applications. Install Notes Release 4 for Windows 95, and then do one of the following:
If you have no Lotus SmartSuite 4.0 applications which use Notes to send mail, locate the VIM32.DLL file in your Notes program directory and rename the file VIM.DLL.
Create a MAPI file using the instructions in the Notes Release 4
Lotus Notes Install Guide for Workstations
Then edit your WIN.INI file and remove the following line from the MAIL section:
SMI=1
indent bullet
1st lev para
bullet
RN body
Setting an Administration Server to None
If you have an Administration Server defined for a database, and you want to remove it, do the following:
Choose File - Database - Access Control
Switch to Advanced Panel
Select None for Administration Server name
Switch back to the Basics Panel
Select OK to save your changes
Step 4 is required to ensure that the change is saved.
RSymbol
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
bullet
RN bullet
If you are working from an R4 workstation and you create a new agent or edit an existing agent or R3 macro
your edits are compatible with R3 -- that is, they do not use any special R4 features -- they will be saved in R3-compatible format. Notes displays a message on the status bar to confirm this. You can
execute the
agent/macro in both R3 and R4 , even though it was created or edited in R4.
If the edits use new R4 features, an InfoBox appears when you save the agent warning that the agent will not be editable in Notes R3.
You can only edit R4 @Functions and @Commands if you are running Notes R4 on your workstation. You cannot edit R4 @Functions and @Commands if you are running Notes R3. For example, if you have a button, field, or agent formula that contains a new R4 @Command or @Function, Notes R3 reads the @Function/@Command as @function([]). Attempting to save the button, field or agent formula generates an error. You cannot save them until you remove the R4 @Functions and @Commands.
If you try to execute an R4 @Function or @Command while running R3 on your workstation, you will receive an error message. For example, in a form field with a default formula of @Pi, Notes will generate an error each time you try to compose the form or open any form that was created and saved in R4.
If you know that a formula will be used in R3, any R4 @Function should be coded with @If and @Version (@Version returns "114" for notes R3). For example:
@If(@Version="114";3.14;@Pi)
@Command versus @PostedCommand
@Command is redesigned in Notes R4 and is not backward-compatible with Notes R3. If you have a Notes R4 application that uses this function and is accessed by R3 clients, use @PostedCommand instead.
@PostedCommand is Notes R3-compatible and interpreted in R3 as @Command. Similarly, @Command in a Notes R3 application will be interpreted by R4 as @PostedCommand, thereby preserving its R3 functions.
Use the @PostedCommand([FileSave]) command instead of the @Command([FileSave]) in formulas that modify and save a document(s). If you write a formula, for example:
Field LastChange := @Text(@Now);
@Command([FileSave])
that modifies a field in a form and then saves the form using the @Command([FileSave]) command, Notes will ask you if you want to save your changes, even though all changes have already been saved. This is because in Notes R4.x, execution of the formula includes execution of @Commands as part of the formula and occurs before a document is marked as modified by the Field statement. Notes executes then executes @PostedCommand([FileSave]) to save any modifications you've made.
Body Text
The OS/2 information below is already included in the topic "Editing the NET.CFG file for SPX on a Notes server for OS/2 or workstation for Windows." The Windows information is not included in the R4 Network Configuration Guide and should be added to page 79.
Protocol
Stack
sessions
Protocol
Stack
sockets 128
Protocol SPX
connections
Protocol IPX
sockets 128
2nd lev para
1st lev para
bullet
Body Text
The "Creating a distribution area for UNIX" section on page 36 of the
Install Guide for Servers
describes how to create an online distribution from which an installation may be performed. Note that this procedure is also relevant for workstation installs. Use the instructions provided in the
Install Guide for Servers
RN body
Bhead
Body Text
Bhead
Chead
1st lev para
Chead
The Novell NetWare Requester is not supported in this release of Notes on the Digital Alpha Windows NT platform, as no requester is available from Novell. Use IPX/SPX and Novell NetBIOS by installing Microsoft Client Services for NetWare and NWLink NetBIOS.
RSymbol
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
RN bullet
The Hide Design feature is changed in Notes Release 4. For this reason databases that are hidden in Notes Release 4 can not be used by a Release 3.x server or workstation. See "Accessing R4 hidden databases" in the "Notes R4 Workstation and Notes R3 Servers" interoperability section in these Release Notes.
When the design of a database is hidden, shared agents are no longer accessible. This means if a designer hides the design of an application, the end user cannot enable, disable, or set the server for any scheduled agents to run on when the application is deployed. The designer should include manual agents or actions using @Command([AgentEnableDisable]) and @Command([AgentSetServerName]) in the design of the application. The end user can then use these to customize the hidden scheduled agents after the application is deployed.
bullet
1st lev para
RN body
If you have set your workstation colors to "Thousands" and paste an icon bitmap from the Notes Icon Editor, the icon may paste as a blank or your workstation may hang. To avoid this problem, reset your system colors to "256".
2nd lev para
Body Text
1st lev para
Chead
Bhead
Chead
Choose SmartIcons
directory dialog box
When you install the Notes for Windows workstation, if you choose "Customize features - Manual install" from the Install Options dialog box and you then choose to install the "Notes Workstation" option only, the Choose SmartIcons dialog box will open when you launch Notes for the first time. If you get this dialog box the first time, select Cancel. Cancelling the dialog box allows you to continue running Notes. The dialog box will then close so that you can proceed to the second part of Notes installation which is "Notes Workstation Setup."
If you deselect personal data files, Notes will continue to ask you to select your SmartIcons directory by launching the Choose SmartIcons dialog box every time you launch Notes until you answer the question.
Shutting down all other applications
For Windows 3.1 and Windows 95, you must shut down all other open Lotus applications before you begin the Lotus Notes installation procedure. Otherwise, the Install process cannot run.
If you have installed SmartCenter, you must shut it down. If you do not shut down SmartCenter before you begin to install Notes, you will receive the following error message:
LTSDLG02.DLL is in use by another application. Please close all open applications before continuing.
Upgrading from Notes Release 3.x to Release 4.13
Upgrading from Release 3.x to Release 4.13 may not delete obsolete directories on Windows. After you complete an upgrade from some versions of Release 3 to Release 4.13, you may have obsolete directories on your hard drive. You can delete these obsolete directories manually.
For example, if you have a NOTES/
directory after you've completed an upgrade to Release 4.13, the W16 directory is obsolete. It is replaced by the NOTES/
directory during the Release 4.13 install. To remove the obsolete NOTES/W16 directory, you should first move all of the files in the W16 directory to the NOTES/WIN directory, then you can remove the empty directory named W16. (The WIN and W16 directories contain bitmap and SmartIcons files.)
Erroneous detection of previous copy of Notes
If you open the
Network Administrator's Guide
during installation of Notes on your file server, you may receive the following erroneous message
There is already a copy of Notes for Windows installed on your hard disk.
If you get this message and you do not have a previous version of Notes already installed, select Next in the "Multiple Copies of Notes for Windows" dialog to continue with the Install procedure. If you do have a previous version of Notes for Windows installed on your hard disk, read the instructions in the dialog box.
Symbol
2nd lev para
bullet
indent bullet
RN bullet
If you export a document containing a table with more than 255 rows, your Notes session will terminate abruptly. Reduce the size of the table to 255 rows or less and then export the document.
Notes may fail to import all rows in a table that contains more than 255 rows. If you export this table, the new file may not be usable by the following word processing formats:
Ami Pro
Microsoft Rich Text Format
Microsoft Word
WordPerfect
RN body
Some tables have varying numbers of columns. Notes will not import a table correctly if the number of table columns changes. Redesign the table with a constant number of table columns.
Hidden columns and rows display when you import EXCEL files. If possible, convert the file to a Lotus 1-2-3 file format. Hidden columns and rows do not display when you import a 1-2-3 file.
Using View - Show - Page Breaks may corrupt your table. Exit the document and return to it with View - Show - Page Breaks turned off.
(HP Only) SHIFT-TAB to reverse direction does not work.
If you copy information and paste it into a table cell that has its contents selected, you can not undo this operation. To avoid losing information, paste information into the table cell without selecting its contents, then delete the information you no longer need.
Copying and pasting tables with different border styles within the same table may result in some cell borders changing styles. Select the table and a blank paragraph above or below to prevent this problem.
While editing a table, you can not place the mouse curser in a table cell which has "hide in edit" set for that cell. Highlight the whole table and unset the Hide feature in order to regain access to the cell.
Notes adjusts column width values slightly when you toggle the Fit-to-Window checkbox.
"Helvetica
indent Note
Body Text
bullet
Chead
indent bullet
This document describes how to install and use Lotus Notes Release 4.13 on a workstation that runs Windows
with Notes Release 3.x. To use Notes Release 4.13 and Release 3.x on your Windows workstation, follow these steps:
Before Installing
As a routine precaution, back up all Notes files on the workstation and save them on a diskette or file server. Include
NOTES.INI
(in the Windows subdirectory)
DESKTOP.DSK
NAMES.NSF
, and your
USERNAME
file (in your Notes data directory). Create a separate data directory for these files for Notes R4.13. Be sure to save any local databases as well.
Remove your Notes directories from the PATH statement in AUTOEXEC.BAT.
Move your R3.x NOTES.INI file from the \WINDOWS directory to your R3.x Notes directory. Delete NOTES.INI from the \WINDOWS directory.
Installing Notes R4.13
Be sure to install Notes Release 4.13 in a new directory that does not contain a pre-existing version of Notes R 3 software. To install Notes R4.13, follow the instructions in the Install program.
Install all Notes R4.13 files into different directories from the ones used for R3.x files. All Notes R4.13 files must be completely separate from R3.x files. Be sure that during installation you specify the new directory for both the data and program files. (The examples below assume R41NOTES as the directory name for both.)
After Installing
After you install R4.13, move the new \WINDOWS\NOTES.INI file to the R4.13 Notes directory. Delete NOTES.INI from the \WINDOWS directory.
In the Main Group window (or wherever the Notes icon appears), highlight the Notes R3 icon.
Select File - Properties and adjust the properties for the Notes R3 icon as follows:
Description - Notes Release 3
Command Line - c:\notes\notes.exe =c:\notes\notes.ini
Working directory - c:\notes
There is no space between the = sign and the drive indicator.
Select OK.
Highlight the Notes R4.13 icon.
Select File - Properties and adjust the properties for the Notes R4.13 icon as follows:
Description - Notes Release 4.13
Command Line - c:\r41notes\notes.exe =c:\r41notes\notes.ini
Working directory - c:\r41notes
There is no space between the = sign and the drive indicator.
Select OK.
You can now run either version of Notes.
Opening Notes from anywhere other than the Program Manager does not work with the method described above.
RSymbol
Chead
bullet
RN bullet
When you deselect " Show : Context Icons" in the SmartIcon dialog, Notes does not save this change for subsequent Notes sessions.
When you enter descriptive text for custom icons, include space characters between words to ensure the correct wrapping of text for bubble help as well as the correct display of the icon title in an icon list.
Notes does not check formulas for customized SmartIcons. Notes saves customized icons and the formulas applied but there is no syntax validation.
RN body
RSymbol
bullet
1st lev para
Chead
Navigator text objects created on one Notes platform may not display properly on another.
Symbol
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
RN body
Creating Links to Embedded Objects
If you copy an embedded object from one document and attempt to create a link to the object by pasting it into another document, but you close the first document before pasting, Notes does not create the link correctly and generates the following error message:
An error has occurred while processing a request on an object.
To create the link properly:
Click OK in the error message.
Reopen the source document.
Select and copy the object.
Keep the source document open.
Open the target document (or create a new document).
Choose Edit - Paste or Edit - Paste Link.
Save and close the target document.
Save and close the source document.
In Windows 3.1, after copying an embedded object in order to create a link to the object, you may experience problems using Edit - Paste to add the object to a different document. The workaround is to use Edit - Paste Link.
Modal documents
Avoid using Actions - Edit document to save a modal document if you intend to proceed and launch the OLE object. If you are in a modal window and use Actions - Edit document to toggle out of Edit mode and save the document, you will get a hidden window if you opt to launch the OLE object. The hidden window should not create a problem for most users and is removed after you quit Notes. As a workaround, press ESC to save the document and then re-enter and launch the OLE object.
Symbol
Chead
bullet
RN bullet
On the Macintosh platform, even if you enable the Agent Manager under User Preferences, the Agent Manager will not run if the database or its inherited design was created on a PC platform and the file name does not contain the ".NSF" extension. You must add the ".NSF" extension to the database file name to enable the Agent Manager.
Using the search condition "By Date" and the specifier "date created" yields query results of all documents created in the specified time frame. Using the specifier "date modified" yields query results as follows:
all documents modified within the specified time frame
all unmodified documents CREATED within the specified time frame
This occurs because newly created and unmodified documents have the same date in their "Created" and "Modified" fields.
The "If Documents Have Been Created or Modified" trigger does not work instantly. It relies on the Agent Manager to periodically check for newly added or modified documents.
When a new manager is added to a database ACL, the new manager is not able to see the private agents in the database. To see private agents, create a private agent, close and then reopen the database. All private agents are then visible to the new manager.
If you attempt to save an agent in a database that you opened locally on a server system with an administrator's ID, you will receive a warning message if you specify the agent to "Run only on: Local". The agent is still saved in the database. Note that in such case "Local" means the agent will run on the administrator's workstation, not the server. To save an agent to run on the server, make sure the schedule indicates "Run only on: <Server's Name>"
The "New Mail" trigger relies on the flagging of a mail document (unread/read) in the mail database to identify which documents the agent acts upon. New Mail agents act on all documents that are either flagged as unread ("new" mail) or that were opened, read, and closed (flag change from "unread" to "read" indicates "modified" mail).
As a result, agents created with this trigger act on essentially all mail received after the agent is enabled. The multiple executions of the agent actions will be noticerable for some simple actions (Copy to Database, Modify Fields, and so forth) and for some formulas and LotusScript agents, particularly those that modify fields by appending.
Body Text
2nd lev para
1st lev para
bullet
Note that the instructions in the
Install Guide for Servers
about how to install to multiple hosts in a single install run are also applicable to workstation installs. This procedure is not described in the
Install Guide for Workstations
. The procedure for workstations is the same as for servers. Use the instructions described in the
Install Guide for Servers
and simply substitute "Notes workstation" for "Notes servers."
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
If you maximize and minimize then restore a Notes window using the Notes Window menu, you lose the window. Avoid using the Notes Window menu to maximize and minimize windows in this release. The Notes Window menu options work correctly for windows that have not been maximized and then minimized. As a workaround, if you wish to maximize a minimized window, double-click the window's icon instead of using the Window menu option.
After you restore a minimized Notes window, there may be a delay before the menus repaint. This occurs when Notes is processing a command.
1st lev para
Intermittently, the log file icon for a server or additional server may have empty parentheses where the server name should be. Resolve this problem by changing the database title by choosing File - Database - Properties.
Body Text
1st lev para
Chead
Server upgrade from R3 to R4
In Release 3.x, the Notes server for Windows NT had three directories: the Administrative Client files (for example, C:\CLIENT), the Server Program files (for example, C:\SERVER) and the Data directory (for example, C:\DATA), which was shared by both the server and the client software.
If you upgrade your Notes Release 3 Windows NT Server to Release 4.13, be sure to do the following:
Back up files as normally instructed in the Install documentation.
When you begin the installation, make sure the server button is checked.
Specify the install directories so that C:\SERVER and C:\DATA are updated.
After installation has taken place and you have verified that the client and server start properly, you can delete C:\CLIENT. Release 4.13 has the client install built into the NT server install, so there is no need to install a client and then a server.
Symbol
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
indent bullet
Body Text
indent bullet
2nd lev para
If you edit and save a launched attachment, Notes does not save the changes you make to the attachment. Instead, it saves the changes in a temporary file created in the Temp directory. After you exit the launched application and Notes, the file is deleted.
In Release 4, the first time you launch an attachment, Notes creates a temporary file that uses the attachment name as the file name. The second time you launch the attachment (within the same Notes session), Notes assigns the file a ~xtemp.name.
When you launch an attachment,
application products may not become the new active window when you launch an attachment. Use the task list to access the window.
Double-clicking on an attachment brings up the Attachment Properties InfoBox. The box will stay open until manually closed. You can avoid opening InfoBoxes by selecting a attachment and clicking with the right mouse button to open the menu or by using the Main menu Attachment pulldown menu.
Dragging from the Windows 95 File Explorer to a Notes rich text format field will either create an OLE object or a file attachment. If the application associated with the file supports OLE drag and drop, Notes embeds an OLE object in the Notes document; if it does not support drag and drop, an attachment is created.
OS/2 Only
On OS/2, Notes generates three options when trying to access an empty diskette drive. One of them is End Task. End Task terminates Notes. Lotus recommends that you return to the program. You can insert a diskette into the empty drive and re-issue the command.
On OS/2, although the File Attach dialog box supports long file names, Notes displays an error message when trying to attach long file names which contain spaces in the filename, e.g., "a very long file name.txt". To attach the file, rename it without spaces. A file named "averylongfilename.txt" can be attached without problems.
OS/2 Extended Attributes are not preserved for file attachments. This causes problems launching the detached files.
Launching text and unknown format attachments from the Attachment Viewer launches the OS/2 system editor. However, the editor does not launch as the new active window. The OS/2 System Editor (E.EXE) is in the background. Bring up the task list to get to the editor.
On OS/2 there is no product-specific bitmap created for attachments. Each attachment has the same bitmap.
Macintosh Only
The Macintosh platforms do not require file name extensions. However, Notes database attachments sent from a Macintosh to non-Macintosh platforms will not launch from the viewer unless the attachment file name has the .NSF extension.
On the Macintosh platforms, the Detach Multiple Files option does not prompt you before overwriting files. If this is a concern, detach files one by one to avoid an overwrite.
The Macintosh Attachment Viewer does not support .zip file viewing.
Symbol
bullet
Body Text
indent bullet
1st lev para
indent Note
Chead
The following list describes known problems and restrictions for using the MAPI 1.0 Service Provider feature on Windows 95 and Windows NT version 3.5.1. This feature has been tested using Microsoft Exchange version 4.0.837.0, Microsoft Office 7.0 and 7.0a, and MAPI 1.0a and MAPI .01b.
RN bullet
MAPI Service Provider functionality has not been certified on the
Digital
Alpha Windows NT platform.
Restrictions on message and recipient tables are not supported by the Notes MAPI Service Providers Exchange. This includes viewing and creating personal views and searching with the Tools-Find feature. If you try to use these options, you will receive an error message.
Sorting is not supported.
The Send Options button found within the message properties window is not supported. If you press the Send Options button, you will receive an error message.
If the default MAPI profile is configured to use the Notes Service Providers, then either Notes or the Exchange Inbox may be added to the StartUp group, but not both. You will encounter unrecoverable setup problems when you start your computer if both Exchange and Notes are configured in the StartUp group.
At the conclusion of the MAPI Service Provider profile setup, you may receive the error message
Could not save properties into the profile
See the
Lotus Notes Install Guide for Workstation
for more information.
Here is a list of several potential reasons why you may encounter this error. In all cases, close the Control Panel before you attempt to set up the profile again.
Your Location document does not specify the correct name for your mail file, or the mail file could not be found. If this is the problem, you will encounter the error
Unable to Open Mail File
To resolve the problem, check that the name is correct and that you have included the full path name.
The user associated with the current ID file is not allowed access to the mail file. If this is the problem, change either the ID file or the mail file setting.
The server connection could not be established to access a server-based mail file. To troubleshoot this problem, confirm that the server is specified correctly in the Location document and that it is currently running. In addition, check that the network protocol is set properly and is appropriate for accessing the named server.
Insert - File Attachment - As Link is not supported.
The Routing Slip menu item is not supported for Microsoft Office applications.
Notes Stationery messages are treated the same as all other Draft messages. When you save a Stationery message, it is stored in the Draft Message folder.
If you experience a long delay in viewing a Notes Public Address Book while using Exchange, contact your Notes Administrator to ensure that the UPDALL (-C) process has been run against the Address Book file to properly index it.
Microsoft Word for Windows is not supported for composing and reading messages when using the Notes SPIs. To disable this function, de-select the "Enable Word as E-mail Editor" setting from the WordMail Options menu.
An unexpected termination of a MAPI client could cause several .tmp files (i.e., ~nmcxxxx.tmp, ~cdxxxx.tmp, cdxxxx.tmp, and ~rtfxxxx.tmp ) to remain in either the \temp or \tmp directories of your hard drive. You can remove these files by manually deleting them.
You should periodically check the Notes database "EXCHANGE.BOX" and remove any obsolete messages that may still reside in it.
There are two ways to find out the size of a message: by opening the message or by checking the message properties. You cannot obtain the message size from the Folder view.
The Rules Folder has no special function within Notes.
The IMAPIProp GetIDsFromNames command does not persistently store the ID to Name mappings between sessions.
IMAPIProp DeleteProps clears the current property value, but does not remove the property permanently from a message. GetPropList will still return a deleted property as one that is supported.
You cannot use Exchange with the Notes SPIs to post to the Drafts Folder.
The Access Rights Properties for both attachments and folders is not supported.
If the MAPI Profile is configured with the Notes Service Providers and the Exchange Server Service Providers while Notes is the default message store, and a Non-Delivery Report (NDR) arrives in the Exchange Server Mail File Inbox Folder, then that NDR will repeatedly be transferred to the Notes Inbox. This is a known problem. The user must delete the message from the Exchange Server Inbox folder to stop this from occurring.
Embedded Message Attachments that contain other attachments are not being processed correctly.
Embedded Message Attachments are first expanded and then rendered directly into the message.
To avoid configuration problems, you should always change the Notes Location from within Notes prior to modifying a MAPI Profile.
If you move a folder from the MS Exchange Message Store, or a different foreign message store, to the Notes Message Store, and you move or copy one of its subfolders, you will be unable to view the moved or copied subfolder within Exchange until the application is shut down and restarted.
If you drag and drop a message from the Exchange Service MailFile to Notes with an embedded message attachment, the embedded message body will be lost.
A source folder that contains memos will not be deleted when you move it to a foreign message store. You can workaround this problem by deleting the folder once the move is complete.
When you forward or reply to a message that contains an attachment, the attachment will not appear in the message form although it will be processed and the recipient will receive it.
Since all memos that are created and sent using the Notes Service Providers in Schedule+ are viewed as regular memos in Exchange, the buttons that let you accept and decline meeting invitations in those memos are unavailable.
Due to performance issues, folders containing unread messages in the Notes Mail File in Exchange are not highlighted the first time you open the Notes mail file in Exchange.
If you are creating a memo using the PR_BODY field, without using PR_RTF_COMPRESSED, then you will need to set the property PR_RTF_IN_SYNC to 0.
If the MAPI client terminates abnormally while using the Notes Service Providers, make sure you have terminated the MAPI Spooler and all Notes processes before restarting the client.
When you start Exchange, you may notice at times that the Inbox does not display your most recent messages. Refresh the contents of the Inbox by clicking on a different folder and then clicking on the Inbox folder.
You must select at least one Notes Public Address Book in the Addressing options so Notes can check the names of recipients of your mail. Choose Tools - Options - Addressing to select a Notes Public Address Book.
Do not change the design of any folder or view in your Notes mail file by switching column placement. The effect of such a change on your ability to view your mail file in Exchange is unknown.
When you view "Sent" messages from the All Documents folder using Exchange, the initial contents in the From column display the recipient's name, not the sender's name. When you open the memo, it will display the correct names in the From and To fields.
If you are running a shared install of the Windows 95 or Windows NT operating system, your administrator must move the file NWNSP32.DLL from the Notes program directory to the system directory on the shared drive and hand-merge the file NOTESPI.INF from the Notes program directory into the file MAPISVC.INF in the system directory on the shared drive.
bullet
RN body
On the Macintosh, to change a document's Read access list, open the document, select File - Document Properties, and click the Security tab to make whatever changes you need.
Avoid selecting the document from a View screen and changing the Read access list in this way. Modifying the Read access list by using the View screen causes the Notes for Macintosh client to terminate abruptly.
Symbol
&Arial
bullet
1st lev para
RN bullet
Normally, you would use the "Notes" class for accessing data in the @DbColumn, @DbLookup, and @DbCommand functions. If you wish to use the "ODBC" class for the sake of symmetry with other ODBC data sources, you need to obtain the NotesSQL driver from Lotus. In some circumstances, such as your Notes workstation operating in Island mode (not on a network), NotesSQL will obtain a general protection fault.
The workaround for Notes clients is to use @DbColumn("Notes"...) syntax rather than @DbColumn("ODBC"...) and so forth for the other two functions. In LotusScript, use the NotesDocument and related classes rather than the ODBCConnection and related classes.
See also the LotusScript Data Object (LS:DO) issues in the LotusScript and LotusScript Extensions (LSX) issues section.
RN body
The @DbLookup function obtains data by matching specified key values against a "key column" in a database. When used with ODBC data sources, each ODBC driver will introduce its own implementation of data types, and these may not mesh with the Notes data types. Problems can range from an inability to find the data up to Notes terminating abnormally.
In @DbLookup, the "key value" (or "where value") should be specified using the Notes type that agrees with the type of the key column in the datasource. For example, specify a number or a number-valued expression when the key column is of any numeric type (such as, integer, real, float, double, and so forth).
The workaround for failing lookups is to use a SQL select statement in @DbCommand. For example, this lookup keyed on a date-time field may not work:
but the database might accept the "ts" syntax for date-time. You could then use the function:
@DbCommand("ODBC";...;"select NAME from TABLE where REGDATE = {ts '1995-08-01 12:00:00'}")
which sends the SQL statement explicitly.
Symbol
RN Body
RN bullet
1st lev para
bullet
Chead
If you use the Comet Cursor mouse icon on OS/2 Warp, Notes may fail to launch. To avoid the problem, use a different cursor type or rename the QNC.EXE file, located in the Notes program directory, to another name such as QNC.OLD and then restart Notes.
The right-mouse menu for the workspace does not have the option to Remove Workspace Page. This option is enabled for right-mouse menus when you right-mouse click on the page tab. This behavior applies to the Notes for Windows platform only.
When you use a driver that supports palette management and switch to another application, there is a certain time period in which the background applications will display the colors at the offsets in the newly changed system palette before they update their windows to the closest colors. In Notes, if you find this distracting, you can minimize the effect by turning off the 'textured workspace' option; choose File - Tools - User Preferences - Basics/Advanced Options dialog box.
In Notes for OS/2 Warp, these palette changes can cause the default desktop color to display desktop object titles improperly. A remedy for this situation is to display the desktop as a solid color using the desktop background settings to change the color.
Shift - '+' and Shift - '-' do not work as expected on the numeric keypad if 'num lock' is enabled. Shift - '+' and Shift - '-' do not work as expected using the standard QWERTY keyboard. Disable 'num lock' and use the numeric keypad for correct behavior.
It is possible, through the use of unusually large workspace page names and an unusually large number of individual workspace pages, to cause some of the workspace pages to scroll irretrievably off to the right. You can access these pages using the right arrow key after having navigated up to the workspace page tab.
OS/2 only
With Notes R4.1 on OS/2 WARP with FixPak 16 or FixPak 17 applied, Notes popup windows may come up behind the parent window and are difficult to bring to the top. Lotus is working with IBM to resolve this problem. A fix is targeted for FixPak 20 of OS/2 WARP.
It is not possible to use the up and down arrow keys to navigate among design elements, such as forms, in the Design Toolbox of a view. The mouse must be used instead.
Windows 95 only
Previously maximized windows will often appear maximized while actually being in the restored state. You can identify this problem using the button set in the upper right side of the Windows 95 window pane. The middle button is the toggle between maximized and restored and will show the button for maximizing the window when the window currently appears to be maximized.
The behavior of CTRL+INSERT and SHIFT+INSERT is inconsistent. Press CTRL+C or click the Copy SmartIcon to copy the contents of the clipboard.
Double-clicking the child window control pop-up menu will not close the child window as expected in MDI mode. Double-click again to close the child window.
Some dialog boxes center themselves in relation to the position of the workspace in SDI mode. This can cause a problem if the workspace is in a 'restored' state and is moved far off to the left or the right. Keep the workspace visible on the desktop.
The keyboard shortcut ALT+F5 to minimize a window does not work in SDI mode. As a workaround, select the window in question using the Window menu and then minimize the window using the buttons in the window pane or window control menu.
&Arial
2nd lev para
Body Text
indent bullet
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
RN body
Paragraph Styles - Undo
If you choose Edit - Undo for a paragraph style that is being applied for the first time, Notes may apply the paragraph style called 'None' instead of performing 'Undo' and reformatting the text back to its previous state.
1st lev para
Chead
Bhead
Chead
bullet
2nd lev para
In the Folder Properties - Security dialog box there are two types of access to shared folders: View and Update access. If a user, group, or role is given "Update" access to the folder, but is not given "Read" access to the folder, that user is able to both read and update the contents of the folder. "Update" access to a folder gives a user, group, or role "Read" access as well.
Remember that particular documents (or all documents) contained in the folder may have "Read access lists" set that restrict who may open and read the document. A document's read access list overrides folder access, and therefore denies read access to a document within a folder that has "Read" access.
This information applies to all PC and UNIX Notes platforms.
Chead
Lotus ships the Notes files on CD-ROM. However, you can create a set of install disks so that users without CD-ROM drives can still install Notes.
Insert the Lotus Notes CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.
Double-click the Notes CD-ROM icon on the Macintosh desktop.
Double-click to open either the folder Lotus Notes for Macintosh 68K or the folder Lotus Notes for Macintosh PPC, depending on the platform for which you are creating install disks.
Double-click to open the folder Lotus Notes.
Look at the upper left corner of the window to see the number of folders within the Lotus Notes folder. Prepare a Macintosh-formatted disk for each folder. For example, if the number of folders is 50, prepare 50 disks.
Name each disk to correspond exactly to a folder name. Use View by Name in the Finder to display folders by name.
Open the first folder in the Lotus Notes folder. Choose Edit - Select All to select all files in the folder. Drag the selected files to the disk which corresponds to the folder. Repeat to copy the contents of all remaining folders.
Symbol
Bhead
bullet
2nd lev para
1st lev para
Chead
Automount point in notes.ini file
If the automounter adds its mount point to the Notes directory pathname in your notes.ini file, your UNIX system may have problems recognizing the changed pathname. While only some UNIX systems will not recognize the pathname if the automount point is included, if you encounter a problem, edit your notes.ini file and remove the automount directory pointer. For example:
Directory=
/tmp_mnt/
home/jsmith/aixserver
IconPath=/home/jsmith/aixserver/unix
Remove the mount point "tmp_mnt" to create the directory pathname "/home/jsmith/aixserver."
Copydist utility program
The copydist utility program copies the entire contents of the Notes for UNIX CD-ROM into the distribution area. The copydist utility program copies all four UNIX platforms to your hard-disk if you choose to use this utiltiy. See the
Install Guide
for instructions on installing these platforms after you copy them to your distribution area.
Error reading server information
After you install the first UNIX server and attempt to start it, you will receive the following error message:
Error reading server information for name server: Server entry in Name & Address database does not contain a network name (or one for this port)
As a workaround, after you set up the server, go into the Address Book and edit the server record by adding a port name for the TCP port to the Network Configuration information. This field will be the only field that is blank. Next, restart the server. You will then see the following messages:
Error reading server information for name server: Entry not found in Index.
NetBIOS Name server terminating: Entry not found in index.
These messages will not reappear when you restart the server.
International defaults installed
The following default settings are installed for the Notes for UNIX International edition:
Measurement set to "metric" and the collation/casing to "Scandinavian"
Time Zone = Greenwich
Country Specific Time = 24-hour clock.
Currency = English Pound
Date Seperator = "/"
Number Seperator = "."
Encryption = Removed.
Body Text
Chead
Chead
A Notes R3 workstation can access any database created by Notes R4 if it accesses the database through an R4 server. If you are using an R3 workstation, you should have no problem accessing an R4 server. However, you will not be able to use many of the new features in R4; most of the innovative elements of the new Notes R4 design are inaccessible to an R3 workstation.
If you wish to copy an R4 database from a server to your local computer, do not use your operating system's COPY command. Select File - Database - New Copy to create the copy instead.
If an R3 workstation attempts to access an R4 database locally, Notes will display the message
Invalid NSF Version.
To create an R3-compatible database using R4, you must specify a file extension of .NS3 when creating the database.
Body Text
Bhead
Chead
2nd lev para
bullet
Errata and updates
Please make the following changes to the appropriate sections of the
Web Navigator Adminstrator's Guide
"Setting up agent security" section (Chapter 3):
The correct value for the "MAX LotusScript execution time" in the Nighttime Parameters section of the Server document is 360 minutes.
"Setting up the database to connect through a proxy server" (Chapter 3) section:
If you are using a proxy server, you can omit the Internet protocol (such as, http://) in the entry and simply enter the proxy server's IP address followed by the port number (such as, 123.456.78.910:8080).
About the averaging agent
The Web Navigator includes three agents:
Purge agent,
Refresh agent
Averaging agent
The Purge agent and the Refresh agent are documented in the
Administrator's Guide
The Averaging agent was not completed in time to be included in the
Web Navigator Administrator's Guide
The Averaging agent is used to collect the ratings users assign to Web pages and compute the top ten rated pages. These top ten pages are then displayed in the Recommended by Top Ten view in the database. The Averaging agent includes an Invalidation agent that compares the date of all the rated Web pages in the database with the date of the Web page on its Internet server. If the date has changed, an invalidation icon (a document with a question mark) appears in the view to the left of the Title column to inform the user that the rated Web page has been changed on its Internet server since the page was rated.
To set up proper security on the agent so that it can be run on the InterNotes server, see the steps in "Setting up agent security" in Chapter 3 of the Web Navigator Administrator's Guide. To set the schedule when you want the Averaging agent to run (depending on how often users rate Web pages) follow these steps:
Open the Web Navigator database and click Agents in the Folder pane.
Double click the Averaging Agent to edit it.
Select a value in the "When should this agent run" field to specify how often you want the agent to run.
Click the Schedule button to specify the starting time for the agent.
Exit and save your changes.
About URL hotspots in the Web Navigator
The Web Navigator does not create URL hotspots out of URL text (such as
http://www.lotus.com
) that appears on Web pages inside the database even if users have set the "Make Internet URLs into Hotspots" preference. This is to avoid confusing users with a parsed URL on error pages and to respect the intentions of HTML page designers. Users can forward a Web page that contains URL text to themselves or other users and the URL text on the page will then be converted into a hotspot. Alternately, users can cut and paste the URL into the @URLOpen() dialog box by using the proper SmartIcon or clicking on the Open button on the action bar.
Symbol
bullet
RN bullet
When shifting focus from a document to a view, Notes may display an InfoBox in gray. Refresh the view to repaint the InfoBox.
The options list in the Left Hand diamond button (the ventilator button) does not stay listed if the LEFT mouse button is released. Keep the mouse button pressed until your selection is highlighted.
&Arial
indent bullet
indent bullet
Body Text
2nd lev para
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
RN body
Pasting documents when a Navigator is displayed
Notes may terminate if you attempt to paste a document into an open database while a Navigator is displayed in the Navigation pane. As a workaround, choose View - Show - Folders to switch to the default Folder Navigator and then attempt to paste the document.
Pasting 256-color images into Navigators and layout regions
You may encounter color shifting problems when pasting a 256-color image from the Windows 95 Paint program into a Notes Navigator or layout region if your display monitor color palette mode is set to greater than 256-color mode; for example, High Color (16 bit) or True Color (24 bit). To work around this problem, use the Windows 95 Control Panel and set your Display Color Palette to 256 Color mode and then try to paste the image again.
Transaction Mode is not working.
Do not set the AutoCommit property to False, because the Transaction Mode capability may work differently when released.
The Asynchronous
and Override
propert
of the ODBCResultSet object
have been removed.
The CacheLimit property of the ODBCResultSet object can be set but has no effect. The object always caches all fetched data. If fetching large amounts, use the most restrictive SQL statements possible and/or compartmentalize the task to avoid running out of memory. Use the Close method to discard a result set.
You can tell that a memory shortage caused truncation of the result set when, on the last row, IsEndOfData will be True but NumRows will still be DB_ROWSUNKNOWN.
The BeforeRowPositionChange and AfterRowPositionChange events mentioned in the documentation are not yet raised.
The CurrentRow property can be set to 0, and it will go to row 1 if there is a result set available. In future versions, setting CurrentRow to 0 will raise an error.
The column specifier for all methods of the ODBCResultSet object that refer to single columns (GetValue, SetValue, etc.) cannot be of the Currency data type. All other numeric types work for columns specified by column number.
The FieldInfo method of the ODBCResultSet object returns incorrect values for the DB_INFO_NULLABLE data item
in some cases. When it indicates that nulls are allowed by returning DB_NULLABLE, it is correct.
The FieldInfo method of the ODBCResultSet object returns incorrect values for the DB_INFO_SEARCHABLE data item in some cases. When it indicates that all searches are allowed by returning DB_SEARCHABLE, it is correct.
The symbol DB_INFO_SQLDATATYPE, used in FieldInfo, is missing from the table of constants. Use the FieldNativeDataType method to obtain the information.
The FieldExpectedDataType method
might not raise an
error
when you request a type conversion which is not feasible.
The GetParameter and NumParameters methods may raise the "bad parameter" error when invoked before parameters have been set.
GetValue will
not recognize image formats and will treat the data as arbitrary binary.
GetValue may return "fuzzy" values for data whose native type is SQL_REAL. Use the FieldNativeDataType method to determine the type, and use the Round function in LotusScript to round off excess decimal places.
The LotusScript variables used to store Date, Date-Time, and Time values should be declared as data type Variant
or Double. For date-only values, the variable can also be of type String. Date-Time values before 1/1/1900 may be up to 48 hours off the correct value.
GetValue does not detect attempts to store integers outside the range of -32768 to 32767 into LotusScript variables of the Integer type, which is a "short" integer. The value set will be the 16 least significant bits. If large integers may be fetched, use variables of the Long type.
The IsBeginOfData method does not return a useful value when the result set has zero rows. If you don't know whether any rows will be returned from your query, test for IsResultSetAvailable before using methods that assume that data is present.
The IsValueAltered method, when called after Execute but before establishing the current row position, raises the "No data" error instead of the "Invalid row" error.
The NextRow method of the ODBCResultSet object should not be used in a While or Until loop control. Use IsEndOfData in the While or Until and perform the NextRow inside the loop.
For Do loops, perform NextRow inside the loop at the top, and check IsEndOfData in a Loop Until clause at the end. If no other row-positioning methods have been invoked between Execute and the start of the loop, the first invocation of NextRow will stay on row 1 to enable the loop to cover all rows.
However, a problem in the IsEndOfData method makes it activate the same trigger as row-positioning methods, which in turn causes NextRow to step off row 1 before you've processed it. The IsEndOfData problem will not harm Do loops where IsEndOfData is checked at the bottom, as long as you don't call IsEndOfData anytime between Execute and the start of the loop.
The RefreshRow method of the ODBCResultSet object
has been removed.
The SetParameter method of the ODBCResultSet object does not correctly set the value of a parameter inside single-quote marks. Instead the value of the parameter should incorporate the quote marks. For example, the following commands will not work as expected:
Myquery.SQL = "SELECT * FROM DATA WHERE CITY = '?city?' "
Result1.SetParameter(city,"Cambridge")
As a workaround, use these commands:
Myquery.SQL = "SELECT * FROM DATA WHERE CITY = ?city? "
Result1.SetParameter(city,"'Cambridge'")
The SetParameter method must be invoked in increasing numerical order to set parameters correctly. In other words, set a particular parameter (say, 3) only after lower-numbered parameters have been set. Once all parameters have been set, they can be changed in arbitrary order.
To specify a null value for SetValue, LocateRow, etc., use the NULL constant provided by LotusScript. LS:DO will not need its own DB_NULLVALUE constant.
The SetValue method does not check the feasibility of data type conversions and does not raise the error that indicates that a conversion is not possible.
The UpdateRow method cannot insert a string that contains an apostrophe character (also known as a single-quote mark).
The UpdateRow method cannot insert numeric values that were passed to SetValue through LotusScript values of the Single datatype. Double can be used instead.
Symbol
Chead
bullet
RN bullet
You cannot create Notes Links to an OLE1 application file (generally older versions of applications). You can only create Notes Links with OLE2 applications.
If you are unable to escape from a view or document after refreshing a Notes Link in an external application, close the external file from which you refreshed the Notes Link.
The Open Source and Update Now buttons in the Edit - External Links dialog box cannot be used on Notes Links. To open a Notes Link embedded in a Notes document, double-click the link.
2nd lev para
Chead
bullet
indent bullet
Body Text
1st lev para
RN Body
API-controlled functions such as Notes/FX
, mail, range routing, versioning, and scheduling will not work between the 32-bit version of Notes for Windows 95 and 16-bit applications (typically developed for Windows 3.1, although they can also be run under 32-bit operating systems); for example, Lotus 1-2-3 Release 5 and Lotus Organizer.
bullet
RN body
The secured mail feature is intended to discourage the average person from forwarding, printing and copying documents. It is not a security feature provided by the Notes Access Control List (ACL) structure and should not be used as such.
Body Text
Chead
2nd lev para
Bhead
The documents in this view describe information relating to problems or potential incompatibilities that exist among Notes Release 4.13 platforms and environments. In all cases, Lotus Development is working with the appropriate parties to resolve these problems.
Although these documents focus on issues that may initially cause you some concern in upgrading your system, Lotus is working to resolve these issues as quickly as possible and, by providing the following information, hopes to assist you in managing your interoperability concerns and to help you easily transition into the cross-platform environments of Notes R4 (and later) releases.
Throughout these documents, the use of the term "R3" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 3.0 to the latest 3.x release. The term "R4" refers to all Lotus Notes releases, numbered sequentially from 4.0 to the latest 4.x release.
Symbol
Chead
bullet
RN bullet
The "On Database Open" options Launch 1st attachment in "About Database" and Launch 1st doclink in "About Database" in the Database Properties - Launch InfoBox, will not open the database in which they are set. This is intended behavior, as the Notes database in this scenario acts only as a launch to another application or database. In order to open the selected database, these settings must be turned off.
When accessing the About and Using documents via the Help menu, do not enter Edit mode, as it will not be possible to return to Read mode in the same session. Design edits should be done by accessing these files from the Design Toolbox, Other directory.
It is not possible to launch two database links consecutively using the Database Properties Launch option "Launch first doclink in About document." A link to a database that in turn launches a link to another database will only launch the first database when done using the automatic Launch option upon opening the database. Manually launching the database link from the first database will correctly launch all links.
To use LS:DO, you must have a UseLSX statement in your script.
On UNIX platforms, this works only on a system that has the Lotus Notes client installed.
Here is an overview of table creation via LS:DO:
Construct a CREATE TABLE statement that specifies the types and sizes of the fields using the specific syntax required by the data source. Execute this query and Close the result set.
Execute a SELECT * FROM [tablename] statement to set the field properties in the ODBCResultSet object.
For each row, invoke AddRow, set values of fields using SetValue, and insert the data via UpdateRow.
Invoke Close on the ODBCResultSet object to clean up.
If you wish to use this table later in the script, set a new SELECT statement and use Execute to re-initialize the result set properties. All the above can be performed using one ODBCQuery object and one ODBCResultSet object, as long as the indicated cleanups are done.
The DeleteRow method, UpdateRow method, and HasRowChanged property of the ODBCResultSet object generate SQL statements to perform their operations. These statements may fail if the result set includes columns with types such as Image or Rich Text. LS:DO cannot update these types, so the SELECT statement that is used to populate the result set should exclude such columns, if DeleteRow and/or UpdateRow will be used with that result set. If necessary, two result sets can be kept in parallel, one including such columns and the other excluding them. The SELECT statement for the result set used for updating will work most efficiently if the specified columns are limited to those where values will be altered, plus any others needed to uniquely identify the rows. Set On Error to trap DBstsNUNQ if you suspect that DeleteRow, UpdateRow, or HasRowChanged may not be identifying the row uniquely.
The statements will also fail if any strings in the fetched values contain an apostrophe (single quote) character.
The LSXODBC.LSS file referred to in the documentation is not supplied with Notes. Instead, all the constants are defined when the UseLSX statement executes.
The DBstsODBC error, which is used to convey errors from the data source, is putting superfluous words in the string it returns.
Symbol
5Courier New
indent bullet
Bhead
Bhead
Chead
bullet
2nd lev para
1st lev para
formula
Body Text
RN Body
Design Pane
Whenever you make substantial changes to your script in the Design Pane; for example, when adding many lines of code or correcting errors; be sure to select File - Save to recompile the script. By doing this, you ensure that you are seeing the most recent set of error messages.
You may encounter the following limitations when writing scripts in the Design Pane:
RN bullet
While debugging a script, you cannot step into a class destructor, an %INCLUDEd file, or a USEd module.
If you change a class to a property, the associated methods become module-level procedures.
Directives are not evaluated until you compile your script.
The Inspector does not display complete information about Variants containing OLE objects.
On UNIX, Lotus Script syntax error messages that appear in the error messages window beneath the design pane do not disappear when the error is corrected and the script is recompiled. You can tell the script compiled successfully if no messagebox window pops up after a recompile.
On UNIX, when using the Lotus Script design pane, if the vertical scroll bar slider is pulled to the bottom the script code may move completely above the visible pane and disappear. Use the slider to move the script code back to the visible area.
Differences between Windows 3.1 and Windows 95 / Windows NT
In Windows 95 and Windows NT, ChDir "C:" and ChDir " " do nothing. In Windows 3.1 they generate the error
Path not found
In Windows 95 and Windows NT, you can use Name to rename a file using the same name (Name myFile As myFile). In Windows 3.1 this generates the error
Permission denied
In Windows 95 and Windows NT, ChDrive "A:" with no disk in the drive generates the error
Device unavailable
. In Windows 3.1 it does nothing.
LotusScript language
You may encounter the following limitations while programming in the LotusScript language:
On UNIX,
if you have a form that performs a LotusScript queryopen event for the form and the event displays a messagebox, when a document is opened using the form and you have also selected View-Show-Field Help, after the queryopen messagebox is dismissed, the Notes document window may be left in a state where you can't see objects on the document. To make the objects visible at this point, iconize and restore the Notes document XWindow.
On UNIX, if you create a form where the first object (for example, field, radio button) to get focus when the document is opened for editing executes a messagebox command from a LotusScript enter event, when the messagebox is dismissed the Notes client menu bar will remain inactive (grayed out). To activate the menu bar, iconize and restore the Notes document XWindow.
If you are trying to dynamically load a Notes LotusScript Extension (LSX) module into an application using the LotusScript "Uselsx" command and you get the error
Error loading USE or USELSX module <path to module>
(where <path to module> is the path and file name of the Notes LSX module you are trying to load), please make sure that the path to your Notes directory is in your DOS PATH environment variable.
USELSX fails when used with a path length greater than 40 bytes in length. To workaround this issue, you should ensure that LSXs are placed in the Notes data directory so that they can be referred to without using path information.
Some methods/properties behave unexpectedly when passed variants containing the expected data types (for example, passing a variant containing an array of strings rather than just passing an array of strings). To work around this, pass the information using a correctly typed variable rather than using the variant.
It may be necessary to force a full recompile of all scripts on a form when changes to external dependencies (such as scripts on subforms, shared fields, in external files being called by %Include) are made. To do this, make a change to the forms (Global) section and resave the form.
If a run-time error occurs within a class constructor's parameter list, the class constructor will halt execution. After the error occurs, the object is deleted and LotusScript attempts to execute the class destructor. This may cause another run-time error if the destructor relies on the action of the constructor.
LotusScript does not destroy circular references to objects; memory is not released until you end a session.
Errors occurring within a class destructor must be handled within that procedure; error-handling routines outside of the destructor cannot trap errors occurring within the destructor.
The LotusScript Sendkeys function is not supported in Release 4.13 of Notes.
LotusScript C-Callouts are not supported on the NLM platform.
Yield does not work as documented. Specifically, you cannot use Yield to wait for ActivateApp and Shell to finish. ActivateApp and Shell both take effect after the script is done executing.
Name cannot be used to move files across folders. It can only be used to rename a file.
LotusScript can neither read to nor write from stationery pads.
LotusScript Notes class library
You may encounter the following limitations while programming in the LotusScript language using the LotusScript Notes class library:
The NotesDocumentCollection GetPrevDocument() method fails upon reaching the first document in the collection (that is, if you are scanning the collection from the last docoument to the first document). You should scan the NotesDocumentCollection from the first document to the last document using the GetNextDocument method instead.
You can not access the current NotesUIDocument object in a forms QueryOpen event. To access this information you must use the Source NotesUIDocument parameter passed into the QueryOpen event.
The NotesUIDocument GotoNextField and GotoPrevField methods may not behave as expected when input focus is within text in a hotspot.
If you receive the error
Notes Error; Special database object cannot be located
when using the FormatMsgWithDocLinks method of the NotesNewsletter class or the AppendDocLink method of the NotesRichTextItem class then you probably do not have a default view specified in the database. To get around this problem, specify a default view.
Some methods/properties behave unexpectedly when passed variants containing the expected data types (for example, passing a variant containing an array of strings rather than just passing an array of strings). To work around this, pass the information using a correctly typed variable rather than using the variant.
Using the LotusScript built-in functions Name or FileCopy to name or copy a NotesDatabase object after creating it with the Create method in NotesDatabase causes Notes to terminate. Instead, use the New method in NotesDatabase to create the database before using a built-in LotusScript function.
The Parent property of the NotesItem class may return a value of "Nothing" if used on a NotesRichTextItem.
Creating a new replica of a NotesDatabase using the CreateReplica method may give the error
Cannot open
<filename.nsf>
(where <filename.nsf> is the path and file name of the NotesDatabase of which you are trying to create a replica). If this error occurs, the replica has not been created.
OS/2 Procedures Language
Notes 4.13 does not support the OS/2 Procedure Language 2/REXX.
Platform issues
In Windows 95, if you use the ActivateApp statement, you need to pause for one (1) second before doing anything to the now active application. This is because it takes time to bring the selected application to the forefront.
On UNIX platforms, to use ODBC from LotusScript, you must copy the appropriate lotus.ini file into your Notes data directory using the following commands:
cd <mydatadir>
cp -p /opt/lotus/notes/4000/<arch>/lotus.ini
where <arch> is:
for HP-UX
ibmpow
for IBM AIX
sunspa
for Sun SPARC Solaris
On IBM AIX 4.0 (or higher) if you are creating an application and compiling with the
which, by default, places string literals into read-only memory, you should use the -qnoro option. Without this compile option segmentation faults may occur.
LotusScript debugger
The debugger displays the first time a new object containing LotusScript is activated. For example, if you have a form containing QueryOpen and QuerySave events and a button object with a Click event and used this form with the debugger, when you create a new document using this form the debugger will display.
After the debugger displays, you need to set all the breakpoints for the form events including QuerySave if you wish to debug that event. If you do not set any Form event breakpoints, you will not see the debugger again for form events once the debugger terminates for the currently running events. For example, if you continue through the QueryOpen script without setting breakpoints in QuerySave, you will not see the debugger when the QuerySave event runs.
When you click on the button object for the first time during the editing of your document the debugger will display for the button. At this time you may set breakpoints for the button events. If you want an event to display the debugger every time it is invoked during a session of the form, you must set at least one breakpoint in the object event(s) that you wish to debug.
The following are known problems for the LotusScript debugger:
You may experience redraw problems and the inability to access the LotusScript debugger's button commands if you attempt to enter the debugger while an OLE object is activated "in place." Turning off any tools that the OLE server is displaying (for example, toolbars or edit fields) may alleviate the problem.
If you use a ReDim statement within a loop, the Debugger may generate an error when you step to that statement, even though the code runs correctly outside of the Debugger.
On UNIX, if you run the LotusScript debugger to debug multiple LotusScript routines on a single form by selectively activating separate LotusScript events on the form, on the third and subsequent invocations of the debugger the XWindow frame for the debugger window may appear without options to move or re-size the window.
LotusScript and OLE links
The EmbedObject method of the NotesRichTextItem class only supports linking to entire files. The following LotusScript code, which creates a link to an entire WordPro file, is valid:
dim rtItem as NotesRichTextItem
dim linkedObj as NotesEmbeddedObject
set linkedObj = rtItem.EmbedObject(EMBED_OBJECTLINK, "", "c:\mydoc.lwp", "my WordPro document")
The following code, which attempts to create a link to a portion of a WordPro file, is not valid and will generate an error:
dim rtItem as NotesRichTextItem
dim linkedObj as NotesEmbeddedObject
set linkedObj = rtItem.EmbedObject(EMBED_OBJECTLINK, "",
"c:\mydoc.lwp!Link_BookMark1", "my WordPro paragraph")
LotusScript OLE-Automation
An Activate(True) method call of the NotesEmbeddedObject class may not return the OLE Automation variable (that is, the IDispatch pointer) for a new object. Some objects never return the OLE Automation variable; others will do so when the object is embedded but not when it is linked.
Notes LotusScript OLE-Automation does not behave as expected when multiple applications, running simultaneously, both attempt to access Notes via OLE-Automation and are using the same types of Notes objects (NotesDatabase, NotesView, NotesDocument, and so forth).
In OLE automation, a run-time error occurs if a NotesSession is previously closed using the Close method. A new NotesSession cannot be recreated after executing the Close method against the original NotesSession. In most cases, a programmer executes the CreateObject("Notes.NotesSession") method in order to use the GetDatabase method. An alternative is to close the database, instead of closing the NotesSession.
For example, the following script enables you to execute the code multiple times without generating a run-time error:
Set s = CreateObject("Notes.NotesSession")
Set db = s.GetDatabase("","test.nsf")
db.close 'Do NOT use
s.close
Visio, WordPro, and Freelance 96
The following combinations of OLE objects and methods of Notes classes do not behave as expected:
Under Windows 95, Visio may terminate after using the CreateObject method of the NotesUIDocument class to embed a Visio.Drawing object and then saving the Notes document. The data in the Notes document is saved properly, though.
The CreateObject method of the NotesUIDocument class does not return an OLE Automation variable (that is, the IDispatch pointer) for a Visio.Drawing object.
Notes may terminate if it is exited after activating an embedded Visio file without specifying that the Visio user interface appear. For example, executing the following LotusScript code and then exiting Notes may cause Notes to terminate:
dim rtItem as NotesRichTextItem
dim embObject as NotesEmbeddedObject
set embObject = rtItem.EmbedObject (EMBED_OBJECT, "", "c:\myfile.vsd", "visio file")
set oleHandle = embObject.Activate(False)
Under Windows 3.1, Lotus WordPro may terminate when a WordPro.Document object is either created by the CreateObject method of the NotesUIDocument class or loaded by the Activate method of the NotesEmbeddedObject class.
Under Windows 95, the Activate method of the NotesEmbeddedObject class and the CreateObject method of the NotesUIDocument class may not return a valid OLE Automation variable (that is, an IDispatch pointer) for a WordPro.Document object.
Lotus Freelance Graphics 96 is launched when the EmbedObject method of the NotesRichTextItem class is used to create a new, empty Freelance Graphics 96 Presentation object. For example, the following code results in Freelance Graphics 96 being launched:
dim rtItem as NotesRichTextItem
dim embObj as NotesEmbeddedObject
Set embObj = rtItem.EmbedObject ( EMBED_OBJECT ,
"Lotus Freelance 96 Presentation" , "", "" )
Embedding a file or a link will not result in Freelance Graphics being launched.
Chead
Chead
1st lev para
RN body
Note that the R4 feature for multiple passwords on a Server ID does not function the same way as a User ID.
When you bring up the server for which you select to have multiple passwords, the server console prompts you for a password. Enter only one of the passwords. The server console then prompts you again for a password. At this point, you must enter another password if you select to have more than one password to use the ID. The second prompt does not mean that you have entered the wrong password and are being asked to retry. This behavior is the same for both PC and UNIX Notes environments.
Symbol
bullet
Chead
RN bullet
When adding actions to the Action Bar, be aware that there is no wrap of the Action Bar buttons. This means that buttons that are not visible in the window cannot be accessed. Designers should use the Actions menu when more actions than can be displayed in the Action Bar are needed in a view or form.
Action Bar properties can be set only in forms, not in subforms.
Action Bars and buttons do not print.
Action Bar button Position on the Action Bar and menu as set in the Action Properties InfoBox is set separately in a form and subform. As a result, when a subform containing actions is inserted into a form containing actions, subform actions are placed after the form actions. If this produces an order that is not expected nor desired, designers should copy some or all of the actions from the subform, paste them in the form's Action pane, and set the new positions.
When using the Categorize action on an open document from a view or folder, the current open document will close and the next document will open if categorizing moves the open document to a new position in the view.
When using Categorize from a view, the cursor must not be on a category, even if documents are checked, as the categorize action will fail.
If focus is in the Design Toolbox when a document is created and saved, the option Actions - Edit Document will appear disabled. Change the focus in the open database to a real view to correct this.
If the Action Properties InfoBox is open when you select an action in the action pane, Notes may select the wrong action to perform. To correct this, reselect the desired action in the action pane. This problem occurs on the Macintosh platform only.
Symbol
RN body
RN bullet
Chead
bullet
When adding actions to the Action Bar, be aware that there is no wrap of the Action Bar buttons. This means that buttons that are not visible in the window cannot be accessed. Designers should use the Actions menu when more actions than can be displayed in the Action Bar are needed in a view or form.
Action Bar properties can be set only in forms, not in subforms.
Action Bars and buttons do not print.
Action Bar button Position on the Action Bar and menu as set in the Action Properties InfoBox is set separately in a form and subform. As a result, when a subform containing actions is inserted into a form containing actions, subform actions are placed after the form actions. If this produces an order that is not expected nor desired, designers should copy some or all of the actions from the subform, paste them in the form's Action pane, and set the new positions.
When using the Categorize action on an open document from a view or folder, the current open document will close and the next document will open if categorizing moves the open document to a new position in the view.
When using Categorize from a view, the cursor must not be on a category, even if documents are checked, as the Categorize action will fail.
If focus is in the Design Toolbox when a document is created and saved, the option Actions - Edit Document will appear disabled. Change the focus in the open database to a real view to correct this.
Body Text
indent bullet
bullet
Chead
1st lev para
2nd lev para
RN body
Accented characters are not accepted by the following Notes for Windows 95 common dialog boxes:
File - Tools - Server Administration - People - Register Person
File - Import
File - Export
File - Attach
This problem will only affect users trying to use LMBCS compose sequences in the these dialog boxes. There are no problems with native keyboards, <alt> - xxx ansi sequences or the pasting of text from the clipboard.
Chead
Chead
1st lev para
RN body
Notes offers three license types (Lotus Notes, Lotus Notes Desktop, Lotus Notes Mail) and two security types (North American and International). After an administrator registers users or servers, Notes writes a document to the Certification Log that contains the specific information about each ID.
In Notes R4, the Certification Log does not indicate the correct license type. As a result, an administrator is unable to determine from this document what the "License Type" is for a user or server. They can determine only the security type. This information applies to both PC and UNIX Notes platforms.
If you start the server Administration Process (ADMINP) with no ADMIN4.NSF database on the system, the Administration Process creates the Administration Request database.
heck the Access Control List (ACL) of the new ADMIN4.NSF database if this occurs. The Access field for server entry in the ACL may be set incorrectly to Person. If so, change the access field for server entry to Server, using User Type combobox - Server.
When the Administration Process performs Rename Server in Address Book or Rename Person in Address Book requests, contention for access to the Public Address Book between the Indexer (which is updating views) and the Administration Process (which is changing names in Notes) may cause the request processing to take a long time.
You can set two environment variables to control the frequency with which the Indexer looks for views to update. Setting these variables as described below causes Administration Requests to be processed faster.
RN body
Variable
H0@8U
Description
UPDATE_NAB_VIEWS_DISABLE=1
H0@8U
Temporarily disables the Indexer from updating view in the Pubic Address Book. After the Administration Process has completed all of its work and has gone Idle, set UPDATE_NAB_VIEWS_DISABLE=0 to reenable the Indexer.
UPDATE_NAB_SUPPRESSION_TIME=<number of minutes>
H0@8U
Causes the Indexer to look for views to be updated in the Public Address Book according to the <number of minutes> interval instead of the default.
RN Body
New Notes Enhancements:
Prevented the error, Unknown LotusScript Error, when calling AgentCreateRunContext().
Client/Workstation
Prevented Macintosh termination resulting from clipboard processing in editable fields in layout regions.
Fixed infrequent termination on the Macintosh under low-memory conditions when switching to the Replicator Page.
Fixed Macintosh terminations during shutdown resulting from using LotusScript
when OLE Extensions are enabled.
Changed the color palette handling on OS/2
to use the OS/2 palette instead of the Lotus palette. This change prevents the OS/2 desktop from changing colors when Notes is running.
Fixed a regression problem in Release 4.11 with corrupt printing of views which use large (>14 point) fonts.
Fixed @command(Compose) to reference the view containing the parent document when creating a response document instead of referencing the last accessed view.
Fixed Windows 16-bit client to truncate long filename extensions in order to allow you to detach files.
Fixed to allow access to documents with blank ReaderName fields of type textlist.
Fixed possible Macintosh terminations, including problems with the mail actions, Reply with History and Forward, and type-ahead addressing.
Prevented full-text searching from highlighting text in a layout region or hidden text. The attempted highlighting caused the workstation to hang or terminate.
Prevented the appearance of a workstation hang when choosing File -Tools - SmartIcons when using OS/2 Warp 4.0.
Fixed local database encryption to work on the WW40 International France version.
Fixed a problem on non-English Macintosh systems so that files are installed in the Extensions folder correctly. Without this fix, LotusScript and local full-text indexing would not work.
Increased the stack space available for recursive agents on OS/2.
Fixed a problem in which the error
Field is too large (15K) or View's column & selection formulas are too large
prevented the copying of valid design elements to the clipboard.
Prevented workstation termination caused by using any of the Navigate functions with a form that has a PostOpen event using a formula.
Fixed to correctly display hotspot borders on the Macintosh when the hotspot overlays a previously displayed hotspot.
Corrected display problems in the Advanced panel of the Database Replication Settings panel on OS/2, in which the wrong selective replication formula was being displayed for a pair of servers.
Fixed to allow user name change through the Administration Process on the server when the name includes an organizational unit. Previously you received
Error Updating local ID file: A required Certifier Entry was not found in the Name and Address Book
during authentication and the ID file was not updated with the new name.
Fixed to allow the launching of attachments created on a PC platform on the Macintosh platform even if the application is already running.
Improved quality of printed bitmaps on high resolution printers.
Fixed problem with DbLookup not finding entries in sorted and categorized views when the key has a backslash (\).
Fixed character corruption problems in Help in the OS/2 client in the translated Polish version.
Corrected problems with dragging and resizing large Navigators in design mode on the Macintosh.
Fixed to allow DbLookup to return information from the accessible documents in a view even when some of the documents are inaccessible to the user due to the use of ReaderName fields.
Fixed to allow embedded OLE objects in encrypted fields to be edited and saved without corrupting them.
Fixed horizontal and vertical scroll bars to work on Navigators on OS/2.
Improved the performance of Navigators on all platforms.
Fixed a problem in which saved mail is not encrypted when you have chosen to Encrypt Saved Mail in your mail preferences if the mail file as specified in the current Location document is not on your workspace.
Fixed to allow the selection of the Landscape printer option to work on Windows 32-bit platforms.
Fixed to allow the use of up to 230 characters in printer names on Windows NT or Windows 95.
Fixed to use the correct Paper Source settings shown in the Page Setup dialog when printing.
Prevented private views created in Release 3.x of Notes from losing their titles when edited in the current release.
Fixed to allow users to access documents containing OLE objects saved with a bitmap representation in Release 3.x
Prevented the loss of data when editing certain OLE objects created in future releases.
Fixed to allow the correct behavior of validation formulas on documents with controlled access sections to which the user does not have access.
Fixed to allow the mailing of memos to very large groups instead of failing with the error message
Recipient name not unique, too many found in name & address book, buffer exceeded 64k byte limit
Fixed to allow @DbLookup to work even if the view name has changed in the lookup database and in the @DbLookup formula. Without this fix, the user would receive the error message
Invalid or nonexistent document
due to the attempt to use database data previously saved in the desktop.
Prevented Macintosh termination when interrupting a lookup during type-ahead mail addressing.
Prevented the loss of data entered in fields which follow a controlled access section to which the user does not have access.
Prevented client from hanging when trying to navigate to the next unread document in a view when the next unread document is restricted by a Reader names field if there are response documents which are unrestricted. If the user uses Ctrl - Break to end the session, the session remains open on the server until rebooted.
Fixed a memory leak on the Macintosh which occurred when using forms containing bitmaps.
Fixed a problem on the Macintosh in which heap corruption could occur when running multiple background-only applications such as the Notes Updater and Notes Replicator. This problem has also been corrected by Apple in System 7.5.5.
Fixed the printing of text in radio buttons and checkboxes on documents on OS/2.
Fixed multiple problems that caused the Macintosh to terminate abnormally.
Prevented workstation from hanging when receiving a memo containing Thai characters if the Thai dictionary is not installed.
Install
Prevented the error
Registry Error : 2
from occurring on Windows 95 installations.
Supported upgrading your Notes release under installation on OS/2.
Fixed to correctly update the Registry entry when installing upgrades of Notes on Windows 32-bit platforms.
Allowed the correct installation of the Macintosh client on non-English systems by updating the existing Preferences folder.
LAN/WAN
Fixed to allow Notes servers to connect to each other and Notes workstations to connect to servers via SPX (configured to use Bindery Services) under slow network conditions without having previously attached to a NetWare fileserver.
Fixed a regression problem with Release 4.11 to allow Modem connection records to have a blank phone number field (to use a null modem).
Fixed to correctly display the server name during additional server setup over SPX in the Additional Netware SPX Information Required dialog.
Provided better mapping for errors received while using SPX to avoid
Unexpected NDS NetWare Requester error
on the server console and in the log.
Fixed to correctly report the version of the NetWare requestor running under Windows NT when the Show Port SPX server command is issued.
Added a timeout to the SPX port driver to prevent it from hanging under certain circumstances during options negotiation.
Fixed to allow the use of Bindery services configuration for SPX when setting up an additional NetWare server.
Fixed problems with disconnecting users running SPX when the NetWare server is being shut down.
Fixed to display correct error messages and port status with NWLINK IPX/SPX installed on Windows NT when there are no requester or SAP services installed.
Corrected the behavior of port encryption between a WW40 International French client and a non-WW40 server.
Fixed problems on servers running the SPX network protocol that caused the error message
Insufficient memory - Network Pool is full
LotusScript
Fixed a problem so that the Properties box for an attachment created using the LotusScript method, NotesRichTextItem.EmbedObject, would not have the full pathname of the original attachment.
Server
Prevented Notes from changing X.400 mail addresses as long as the address is surrounded by quotes.
Fixed intermittent Router termination when renaming mailxxxx.tmp to mail.box after compaction.
Prevented the Administration Process from updating unaffected Group documents during a user name change.
Fixed to allow type-ahead addressing to work if the addressee begins with a "/" character.
Prevented error
The data in a buffer was too small or was corrupted (file clobject.c, line 553)
from occurring on the server when you open a large database and have a very large unread list.
Fixed full-text searching to highlight the correct word when using the "Words, sentence and paragraph" Index breaks option.
Prevented servers from failing during replication with
Network operation did not complete in a reasonable amount of time
when large amounts of data were being moved
Prevented server termination caused by a full-text query which the full-text engine cannot parse correctly.
Prevented the full-text index file from growing too large under certain conditions on OS/2 servers.
Prevented the error
Insufficient Memory: NSF Folder Pool is full
from occurring.
Fixed to correctly display all the tasks running in Server Task when the "Show Stats Server" command is issued.
Fixed the Router so that it will retry transferring mail after getting
Server not responding
from a server in a different network. This problem is different from the one addressed in Release 4.11 although the symptoms are the same.
Increased the number of possible mail clients on OS/2 servers by optimizing memory handle allocation.
Prevented the message
Last replication completion time: Unknown
from appearing in the server log. It resulted from incomplete replication information being stored at the time of an abnormal server termination.
Fixed to allow the use of the backspace key on the OS/2 server console on Japanese systems.
Prevented the error
Memory allocation request exceeded 65,000 bytes
from occurring during various database operations due to the presence of many fields in the database.
Fixed the Administration Process to mark database ACLs as modified during the name change process unless a modification is actually made.
Fixed a problem preventing you from moving a person to a new hierarchy via the Administration Process when public revocation of certificates in enabled on the server.
Prevented QNC.EXE from causing OS/2 servers and workstations to shut down unexpectedly due to a conflict for resources from the operating system.
Improved performance on servers with many mail databases by eliminating the unscheduled mail agent cleanup task.
Prevented server termination reporting
Panic: FetchKey: Has overwrote or will overwrite the item table buffer
caused by a client navigating and reading unread documents.
Fixed to report the correct value for Mem.PhysicalRAM when doing a Show Statistics on Windows NT and Windows 95 servers.
Fixed to report correct (non-negative) values for Database.NSFPool.Used and Database.NIFPool.Used when getting server statistics.
Fixed a problem with users' license types changing to Lotus Notes from Lotus Notes Desktop and Lotus Notes Mail after recertification by the Admin Process allowing them to upgrade their software.
Fixed to allow the Router to use more than 450 connection documents. Previously the Router reported the error
Router: Unable to load routing tables from Name and Address Book: Unable to add namespace $Connections to Indexer's Queue.
Corrected a problem with documents containing Reader name fields updated by LotusScript agents not replicating to allowed readers.
Fixed a memory leak on the server which caused the error message,
Insufficient memory. Index pool is full. Increase the value of the NIF_POOL_SIZE
to be reported to workstations. Servers had to be rebooted to allow normal operation.
Fixed a problem with server performance when reaching the NSFBufferPool limit. At this point, the statistic Database.PercentReadsInBuffer would drop to less than 5%.
Templates
Prevented mail template graphics from being sent through mail gateways resulting in the graphics being sent as attachments to mail messages.
Fixed the spelling of the roles in the Document Access field in the Personal Address Book to allow proper access.
Fixed the Connection Record schedule fields' input translation formulas so that they are available for X.400 connections to allow the X.400 MTA to work properly.
Eliminated duplicate views in EVENTS4.NTF.
Web Navigator
Fixed the Web Navigator template to contain the correct URL for the "Go to template resource site" action.
Fixed to correctly launch the Web Navigator User's Guide, WEBUSER.NSF, from the Web Navigator.
Fixed problems with loading HTML forms with listboxes in which the default values contained the double quote (") character or contained more HTML code.
Allowed import of JPEG files on Windows 16-bit platforms.
Fixed server termination caused during the conversion of HTML forms to Notes documents when the forms had listboxes with no default selection.
New Unix Platform Enhancements:
Fixed a problem where the NSFItemInfo function occasionally returned the item's data type in canonical rather than host format. The flag symbol OPEN_CANONICAL is now exposed. This flag symbol is used to determine if a note was opened in canonical format. This flag needs to be bitwise anded (&) with the OpenFlags argument passed to DBHOOKVEC Note Open hook functions. If this bit is set then the API program needs to use ODSReadMemory to convert all note data (e.g. item datatype words, item values) to Host format.
Client
Fixed a segmentation fault error which resulted from improper handling of a corrupted fontcache.
Fixed an installation error that occurred when updating a Notes R4.1a client to Notes R4.11a on AIX
4.1.4.
Fixed a postscript printer problem where the last page of a job was printed in mirror image.
Fixed the Viewers for file types Ami Pro
, MS Excel, Metafiles.
Fixed so that copying text from an xterm or dtterm window and pasting it into a Notes document works correctly, regardless of whether the Notes clipboard has previously been used. The message
clipboard data is unavailable
no longer appears.
Resolved a problem that occurred only on X-Terminals where using small (8/10 point) Helvetica font on bullet items caused all Helvetica text in Notes to become small.
Resolved a problem reading the fontcache that caused a memory overwrite. This problem resulted in Notes terminating abruptly at startup and generating insufficient memory errors.
Server
Fixed the problem on AIX 4.1.4 where the SAP daemon fails when running the server in background mode.
Fixed database corruption occuring when replication was initiated during the database indexing process.
Fixed a problem converting R3 mail databases to R4.1x.
Fixed a server error with the Updall Process where the SPARC server was "waiting for semaphore." The server was unable to respond at this point and the system needed to be restarted.
Fixed the problem of "defunct processes" occuring after the "drop all" command is issued from the server console.
Fixed to allow a Solaris Intel Edition server to connect to specified port (a number < 1024), thereby enabling Intel Edition/MTA functionality.
Fixed a problem where the incorrect version of the Localtime() call was being used by a multi-threaded application. The required multi-threaded version of Localtime "localtime_r()" is now being used.
New Notes Enhancements
Prevented the error, Unknown LotusScript Error, when calling AgentCreateRunContext().
Client/Workstation
Prevented Macintosh termination resulting from clipboard processing in editable fields in layout regions.
Fixed infrequent termination on the Macintosh under low-memory conditions when switching to the Replicator Page.
Fixed Macintosh terminations during shutdown resulting from using LotusScript
when OLE Extensions are enabled.
Changed the color palette handling on OS/2
to use the OS/2 palette instead of the Lotus palette. This change prevents the OS/2 desktop from changing colors when Notes is running.
Fixed a regression problem in Release 4.11 with corrupt printing of views which use large (>14 point) fonts.
Fixed @command(Compose) to reference the view containing the parent document when creating a response document instead of referencing the last accessed view.
Fixed Windows 16-bit client to truncate long filename extensions in order to allow you to detach files.
Fixed to allow access to documents with blank ReaderName fields of type textlist.
Fixed possible Macintosh terminations, including problems with the mail actions, Reply with History and Forward, and type-ahead addressing.
Prevented full-text searching from highlighting text in a layout region or hidden text. The attempted highlighting caused the workstation to hang or terminate.
Prevented the appearance of a workstation hang when choosing File -Tools - SmartIcons when using OS/2 Warp 4.0.
Fixed local database encryption to work on the WW40 International France version.
Fixed a problem on non-English Macintosh systems so that files are installed in the Extensions folder correctly. Without this fix, LotusScript and local full-text indexing would not work.
Increased the stack space available for recursive agents on OS/2.
Fixed a problem in which the error
Field is too large (15K) or View's column & selection formulas are too large
prevented the copying of valid design elements to the clipboard.
Prevented workstation termination caused by using any of the Navigate functions with a form that has a PostOpen event using a formula.
Fixed to correctly display hotspot borders on the Macintosh when the hotspot overlays a previously displayed hotspot.
Corrected display problems in the Advanced panel of the Database Replication Settings panel on OS/2, in which the wrong selective replication formula was being displayed for a pair of servers.
Fixed to allow user name change through the Administration Process on the server when the name includes an organizational unit. Previously you received
Error Updating local ID file: A required Certifier Entry was not found in the Name and Address Book
during authentication and the ID file was not updated with the new name.
Fixed to allow the launching of attachments created on a PC platform on the Macintosh platform even if the application is already running.
Improved quality of printed bitmaps on high resolution printers.
Fixed problem with DbLookup not finding entries in sorted and categorized views when the key has a backslash (\).
Fixed character corruption problems in Help in the OS/2 client in the translated Polish version.
Corrected problems with dragging and resizing large Navigators in design mode on the Macintosh.
Fixed to allow DbLookup to return information from the accessible documents in a view even when some of the documents are inaccessible to the user due to the use of ReaderName fields.
Fixed to allow embedded OLE objects in encrypted fields to be edited and saved without corrupting them.
Fixed horizontal and vertical scroll bars to work on Navigators on OS/2.
Improved the performance of Navigators on all platforms.
Fixed a problem in which saved mail is not encrypted when you have chosen to Encrypt Saved Mail in your mail preferences if the mail file as specified in the current Location document is not on your workspace.
Fixed to allow the selection of the Landscape printer option to work on Windows 32-bit platforms.
Fixed to allow the use of up to 230 characters in printer names on Windows NT or Windows 95.
Fixed to use the correct Paper Source settings shown in the Page Setup dialog when printing.
Prevented private views created in Release 3.x of Notes from losing their titles when edited in the current release.
Fixed to allow users to access documents containing OLE objects saved with a bitmap representation in Release 3.x
Prevented the loss of data when editing certain OLE objects created in future releases.
Fixed to allow the correct behavior of validation formulas on documents with controlled access sections to which the user does not have access.
Fixed to allow the mailing of memos to very large groups instead of failing with the error message
Recipient name not unique, too many found in name & address book, buffer exceeded 64k byte limit
Fixed to allow @DbLookup to work even if the view name has changed in the lookup database and in the @DbLookup formula. Without this fix, the user would receive the error message
Invalid or nonexistent document
due to the attempt to use database data previously saved in the desktop.
Prevented Macintosh termination when interrupting a lookup during type-ahead mail addressing.
Prevented the loss of data entered in fields which follow a controlled access section to which the user does not have access.
Prevented client from hanging when trying to navigate to the next unread document in a view when the next unread document is restricted by a Reader names field if there are response documents which are unrestricted. If the user uses Ctrl - Break to end the session, the session remains open on the server until rebooted.
Fixed a memory leak on the Macintosh which occurred when using forms containing bitmaps.
Fixed a problem on the Macintosh in which heap corruption could occur when running multiple background-only applications such as the Notes Updater and Notes Replicator. This problem has also been corrected by Apple in System 7.5.5.
Fixed the printing of text in radio buttons and checkboxes on documents on OS/2.
Fixed multiple problems that caused the Macintosh to terminate abnormally.
Prevented workstation from hanging when receiving a memo containing Thai characters if the Thai dictionary is not installed.
Install
Prevented the error
Registry Error : 2
from occurring on Windows 95 installations.
Supported upgrading your Notes release under installation on OS/2.
Fixed to correctly update the Registry entry when installing upgrades of Notes on Windows 32-bit platforms.
Allowed the correct installation of the Macintosh client on non-English systems by updating the existing Preferences folder.
LAN/WAN
Fixed to allow Notes servers to connect to each other and Notes workstations to connect to servers via SPX (configured to use Bindery Services) under slow network conditions without having previously attached to a NetWare fileserver.
Fixed a regression problem with Release 4.11 to allow Modem connection records to have a blank phone number field (to use a null modem).
Fixed to correctly display the server name during additional server setup over SPX in the Additional Netware SPX Information Required dialog.
Provided better mapping for errors received while using SPX to avoid
Unexpected NDS NetWare Requester error
on the server console and in the log.
Fixed to correctly report the version of the NetWare requestor running under Windows NT when the Show Port SPX server command is issued.
Added a timeout to the SPX port driver to prevent it from hanging under certain circumstances during options negotiation.
Fixed to allow the use of Bindery services configuration for SPX when setting up an additional NetWare server.
Fixed problems with disconnecting users running SPX when the NetWare server is being shut down.
Fixed to display correct error messages and port status with NWLINK IPX/SPX installed on Windows NT when there are no requester or SAP services installed.
Corrected the behavior of port encryption between a WW40 International French client and a non-WW40 server.
Fixed problems on servers running the SPX network protocol that caused the error message
Insufficient memory - Network Pool is full
LotusScript
Fixed a problem so that the Properties box for an attachment created using the LotusScript method, NotesRichTextItem.EmbedObject, would not have the full pathname of the original attachment.
Server
Prevented Notes from changing X.400 mail addresses as long as the address is surrounded by quotes.
Fixed intermittent Router termination when renaming mailxxxx.tmp to mail.box after compaction.
Prevented the Administration Process from updating unaffected Group documents during a user name change.
Fixed to allow type-ahead addressing to work if the addressee begins with a "/" character.
Prevented error
The data in a buffer was too small or was corrupted (file clobject.c, line 553)
from occurring on the server when you open a large database and have a very large unread list.
Fixed full-text searching to highlight the correct word when using the "Words, sentence and paragraph" Index breaks option.
Prevented servers from failing during replication with
Network operation did not complete in a reasonable amount of time
when large amounts of data were being moved
Prevented server termination caused by a full-text query which the full-text engine cannot parse correctly.
Prevented the full-text index file from growing too large under certain conditions on OS/2 servers.
Prevented the error
Insufficient Memory: NSF Folder Pool is full
from occurring.
Fixed to correctly display all the tasks running in Server Task when the "Show Stats Server" command is issued.
Fixed the Router so that it will retry transferring mail after getting
Server not responding
from a server in a different network. This problem is different from the one addressed in Release 4.11 although the symptoms are the same.
Increased the number of possible mail clients on OS/2 servers by optimizing memory handle allocation.
Prevented the message
Last replication completion time: Unknown
from appearing in the server log. It resulted from incomplete replication information being stored at the time of an abnormal server termination.
Fixed to allow the use of the backspace key on the OS/2 server console on Japanese systems.
Prevented the error
Memory allocation request exceeded 65,000 bytes
from occurring during various database operations due to the presence of many fields in the database.
Fixed the Administration Process to mark database ACLs as modified during the name change process unless a modification is actually made.
Fixed a problem preventing you from moving a person to a new hierarchy via the Administration Process when public revocation of certificates in enabled on the server.
Prevented QNC.EXE from causing OS/2 servers and workstations to shut down unexpectedly due to a conflict for resources from the operating system.
Improved performance on servers with many mail databases by eliminating the unscheduled mail agent cleanup task.
Prevented server termination reporting
Panic: FetchKey: Has overwrote or will overwrite the item table buffer
caused by a client navigating and reading unread documents.
Fixed to report the correct value for Mem.PhysicalRAM when doing a Show Statistics on Windows NT and Windows 95 servers.
Fixed to report correct (non-negative) values for Database.NSFPool.Used and Database.NIFPool.Used when getting server statistics.
Fixed a problem with users' license types changing to Lotus Notes from Lotus Notes Desktop and Lotus Notes Mail after recertification by the Admin Process allowing them to upgrade their software.
Fixed to allow the Router to use more than 450 connection documents. Previously the Router reported the error
Router: Unable to load routing tables from Name and Address Book: Unable to add namespace $Connections to Indexer's Queue.
Corrected a problem with documents containing Reader name fields updated by LotusScript agents not replicating to allowed readers.
Fixed a memory leak on the server which caused the error message,
Insufficient memory. Index pool is full. Increase the value of the NIF_POOL_SIZE
to be reported to workstations. Servers had to be rebooted to allow normal operation.
Fixed a problem with server performance when reaching the NSFBufferPool limit. At this point, the statistic Database.PercentReadsInBuffer would drop to less than 5%.
Templates
Prevented mail template graphics from being sent through mail gateways resulting in the graphics being sent as attachments to mail messages.
Fixed the spelling of the roles in the Document Access field in the Personal Address Book to allow proper access.
Fixed the Connection Record schedule fields' input translation formulas so that they are available for X.400 connections to allow the X.400 MTA to work properly.
Eliminated duplicate views in EVENTS4.NTF.
Web Navigator
Fixed the Web Navigator template to contain the correct URL for the "Go to template resource site" action.
Fixed to correctly launch the Web Navigator User's Guide, WEBUSER.NSF, from the Web Navigator.
Fixed problems with loading HTML forms with listboxes in which the default values contained the double quote (") character or contained more HTML code.
Allowed import of JPEG files on Windows 16-bit platforms.
Fixed server termination caused during the conversion of HTML forms to Notes documents when the forms had listboxes with no default selection.
New Notes Enhancements for Unix Platforms
Fixed a problem where the NSFItemInfo function occasionally returned the item's data type in canonical rather than host format. The flag symbol OPEN_CANONICAL is now exposed. This flag symbol is used to determine if a note was opened in canonical format. This flag needs to be bitwise anded (&) with the OpenFlags argument passed to DBHOOKVEC Note Open hook functions. If this bit is set then the API program needs to use ODSReadMemory to convert all note data (e.g. item datatype words, item values) to Host format.
Client
Fixed a segmentation fault error which resulted from improper handling of a corrupted fontcache.
Fixed an installation error that occurred when updating a Notes R4.1a client to Notes R4.11a on AIX
4.1.4.
Fixed a postscript printer problem where the last page of a job was printed in mirror image.
Fixed the Viewers for file types Ami Pro
, MS Excel, Metafiles.
Fixed so that copying text from an xterm or dtterm window and pasting it into a Notes document works correctly, regardless of whether the Notes clipboard has previously been used. The message
clipboard data is unavailable
no longer appears.
Resolved a problem that occurred only on X-Terminals where using small (8/10 point) Helvetica font on bullet items caused all Helvetica text in Notes to become small.
Resolved a problem reading the fontcache that caused a memory overwrite. This problem resulted in Notes terminating abruptly at startup and generating insufficient memory errors.
Server
Fixed the problem on AIX 4.1.4 where the SAP daemon fails when running the server in background mode.
Fixed database corruption occuring when replication was initiated during the database indexing process.
Fixed a problem converting R3 mail databases to R4.1x.
Fixed a server error with the Updall Process where the SPARC server was "waiting for semaphore." The server was unable to respond at this point and the system needed to be restarted.
Fixed the problem of "defunct processes" occuring after the "drop all" command is issued from the server console.
Fixed to allow a Solaris Intel Edition server to connect to specified port (a number < 1024), thereby enabling Intel Edition/MTA functionality.
Fixed a problem where the incorrect version of the Localtime() call was being used by a multi-threaded application. The required multi-threaded version of Localtime "localtime_r()" is now being used.
The ODBC variations of @DBColumn and @DBLookup now support parameters based on double-byte character sets.
@DBColumn and @DBLookup now support double-byte character sets (such as Japanese) through ODBC.
Fixed a problem where entering one change in a large Address Book took hours to replicate.
Fixed a problem to enable db.Openbyreplicaid on UNIX platforms.
Fixed a problem in which the error
Server Error: Entry not found in index
prevented the user from opening the database when the database exceeded the quota size by 25+ megabytes for the International English version.
Enabled "setuid" for UNIX install on Solaris servers, thereby allowing for greater than 1024 file descriptors per process.
Fixed a problem so UNIX server performance and stability is improved when replicating and/or updating large databases.
Fixed a problem where a user cannot connect a UNIX Client to a Notes server with an accented character in its server name. Note that according to RFC#952 of the TCP/IP standards, accented characters are not valid in host names.
Allow the Web Navigator to display pages containing check boxes, radio buttons, and text fields with default values containing more than 255 characters.
Correctly display Web pages with MIME Content-type that includes character set (charset) parameters instead of changing them to attachments.
Prevent the Notes client from hanging while attempting to display certain Web pages containing
list boxes.
Prevent a memory leak which occurred when using the LogAction or LogError methods of the NotesLog object, and logging to a database instead of to a flat file.
Fixed a problem where the Launch function failed when initiated from the InfoBox launch button.
Fixed so that the rectangular focus Highlite box in a Folder pane refreshes properly.
Fixed a problem where the Japanese translated version of
Notes no longer hangs when File Exit Notes is selected.
Fixed a problem where the Japanese translated version of the Notes client running on HP-UX terminates abruptly when opening documents.
Fixed to allow the use of "Update Tasks" in the "To Do" View. The error
Error 500 Lotus Notes
Exception
Unknown
Lotus Script error
no longer appears when using a Notes server AIX mail file.
Fixed a problem so the system no longer terminates abruptly when attaching a document with a filename that has no extension.
Fixed the problem so that Microsoft Word attachment files can be selected and viewed from within Notes.
Release NoteServer01 What's new?04 New Enhancements
01 Release Notes01 What's new?
CN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=Lotus
####################################
Release NoteInstall01 What's new?04 New Enhancements
Allow access to databases on NetWare servers whose full-text indexes are in the process of being updated.
Allow users to request a new public key using File - Tools - User ID - More Options - New Public Key when their hierarchical user ID has been upgraded to the R4.0 format via name change, the addition of multiple passwords, etc.
Correct the calculation of the database statistic, "PercentReadsInBuffer," which resulted in inaccurate low readings after a busy server had been running for a
while.
Enhance performance by preventing unnecessary full rebuilds of views after small view design changes.
Fix full-text searching for Eastern European, Russian, Greek, Hebrew, Arabic, and Turkish languages.
Increase the maximum value of NIF_POOL_SIZE to 24 MB and increase the NSF_BUFFER_POOL_SIZE to 20 MB.
Prevent a server termination caused by the inadvertent typing of the backslash character ("\") when using the mail type-ahead addressing feature with a very large Address Book.
Prevent clients from failing authentication by a server when the Address Book contained many cross certificates, resulting in the error
Recipient name not unique, too many found in Name & Address Book, buffer exceeded 64K byte limit
Prevent the corruption of ID tables in large databases with many deletion stubs
which in turn forced fixup to run and views to be rebuilt, adversely affecting database and server performance.
Prevent the Reporter from automatically generating server statistics at server startup and set the default statistics analysis interval to
NEVER
Reduce the frequency of the error
Periodic full text indexer - Error full text indexing <file.nsf>: Message
Queue is full
by greatly increasing the size of the queue.
Allow databases to be compacted even when the database has reached its size limit as defined by the designer or manager.
Poll the server at one
minute instead of five
minute intervals to keep the Server.Task statistic up-to-date, and include servertasks not directly started by the server.
Prevent a user from seeing directories above the level of the data directory by typing
in the Filename edit control during File - Database - Open on a server. Under normal conditions the user would get an error message
Remote
pathname must be relative to Data Directory
but if the server was started from the data directory, the user would be allowed to see unauthorized information.
Prevent an OS/2 or NetWare server from hanging during shutdown when many X.PC ports are enabled.
Provide a new feature to rename groups using the Administration Process.
Correctly handle the backspace and arrow keys on the server console for multi-byte characters.
Prevent the creation of many erroneous replication conflict documents when using the "Merge replication conflicts" option on a database deployed in a hub-spoke configuration.
Prevent a problem with the Web Retriever process hanging attempting to access certain URL's and preventing the Notes server from shutting down.
Enable the Web Retriever task on OS/2 servers.
Prevent constant updating of certain views causing slow performance when opening a database.
Prevent an infrequent situation on server restart which resulted in corruption of the single-copy object store.
Change the way Report obtains the filename for the mail-in database for statrep.nsf so that the Address Book is not used.
Prevent the error
Registry Error : 2
from occurring on Windows 95 installations. This fix, although listed in the fix list for R4.12, was not included.
Prevent the modification of an existing NOTES.INI
during automated install using a response file.
Prevent a Macintosh client from receiving the error
message
Unexpected TCP error
See the Notes log on
this
system for more information
when the user's server session had been closed. Subsequent attempts to access the server were successful and the error message displayed unnecessarily.
Allow a view to be opened, which contains a document that is too large to be opened, in order to allow the document to be deleted. Previously, the error message
Memory allocation request exceeded 65,000 bytes
appeared.
Correctly display Lithuanian (codepage 1257) characters on InfoBoxes under Windows NT and Windows 95.
Correctly execute the QueryClose event as well as the Terminate event when closing a dialog displayed from @DialogBox.
Correctly include mail header information in documents sent or forwarded, using simple actions by Lotus Notes
Desktop
and Notes Mail
users.
Correctly print the information inside edit controls, buttons, and list boxes when they are contained inside layout regions.
Disable the spinning of the wait cursor on the Macintosh client. The spinning wait cursor was causing random crashes on later Apple System 7.5.x releases.
Fixed a regression problem in R4.12, which prevented the use of @Command(Compose) from a Navigator unless there was also a view open.
Fix the printing of views under Windows NT and Windows 95. Occasionally the view on the page was being resized incorrectly resulting in a blank page or resulting in the view appearing in the lower right corner of the page.
Prevent a termination caused by using @UserRoles formula on an unopened database either from a icons or from an agent.
Prevent a memory leak on Windows NT and Windows 95 when editing a document containing a Windows metafile.
Prevent a self-referencing response document from displaying in a view. If such a document was selected during the display of documents found during a full-text search, the workstation would stop abruptly when the Reset button was pressed.
Prevent a user from editing a shared field, which was created as a section under R3.x, and prevent the user from creating such a field.
Prevent an access violation when a keyword field using a list box is located in a layout region.
Prevent the attempted conversion of a five-digit year in a time-date field, resulting in a corrupted or nonsensical entry by presenting an error message for years greater than 9999.
Prevent the creation of multiple unnecessary documents in a database, and therefore a large increase in database size, when someone with less than Designer access to the database ran an agent.
Prevent the incorrect display of scroll bars on Navigators which have the "Auto adjust panes at runtime" property set.
Prevent a selected Role from appearing a second time in the list box(es) on the Security panel in the Form properties InfoBox
Add support for an .INI variable which specifies the minimum number of hours between synchronization of unread marks during replication. Because there is a substantial replication performance degradation during this process, use of this method is not recommended. This method will be unsupported without warning when a more robust method becomes available in a future release.
Allow mail to be encrypted when sent to a person whose address includes their domain name, when there is a person with the same name in a different domain, either in the person's personal Address Book or in a cascaded Address Book on the server.
Correctly display documents containing Thai characters in categorized views.
Limit the loss of documents in a folder when the folder is corrupted. The cause and fix of the folder corruption is still under investigation for a future release.
Limit the size of the $UpdatedBy field in a document, by deleting the oldest one-third of the entries when the size of the field reaches 12K, in order to lessen the field's contribution to the summary data size limit in the document.
Make the tab key work correctly in layout regions on OS/2
Prevent a termination when switching print orientation using the HP LaserJet 5Si/5Si MX driver (HPPCL5MS.DRV).
Prevent memory leaks that eventually lead to a termination when using a database containing tables or forms and/or subforms.
Prevent server panic
caused by users exchanging unread marks between two icons on their desktop when the databases are very large and have many deletion stubs.
Prevent the
error
ERROR: Document has been deleted
when performing an @DbLookup to a separate database if the specified view has been deleted and re-added via a
paste.
Properly display fields at the extreme edges of a layout region on Windows NT and Windows 95.
Use the correct view when opening a document via doclink so that documents display correctly, for example, through a specified form.
When navigating to the help database from the preview pane, open the help document in full-screen mode.
Allow the Thai version of Notes to be run from a fileserver.
Prevent the Windows/16 Notes client from
terminating abruptly
when expanding a collapsible section using the Enter key while in edit mode
when the first item in the section is a computed field.
Prevent full-text indexes from consuming all available disk space on Windows 95 systems.
Fix the corruption of certain extended characters when displayed on OS/2.
Patch Number
Synopsis
8" 08"
Rationale
PHCO_5803 or current superseding patch
patch to 700 and 800 Systems
fsck patch for 10.01 systems using 9.0x file systems
PHKL_7053 or current superseding patch
patch to 700 Systems only
resolves semop issue
PHKL_7054 or current superseding patch
patch to 800 Systems only
resolves semop issue
PHNE_6232 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/700 and 800 Systems
SPX driver problem
PHNE_6418 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/800 Systems only
fixes ncallout "mega patch"
PHNE_6419 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/700 Systems only
fixes ncallout "mega patch"
PHNE_6978 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/800 Systems only
fixes "setlocale()" in streams, needed for SPX
PHNE_6979 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/700 Systems only
8" 08"
fixes "setlocale()" in streams, needed for SPX
PHNE_7866 or current superseding patch
SPX Interoperability
required to solve interoperability issues
PHSS_8705 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/800 Systems only
10.xx11R5/Motif1.2 Runtime Feb Periodic Patch
Notes Release 4.13 supports one method of integrated remote LAN access, Microsoft Remote Access Service (RAS).
RAS is supported on Windows NT and Windows 95 running all supported protocols except SPX.
RAS does not support Large SPX packets. Microsoft is aware of this problem. Lotus recommends that you not use RAS with SPX at this time. RAS does work with SPX in an environment where all Notes servers are running on Windows NT/NWLink or in a mixture of Windows NT /NWLink and NetWare 4.1 NLM Server.
If you are experiencing problems, a Lotus workaround is to modify the following entry in your Lotus NOTES.INI file:
SPX=NWSPX,0,15,0,,12288,
Modify to:
SPX=NWSPX,0,15,
,,12288,
This change can be made on all the Notes Workstations or on all the Notes Servers. The advantage to modifying the Notes Server's NOTES.INI file is that the workaround is applied on all systems. The disadvantage to modifying the Notes Server's NOTES.INI is that all Notes Servers and all Notes Workstations using IPX/SPX are affected.
The installation program for the Notes server for UNIX platforms has changed slightly. Please follow the instructions below to install Lotus Notes on UNIX platforms.
Installing Notes to a single host
Perform the following steps to install Notes to a single host.
Make sure you complete the pre-install tasks before you begin the Install program.
Change to the directory containing the Install program, and then start the Install program.
For HP-UX, type:
./INSTALL\;1
For Sun Solaris and IBM AIX, type:
./install
Read the welcome screen and press TAB to continue.
Press the Spacebar to change the default of "Notes workstation" to "Notes server." Press TAB to accept the value.
For Sun Solaris, press TAB to accept the default "Yes" to give the server root privileges. Both your system and the file system where you are installing Notes must allow setuid-root operation.
Only the server for Solaris needs root privileges. The server must raise the limit of file descriptors for a process so that all server tasks can run as threads in a single process. After changing this limit, the server no longer runs as root.
Press TAB to accept the default "Yes" to install all online documentation.
Press TAB to accept the default of "Install the software for use on the destination host" to install the appropriate software for the operating system of the destination host.
Lotus does not recommend installing servers as network resources.
Press TAB to accept the default of "one computer."
To enter a different destination hostname, press ENTER, type the destination hostname, and press ENTER.
Press TAB to accept the destination hostname.
To enter a different destination path other than the default "/opt/lotus/," press ENTER, type the destination path, and press ENTER.
Press TAB to accept the destination path.
Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the user ID. This ID will be used as the owner of the Notes server files.
Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the group ID. This ID will be used as the group for the Notes server files.
Press TAB to review the configuration summary.
Press TAB to accept the configuration settings, or press ESC to reconfigure them.
After you press TAB, validation occurs. Review the validation information displayed on the screen (or in the validation log file).
Press TAB to continue the install, or press ESC to reconfigure.
When the installation is complete, go to "Running the Notes Setup program."
Installing Notes to multiple hosts
Perform the following steps to install Notes to multiple hosts.
1. Make sure you complete the pre-install tasks before you begin the Install program.
2. Change to the directory containing the Install program, and then start the Install program.
For HP-UX, type:
./INSTALL\;1
For Sun Solaris and IBM AIX, type:
./install
3. Read the welcome screen and press TAB to continue.
4. Press the Spacebar to change the default of "Notes workstation" to "Notes server." Then press TAB to accept the value.
5. For Sun Solaris, press TAB to accept the default "Yes" to give the server root privileges, which enhances performance. Both your system and the file system where you are installing Notes must allow setuid-root operation.
Only the server for Solaris needs root privileges. The server must raise the limit of file descriptors for a process so that all server tasks can run as threads in a single process. After changing this limit, the server no longer runs as root.
6. Press TAB to accept the default "Yes" to install all online documentation.
7. Press TAB to accept the default of "Install the software for use on the destination host(s)" to install the appropriate software for the operating system of the destination host.
Lotus does not recommend installing servers as network resources.
9. Press the Spacebar to change the install setting to "more than one computer," and then press TAB to accept the setting.
10. Press ENTER, type the name of the file listing the destination hosts, and press ENTER.
11. Press TAB to accept the hostlist file name.
12. Do one of the following:
If the hostlist file exists, and you do not want to edit the file, press TAB to accept the default of "continue."
If the hostlist file does not exist, press TAB to accept the default of "Escape to a shell." Create or edit the hostlist file, type
, and press ENTER. Press TAB to accept the default of "continue."
If the hostlist file exists, and you want to edit it, press the Spacebar to change the setting to "Escape to a shell," edit the file and type
. Press ENTER and then press TAB to accept the default of "continue."
13. To enter a different destination path, press ENTER, type the destination path, and press ENTER.
14. Press TAB to accept the destination path.
15. Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the user ID. This ID will be used as the owner of the Notes server files.
16. Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the group ID. This ID will be used as the group for the Notes server files.
17. Press TAB to review the configuration summary.
18. Press TAB to accept the configuration settings, or press ESC to reconfigure them.
19. After you press TAB, validation occurs. Review the validation information displayed on the screen (or in the validation log file).
20. Press TAB to continue the install, or press ESC to reconfigure.
21. When the installation program is complete, go to "Running the Notes Setup program."
Running the Notes Setup program
Use the following procedure to start and run the Notes Setup program, which installs the Notes data files.
1. Log in as the UNIX user account that will own the Notes server files.
2. Use the following syntax to invoke the Notes Setup program:
/opt/lotus/bin/notes
3. Select any features you want to install on the server, and make available to workstation users. You must install the user, Notes workstation, and Notes server data files for the Notes server to run.
4. Enter the path where you want the Notes server data files to reside. The Notes Setup program installs the notes.ini file in this directory. By default, the Notes server data files are installed in
<directory>
/notesr4, where
<directory>
specifies the user's home directory.
5. Click Install to begin installation.
6. Click Quit when the installation is complete. Notes automatically opens and the server Setup program begins. If you are installing the first server in an organization or domain, go to "Setting up Notes on the first UNIX server." Otherwise, for information on setting up additional servers, see Chapter 2 in the
Administrator's Gui
Closing the Help Lite database by either of these methods hangs Notes on any UNIX platform:
Pressing Ctrl + W - File - Close
Double clicking with the mouse on the minus sign on the top left corner of the window.
RN Body
NetWare Directory Services can be used on the following platforms:
NetWare 4.1
OS/2 using the Novell NetWare Client for OS/2
Windows NT using the Novell NetWare Client for Windows NT
Windows 3.x using the Novell NetWare Client for DOS/Windows
Windows 95 using Novell Client32
Required Software Base Levels for Novell NetWare IPX/SPX
RN Body
Operating Systems
Support
Novell Files
DOS, Windows 3.1x
Novell NetWare Client 16 V1.20B [VLM]
VLMKTx.EXE (x=1~5)
VLMUP4.EXE
DOS, Windows 3.1x
Novell NetWare Client 32 V2.10
DW32D1.EXE
CLTDR2.EXE
DWENU_N2.EXE
Windows 95
Novell NetWare Client 32 V2.11
C3295d_1.EXE
C3295D.EXE
95ENU_N2.EXE
Windows NT 3.51, 4.0
Novell NetWare Client 32 V3.5B
NT35B1.EXE
NT35B2.EXE
NTC6.EXE
NetWare Client for OS/2 V2.11
WSOS2X.EXE (x=1~3)
WSDRV1.EXE
OS2VMB.EXE
OS2UT1.EXE
OS2DC1.EXE
OS2C5.EXE
NetWare 3.12 and NetWare 4.1
Novell File Server hosting Lotus Notes
STRTL5.EXE
If you are running Windows 3.1, apply the following Novell updates:
WINDR3.EXE
NWDLL2.EXE
STRTL5.EXE is only required for NetWare 3.12 and NetWare 4.10 File Servers if the File Server is also hosting a Lotus Domino Server using IPX/SPX.
For Microsoft Windows NT and Windows 95, OnNet32 from FTP Software replaces the Microsoft WINSOCK.DLL. This version of the WINSOCK.DLL does not support the SPX Protocol and can cause problems. As a workaround, disable the SPX Port Driver or use Microsoft's TCP/IP stack on Windows 95 or Windows NT. Any protocol stack that replaces the WINSOCK.DLL and does not support the SPX protocol can cause this problem. You will receive the error
Non-standard Winsock extension. Function GetAddressByName ()
when running OnNet32's WINSOCK.DLL.
Novell does not support a NetWare Client for OS/2 Warp 4 Server at this time and so the Notes R4.13 IPX/SPX port driver is not supported on OS/2 Warp 4 Server.
Win-OS/2
The Lotus Notes SPX port driver only supports Windows Enhanced mode drivers. Windows Standard mode drivers are not supported. On Win-OS/2, Novell's IPX/SPX drivers are Windows Standard mode drivers. Any IPX/SPX environment that requires TBMI2.COM to be loaded uses Windows Standard Mode Drivers.
Note:
RN Body
Windows 95 and NWLink does not support Large SPX Packets with some NICs. This can cause problems on Token Ring Networks with IPX/SPX, generating the Notes error
Server Not Responding.
Network Operation Did Not Complete in a Reasonable Amount of Time.
Session to Server Lost.
Remote System is No Longer Responding.
As a workaround, use Novell Netware Client32 for Windows 95 and modify the LSL Buffer Size to 4138. This is a property of the NetWare Client32 available from the Windows 95 Control Panel and is the preferred choice for performance reasons. This fix is the c32ipx.exe patch from Novell and is available from:
ftp://ftp.novell.com/pub/netwire/nsd/c32ipx.exe
For further information on the status of this problem or other workarounds, please contact Lotus Support.
RN Body
In some environments, the Lotus Notes Server may drop out of the NetWare Bindery. Windows 95 may stop SAP-ing or advertising on a IPX/SPX network a Notes Server, resulting in the Notes Server dropping out of the NetWare Bindery. The Notes Workstations receive a
Server Not Found
error. If you examine the NetWare Bindery, it shows that the server is no longer present even though the Notes Server on Windows 95 is still running. To solve the problem, reboot the Windows 95 system. Microsoft is aware of this problem and is working to resolve it. If you experience this problem, contact Microsoft Support for the latest status or Lotus Support for any updates or workarounds.
RN Body
In some environments, the Lotus Notes Server's NDS object may not update correctly. The object may contain the correct attributes in one NDS partition/replica but not in others. Lotus and Novell are working to resolve this issue. Please contact Lotus Support for any updates. The Lotus Notes Server workaround is to enable Bindery Services and NDS Services within the Notes SPX Port Driver for both the Notes Workstations and Notes Servers.
NoteText
Notes API applications on Solaris have to be linked with the Solaris threads library. This means that "-lnotes" should be specified as part of the link command. A typical link command may look like this:
cc -o notesApp notesApp.o -lnotes -lthread
If your Notes API application mysteriously hangs as soon as you start it up, the cause could be that it was not linked with the Solaris threads library. If you do not have the option of simply linking your application again to fix the problem, a workaround is available. Before running the application set the environment variable LD_PRELOAD as follows:
This makes Solaris load libthread.so before any other shared library. Please note that defining LD_PRELOAD causes libthread.so to be loaded for any program that you run, not just Notes applications. So you may want to define LD_PRELOAD only for Notes API applications by providing appropriate wrappers.
In Release 4.13, you can use the Administration Process to rename a group in the Public Address Book. To initiate renaming a group, you select the Group document in the Public Address Book of the group you want to rename and choose Actions - Rename Group. The Administration Process responds as follows:
The Administration Process creates a "Rename Group" request in the Administration Requests database which replicates to all servers in the domain.
At the next Administration Process interval, the administration server for the Public Address Book responds to the request by changing the group name in a) all Public Address Book documents except Person documents and b) the access control lists (ACLs) of databases that designate the server as their administration server.
At the next Administration Process interval, each of the other servers in the domain that are designated as administration servers for databases respond to the request by updating the group name in the ACLs of those databases.
At the time when the Administration Process is scheduled to update Person documents, the administration server for the Public Address Book responds to the "Rename Group" request a second time by changing the group name in all Person documents in the Public Address Book.
Renaming a group using the Administration Process
To do this you must have at least Author with "Delete documents" access to the Public Address Book and Author
access to the Administration Requests database (ADMIN4.NSF).
Open the Public Address Book on a server. If you're doing this locally, specify the server name rather than "local."
Choose View - Groups and select the Group document for the group you want to rename.
Choose Actions - Rename Group and select Yes
Enter the new name, then click OK.
After the "Rename Group" request is processed on the Public Address Book administration server, type the following server console command to cause the server to immediately process the request again to update Person Documents:
tell adminp process
people
Force replication of the Public Address Book and Administration Requests database to the other servers in the domain.
On each of the other servers, type the following server console command to process immediately the "Rename Group" request on each server:
tell adminp process new
Details: Renaming a group using the Administration Process
It's important to complete steps 5 - 7 so that the new name is immediately reflected throughout all databases
Unlike user and server renaming, with group renaming there is no way to reconcile occurrences of both new and old names
The topic "Details: Making a multiple choice keywords field" in the
Application Developer's Guid
tes that keywords can contain numbers and punctuation characters. It fails to mention that the comma, reserved as a keyword separator character, is not allowed. If you enter a comma as part of a keyword definition, Notes displays an error message warning you to remove the character. If you generate the keyword list using an @DBLOOKUP or @DBCOLUMN formula, however, Notes does not generate an error but will not save a keyword value that contains a comma.
Launching an attachment on UNIX
If you have the application an attached file was created with, you can start the application directly from Notes and read the file.
Launching documents in UNIX is based on the Mime Specification (RFC1521) It is controlled by two files: the Mailcap file and the Mimetypes file. The Mimetypes file is a formatted file that associates a mime-type with certain file extensions. The mailcap file associates the mime-type with a UNIX command line where the "%s" will be replaced by the file name at run-time. See the sample files below.
Sample mime-type file
# Sample notes mime-type file
# Version 4.1.0
application/viewer gif jpg
Sample mailcap file
# Sample mailcap
# Version 4.1.0
application/viewer;myviewer %s;
The above example maps all files that have extensions of
".gif"
".jpg"
to be launched using the
"myviewer"
shell command in UNIX.
Notes uses the following directory search order to find these files:
Notes Data directory under the unix subdirectory
Users Home directory
System Global directory (usually /usr/local/mirage)-
In accordance with the Mime spec, personal launch files ( in the Notes Data directory and the user's home) must be named .mailcap and .mime-types. The system launch files do not require the initial "." and are named mailcap and mime-type respectively.
All commands in the mailcap file must have a complete path specified or that path must be located in the users PATH environment variable
You cannot launch attachments that have no extension on the filename.
When selecting files in the mail subdirectory from
File - Tools - Server Administration - Database Tools - Set Quotas
, the error
File does not exist
is displayed. To avoid this error, set the quotas on the server as local, or use the LotusScript NotesDatabase class property SizeQuota. See topic "SizeQuota property" in the
Programmer's Guide Part
IBM AIX
SPX support for AIX V4 is provided by the fileset ipx.rte, which is shipped on the AIX V4 Server CD, or by the SPX support in AIX Connections. The filesets for SPX support must be updated to the following levels for Notes R4.13:
AIX Server version
PTF Number
Synopsis
Version
V4.1.4
U445764
ipx.rte
4.1.4.11
AIX Connections (for AIX V4.1.4 and V4.1.5) must be updated to the following levels for Notes R4.13:
AIX V4.1.4
Patch Number (PTF)
Synopsis
Version Number
U447192
connect.protocols
4.1.4.7
U445530
connect.server.nwserve
4.1.4.8
U442705
connect.server.com
4.1.4.2
AIX V4.1.5
The following patches are needed to run SPX on AIX 4.1.5 and the Notes R4.13 server is in the process of being fully certified to use the SPX protocol on AIX 4.1.5.)
Patch Number (PTF)
Synopsis
Version Number
U442271
ipx.rte
4.1.5.0
U447411
connect.server.com
4.1.5.3
U447415
connect.protocols
4.1.5.1
U447397
connect.server.nwserve
4.1.5.2
Sun SPARC Solaris and Solaris Intel Edition
Apply the following patches to connect/NW 2.0.1:
Operating System
Patch
Solaris 2.5 and 2.5.1 for SPARC
104017-01
Solaris 2.5 for Intel Edition
104098-01
For Solaris Intel Edition, apply the latest Driver Update from Sun Microsystems, Inc.
HP HP-UX 10.01
Patch
Synopsis
Rationale
PHNE_6978 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/800 Systems only
fixes "setlocale()" in streams, needed for SPX
PHNE_6979 or current superseding patch
patch to HP9000/700 Systems only
fixes "setlocale()" in streams, needed for SPX
Users may encounter problems with Web Navigator on UNIX platforms.
Closing the "Database Views" window of web.nsf may cause Notes to
hang. T
his window is usually opened only when setting up the administration of a server. The
hang
can be avoided by either closing the main window of web.nsf before the "Database Views" window
or by closing the Notes client and then restarting it.
The installation program for Lotus Notes on UNIX workstations has changed slightly. Please use the following steps to install Lotus Notes on UNIX workstations.
Installing Notes to a single host
1. Make sure you complete the pre-install tasks for UNIX workstations before you begin the Install program.
2. Change to the directory containing the Install program, and then start the Install program.
For HP-UX, type:
./INSTALL\;1
For Sun Solaris and IBM AIX, type:
./install
3. Read the welcome screen and press TAB to continue.
4. Press TAB to accept the default of "Notes workstation" to install the Notes workstation software.
5. Press TAB to accept the default "Yes" to install all online documentation.
6. Press TAB to accept the default of "Install the software for use on the destination host(s)" to install the appropriate software for operating system of the destination host.
7. Press TAB to accept the default of "one computer."
8. To enter a different destination hostname other than the default, press ENTER, type the destination hostname, and press ENTER.
9. Press TAB to accept the destination hostname.
10. To enter a different destination path other than the default, press ENTER, type the destination path, and press ENTER.
11. Press TAB to accept the destination path.
12. Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the user ID. This ID will be used as the owner of the Notes workstation files.
13. Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the group ID. This ID will be used as the group for the Notes workstation files.
14. Press TAB to review the configuration summary.
15. Press TAB to accept the configuration settings, or press ESC to reconfigure.
16. If you press TAB, validation occurs. Review the validation information displayed on the screen (or in the validation log file).
17. Press TAB to continue the install, or press ESC to reconfigure.
18. When the installation is complete, go to "Running the Notes Setup program."
Installing Notes to multiple hosts
1. Make sure you complete the pre-install tasks for UNIX workstations before you begin the Install program.
2. Change to the directory containing the Install program, and then start the Install program.
For HP-UX, type:
./INSTALL\;1
For Sun Solaris and IBM AIX, type:
./install
3. Read the welcome screen and press TAB to continue.
4. Press TAB to accept the default of "Notes workstation" to install the Notes workstation software.
5. Press TAB to accept the default "Yes" to install all online documentation.
6. Press TAB to accept the default of "Install the software for use on the destination host(s)" to install the appropriate software for the operating system of the destination host.
7. Press the Spacebar to change the install setting to "more than one computer," and then press TAB to accept the setting.
8. Press ENTER, type the name of the file listing the destination hosts, and press ENTER.
9. Press TAB to accept the hostlist file name.
10. Do one of the following:
If the hostlist file exists, and you do not want to edit the file, press TAB to accept the default of "continue."
If the hostlist file does not exist, press TAB to accept the default of "Escape to a shell." Create or edit the hostlist file, type
, and press ENTER. Press TAB to accept the default of "continue."
If the hostlist file exists, and you want to edit it, press the Spacebar to change the setting to "Escape to a shell," edit the file and type
. Press ENTER and then press TAB to accept the default of "continue."
11. To enter a different destination path, press ENTER, type the destination path, and press ENTER.
12. Press TAB to accept the destination path.
13. Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the user ID. This ID will be used as the owner of the Notes workstation files.
14. Press TAB to accept the default "notes" as the group ID. This ID will be used as the group for the Notes workstation files.
15. Press TAB to review the configuration summary.
16. Press TAB to accept the configuration settings, or press ESC to reconfigure them.
17. After you press TAB, validation occurs. Review the validation information displayed on the screen (or in the validation log file).
18. Press TAB to continue the install, or press ESC to reconfigure.
19. When the installation is complete, go to "Running the Notes Setup program."
Setting up Notes on a UNIX workstation
After you select the components you want to install using the Notes Setup program, Notes opens automatically and the workstation Setup program begins. Use the following procedure to set up the workstation.
1. Select the type of connection your workstation uses to connect to Notes servers or choose "No connection to a server." If you plan to dial into a server from a remote location, select "Remote connection (via modem)" or "Network and remote connections."
2. Do the following:
If your administrator supplied your user ID to you in a file on your hard drive or on a disk, select "User ID supplied in a file."
If your administrator supplied your user ID to you in the Public Address Book, do not select "User ID supplied in a file."
Specify the correct file name for your user ID, and click OK.
3. If you see a message asking if you want your ID file copied to your data directory, click Yes.
4. If Notes asks for a password, type the user password that your administrator created for you, and then click OK.
5. If you chose "Network connection," do the following:
Type your full user name exactly as your Notes administrator registered you. If your user ID was supplied to you in a file, Notes automatically enters your name.
Type the full name of your home server exactly as your Notes administrator registered you.
Select the correct type of network protocol your workstation uses to connect to Notes servers. To change the default settings for the network type, click Setup. Change the settings and click OK. Click OK when you are finished setting up the network connection.
Continue with step 9 of this procedure.
6. If you chose "Remote connection (via modem)," do the following:
Type your full user name exactly as your Notes administrator registered you. If your user ID was supplied to you in a file, Notes automatically enters your name.
Type the full name of your home server exactly as your Notes administrator registered you.
Type the home server's phone number and a dialing prefix (if necessary). Do not enter any spaces or dashes between the numbers.
Select a modem type and modem port.
To change the default settings for the modem port, click Setup. Change the settings. To specify an acquire script, click Acquire Script. Select a script and edit it if necessary, and then click OK. Click OK when you are finished specifying the modem settings.
(Optional) Click Script to select a connect script for the modem and edit it if necessary. Then click OK.
Continue with step 9 of this procedure.
7. If you chose " Network and remote connections," do the following:
Type your full user name exactly as your Notes administrator registered you. If your user ID was supplied to you in a file, Notes automatically enters your name.
Type the full name of your home server exactly as your Notes administrator registered you.
Type the home server's phone number and a dialing prefix (if necessary). Do not enter any spaces or dashes between the numbers.
Select a modem type and modem port.
To change the default settings for the modem port, click Setup. Change the settings. To specify an acquire script, click Acquire Script. Select a script and edit it if necessary, and then click OK. Click OK when you are finished specifying the modem settings.
(Optional) Click Script to select a connect script for the modem and edit it if necessary. Then click OK.
Select the correct type of network protocol your workstation uses to connect to Notes servers. To change the default settings for the network type, click Setup. Change the settings and click OK. Click OK when you are finished setting up the network connection.
Specify how you want to connect to the server after completing the Setup program: by network or by modem port. Click OK.
Continue with step 9 of this procedure.
8. If you chose "No connection to a server," type your full user name exactly as your Notes administrator registered you. If your user ID was supplied to you in a file, Notes automatically enters your name. Select the License type and then click OK.
9. Select a time zone. Select "Observe Daylight Savings Time April-October" if appropriate. Click OK.
10. Click OK when the Notes workstation Setup program is complete.
11. If you are upgrading to a new release of Notes and you backed up any Notes data files, copy these files back to the Notes data directory.
12. Choose File - Exit Notes to quit Notes.
13. To restart Notes after you complete the Setup program, type
/opt/lotus/bin/notes
Patch Requirements
Notes R4.13 is supported on AIX V4.1.4 and V4.1.5. The level of your AIX system can be determined by entering:
oslevel
The output of the command should be:
4.1.4.0 or 4.1.5.0
The installed updates can be checked by entering:
oslevel -g 4.1.4.0
oslevel -g 4.1.5.0
AIX V4.1.4
Some of the base AIX V4.1 filesets must be updated to the following levels on AIX V4.1.4 to run Notes R4.13 for AIX. The PTF (U4xxxxx) numbers are provided as a reference when ordering these updates from your IBM Support Center. The updates can also be retrieved from the AIX Fixdist server at
http://service.software.ibm.com/www/support/aix
Patch Number
Synopsis
8" 08"
Version
U441121
bos.rte.streams
4.1.4.2
U441186
bos.adt.include
4.1.4.4
U441583
bos.sysmgt.serv_aid
4.1.4.5
U443360
bos.adt.prof
4.1.4.13
U443390
bos.rte.libs
4.1.4.11
U443813
bos.rte.libc
4.1.4.14
U444415
bos.net.tcp.client
4.1.4.16
U444061
bos.rte.tty
4.1.4.13
The following filesets (if installed) also need to be updated to the following levels as prerequisites for these fixes:
Patch Number
Synopsis
Version
U440895
bos.rte.security
4.1.4.2
U443030
devices.mca.8ef4
4.1.4.4
U443421
devices.mca.ffe1
4.1.4.8
U444115
bos.rte.mp
4.1.4.17
U444377
bos.rte.up
4.1.4.17
SPX Support (AIX)
The filesets for the specific License Program Product (LPP) must be updated to the following levels for Notes R4.13:
Platform
Patch Number
Synopsis
Version
NetBIOS and IPX/SPX for AIX V2.1
U445764
ipx.rte
4.1.4.11
AIX Connections
U442705
connect.server.com
4.1.4.2
U447192
connect.protocols
4.1.4.7
U445530
connect.server.nwserve
4.1.4.8
AIX V4.1.5
Some of the base AIX V4.1 filesets must be updated to the following levels on AIX V4.1.5 to run Notes R4.13 for AIX. The PTF (U4xxxxx) numbers are provided as a reference when ordering these updates from your IBM Support Center. The updates can also be retrieved from the AIX Fixdist server at
http://service.software.ibm.com/www/support/aix
Patch Number
Synopsis
Version
U446706
X11.Dt.lib
4.1.5.2
U446812
bos.net.nfs.client
4.1.5.1
U446810
bos.rte.lvm
4.1.5.3
U446245
bos.adt.prof
4.1.5.1
U446855
bos.rte.man
4.1.5.2
U446244
bos.rte.libc
4.1.5.1
U445109
devices.isa_sio.sa.rte
4.1.5.1
U446761
bos.rte.tty
4.1.5.2
U446701
devices.pci.00100100.rte
4.1.5.1
U445116
devices.pci.00100f00.rte
4.1.5.1
U445081
devices.pci.14101800.rte
4.1.5.1
U446247
devices.pci.14105400.X11
4.1.5.1
U446708
devices.pci.14105400.rte
4.1.5.2
U445070
devices.pci.14105e00.X11
4.1.5.1
U446745
devices.pci.14105e00.rte
4.1.5.2
U445032
devices.pcmcia.serial.com
4.1.5.1
The following filesets (if installed) also need to be updated to the following levels as prerequisites for these fixes:
Patch Number
Synopsis
Version
U446817
bos.rte.mp
4.1.5.3
U446869
bos.rte.up
4.1.5.3
SPX Support (AIX
The following patches are needed to run SPX on AIX 4.1.5 and the Notes R4.13 server is in the process of being fully certified to use the SPX protocol on AIX 4.1.5).
The filesets for the specific License Program Product (LPP) must be updated to the following levels for Notes R4.13:
Platform
Patch Number
Synopsis
Version
NetBIOS and IPX/SPX for AIX V2.1
U442271
ipx.rte
4.1.5.0
AIX Connections
U447411
connect.server.com
4.1.5.3
U447415
connect.protocols
4.1.5.1
U447397
connect.server.nwserve
4.1.5.2
Workarounds (AIX)
If the TCP/IP hostnames or aliases for Notes servers are resolved using the /etc/hosts file (rather than using a DNS name server or NIS), then the NSORDER environment variable must be set in your environment before starting Notes by using the following command:
[ksh]
export NSORDER=bind_r,nis_r,local_r
[csh]
export NSORDER bind_r,nis_r,local_r
Basic
Obtain and install the following patches from Sun Microsystems, Inc.:
Patch Number
Synopsis
103581-01
/kernal/drv/tcp patch
103631-01
ip and ifconfig patch
Sun SPARC Solaris is certified using Common Desktop Environment for UNIX and Motif X11 R4 and R5.
Obtain and install the following patches from Sun Microsystems, Inc.:
Patch Number
Synopsis
103566-07
OpenWindows 3.5.1 : Xsun Jumbo patch
103582-01
/kernel/drv/tcp patch
103630-01
ip and ifconfig patch
Sun SPARC Solaris is certified using Common Desktop Environment for UNIX and Motif X11 R4 and R5.
When using Notes and ODBC/API with a DB/2 connection, problems occur if both applications use NetBIOS. This is the result of an architectural limit with NetBIOS. The problem stems from running two separate NetBIOS applications within one single OS process. Neither of the two applications recognize the other, and the use of the NetBIOS RESET command will
reset
the other applications connections depending on which one is started first. The way to work around this issue is for one application to use some other protocol such as TCP/IP rather than NetBIOS.
Note
This is not limited to just DB/2 and Notes. Any other NetBIOS application and Notes could have the same issues.
The only Notes Port drivers that isue the NetBIOS RESET command are NetBIOS for NT only and IBMEENB for OS/2.
02/13/97 01:50:48 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus
02/13/97 01:49:56 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted role CreateDoc
02/13/97 01:49:52 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted role Privilege 5
02/13/97 01:49:49 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted role Privilege 4
02/13/97 01:49:47 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted role Privilege 3
02/13/97 01:49:45 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted role Privilege 2
02/13/97 01:49:43 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted role Privilege 1
02/13/97 01:49:37 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus updated -Default-
02/13/97 01:48:03 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus updated OtherDomainServers
02/13/97 01:47:12 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus added OtherDomainServers
02/13/97 01:46:44 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus added LocalDomainServers
02/13/97 01:46:20 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted Singapore/SIN/H/Lotus
02/13/97 01:46:19 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted Parallan/CAM/Notes
02/13/97 01:46:16 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted HUBS_INTER_DOMAIN
02/13/97 01:46:14 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted Derek E Bambauer/CAM/Lotus
02/13/97 01:46:13 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted Daytona/CAM/Notes
02/13/97 01:46:12 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted CURIUM/CAM/H/Lotus
02/13/97 01:46:10 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus deleted Bonnie Fournier/CAM/Lotus
12/30/96 05:40:12 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus added HUBS_INTER_DOMAIN
12/30/96 05:39:39 PM Judith C Blostein/CAM/Lotus added CURIUM/CAM/H/Lotus
rivilege 1
rivilege 2
rivilege 3
rivilege 4
rivilege 5
reateDoc
-Default-
es E B
LocalDomainServers
OtherDomainServers
ViewSection
ViewSectionAssign this topic to a topic group.3
Use DatabasesUse ViewsUse DocumentsSearch for InformationUse MailPrint Documents and ViewsKeep Notes SecureShare Information With Other ApplicationsUse Notes Away from a NetworkDesign Notes DatabasesManage Notes DatabasesAdminister Notes Servers---Where is this Release 3 command?What are the important new features?What changed at the last minute?How do I upgrade my site to Release 4?----Things you do before startingThings you do every dayThings you do frequentlyOther things-----About NotesSetting Up NotesStarting & Stopping NotesAbout Other Notes Documentation------About MenusAbout the SmartIcons PaletteAbout WindowsAbout FoldersAbout Split PanesAbout the Status Bar-------SmartIcon ShortcutsMouse ShortcutsKeyboard Shortcuts--------About ScriptingLotusScript BasicsLotusScript Reference----------@Functions Basics@Functions Reference@Commands Basics@Comands Reference---------About MessagesAbout Customer SupportList of Messagest
a. How Do I?b. What's New?c. Top 10 Taskse. Search IndexRef a. Setting UpRef b. WorkspaceRef c. ShortcutsRef d. ScriptingRef e. @FunctionsRef f. Troubleshooting.
a. How Do I?b. What's New?c. Top 10 Taskse. Search IndexRef a. Setting UpRef b. WorkspaceRef c. ShortcutsRef d. ScriptingRef e. @FunctionsRef f. Troubleshooting.
a. How Do I?b. What's New?c. Top 10 Taskse. Search IndexRef a. Setting UpRef b. WorkspaceRef c. ShortcutsRef d. ScriptingRef e. @FunctionsRef f. Troubleshooting.
a. How Do I?b. What's New?c. Top 10 Taskse. Search IndexRef a. Setting UpRef b. WorkspaceRef c. ShortcutsRef d. ScriptingRef e. @FunctionsRef f. Troubleshooting.
a. How Do I?b. What's New?c. Top 10 Taskse. Search IndexRef a. Setting UpRef b. WorkspaceRef c. ShortcutsRef d. ScriptingRef e. @FunctionsRef f. Troubleshooting.
Use DatabasesUse ViewsUse DocumentsSearch for InformationUse MailPrint Documents and ViewsKeep Notes SecureShare Information With Other ApplicationsUse Notes Away from a NetworkDesign Notes DatabasesManage Notes DatabasesAdminister Notes Servers---Where is this Release 3 command?What are the important new features?What changed at the last minute?How do I upgrade my site to Release 4?----Things you do before startingThings you do every dayThings you do frequentlyOther things-----About NotesSetting Up NotesStarting & Stopping NotesAbout Other Notes Documentation------About MenusAbout the SmartIcons PaletteAbout WindowsAbout FoldersAbout Split PanesAbout the Status Bar-------SmartIcon ShortcutsMouse ShortcutsKeyboard Shortcuts--------About ScriptingLotusScript BasicsLotusScript Reference-
(fixed)Duplicate information - see New Features section (CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=Lotus)
......New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
(fixed)Operating System Versions No Longer Certified with 4.12 (CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=Lotus)
(fixed)more details & twisted words (CN=Thomas Gumz/OU=CAM/O=Lotus)
Application Design Issues\PC Platforms&
(fixed)Operating System Versions Newly Certified for 4.12 (CN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=Lotus)
......Welcome to Lotus Notes 4.13
02 New Operating System Versions
New Operating System Versions
01 Welcome
Welcome
04 New Enhancements
New Enhancements
UNIX Platforms
......New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
Application Design Issues\PC Platforms
......Welcome to Lotus Notes 4.13
......New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
Application Design Issues\PC Platforms
......Welcome to Lotus Notes 4.13
Section
Section
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
Indent
Subject
Indent
Subject
Subject
3S4S6S10S12S13S15S16S17S19S23S25S26S28S32S34S35S
Book$15Doc_Number$18$19$Conflict$REF$C1$
01 What's new?
Viewt
L1S5S7S8S6
Book$15Doc_Number$19
......"
02 New Operating System Versions
New Operating System Versions
06 Application Design Issues
......Buttons
01 Welcome
Welcome
......Server
02 Workstation Caveats"
Workstation Caveats\PC Platforms
......Workspace
04 New Enhancements
New Enhancements
......LS:DO!
New Enhancements\UNIX Platforms
......Web Navigator
......LotusScript
......Client
......Install
......LAN/WAN
......Client/Workstationk
Copying Bit
Clipboard...
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
SMTP TCP/IP Port Hangs in Windows NT 3.51
Installing Notes R4 on a UNIX Workstation
About Running Notes R4 and R3 on the Same System
Customizing a Notes for Windows Installation
Server Names in Public Address Book
New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
Installing Notes R4 on a Workstation with OS/2
Client and Server System Requirements
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
Changing the Location Document to a Different Domain
Lotus Organizer
2.1 Group Scheduling
Lotus Notes R4.13 Directory Structure
About R4/R3 Workstation Interoperability
Unable to Route Mail if Port Name in Server Document Is Blank
Upgrading Your Web Navigator Template
Client and Server System Requirements
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
Changing the Location Document to a Different Domain
Lotus Organizer
2.1 Group Scheduling
Lotus Notes R4.13 Directory Structure
About R4/R3 Workstation Interoperability
Unable to Route Mail if Port Name in Server Document Is Blank
:aY2T
Upgrading Your Web Navigator Template
v>(U`
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
SMTP TCP/IP Port Hangs in Windows NT 3.51
Installing Notes R4 on a UNIX Workstation
About Running Notes R4 and R3 on the Same System
Customizing a Notes for Windows Installation
Server Names in Public Address Book
New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
Installing Notes R4 on a Workstation with OS/2
Client and Server System Requirements
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
Changing the Location Document to a Different Domain
Lotus Organizer
2.1 Group Scheduling
Lotus Notes R4.13 Directory Structure
About R4/R3 Workstation Interoperability
Unable to Route Mail if Port Name in Server Document Is Blank
Upgrading Your Web Navigator Template
Viewers Supported in Notes Release 4.13
Invalid Notes_ExecDirectory Variable
Location Documents and Encrypting Saved Mail
@DbCommand, @DbColumn, and @DbLookup in "ODBC" and "DLENS" classes
Installing as a Network Resource to Fileservers For Use by Other Hosts
Multiple Notes Clients on One Workstation
About R4/R3 Server Interoperability
International Language Input and Display
International Language Input and Display
SMTP TCP/IP Port Hangs in Windows NT 3.51
Installing Notes R4 on a UNIX Workstation
About Running Notes R4 and R3 on the Same System
Customizing a Notes for Windows Installation
Server Names in Public Address Book
New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
Installing Notes R4 on a Workstation with OS/2
Client and Server System Requirements
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
Changing the Location Document to a Different Domain
Lotus Organizer
2.1 Group Scheduling
Lotus Notes R4.13 Directory Structure
About R4/R3 Workstation Interoperability
Unable to Route Mail if Port Name in Server Document Is Blank
Upgrading Your Web Navigator Template
Viewers Supported in Notes Release 4.13
Invalid Notes_ExecDirectory Variable
Location Documents and Encrypting Saved Mail
@DbCommand, @DbColumn, and @DbLookup in "ODBC" and "DLENS" classes
Installing as a Network Resource to Fileservers For Use by Other Hosts
Multiple Notes Clients on One Workstation
About R4/R3 Server Interoperability
International Language Input and Display
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
Unable to Route Mail if Port Name in Server Document Is Blank
Upgrading Your Web Navigator Template
v>(U`
Viewers Supported in Notes Release 4.13
@DbCommand, @DbColumn, and @DbLookup in "ODBC" and "DLENS" classes
Y\]))
UNIX Workstation Cross-platform Issues
Web Navigator Administrator's Guide
VB"dF
@DbCommand, @DbColumn, and @DbLookup in "ODBC" and "DLENS" classes
R3 Workstation Unable to Access NDS Servers
R4 Workstations and R3 Home Servers
Solaris, NLM and SPX/SPXII Configurations
Y\]))
UNIX Workstation Cross-platform Issues
Web Navigator Administrator's Guide
Installing Notes R4 on a UNIX Workstation
Installing Notes R4 on a Workstation with OS/2
Invalid Notes_ExecDirectory Variable
Installing as a Network Resource to Fileservers For Use by Other Hosts
\X9_v
International Language Input and Display
Location Documents and Encrypting Saved Mail
Lotus Notes R4.13 Directory Structure
Lotus Organizer
2.1 Group Scheduling
?]4l4
Information about Additional Items on the CD-ROM
Pw#\~
Multiple Notes Clients on One Workstation
Installing Notes R4.13 on a Workstation with Windows
Installing to Multiple Destination Hosts
Installing Notes Servers on UNIX Platforms
1\vfk
Multiple choice keyword field correction
Installing Lotus Notes on UNIX Workstations
Multiple Notes Clients on One Workstation
About R4/R3 Server Interoperability
International Language Input and Display
About R4 Workstation and R3 Server Interoperability
Digital Alpha/Windows NT Notes Server
R3 Workstation Unable to Access NDS Servers
About Custom Web Navigator Templates
R4 Workstations and R3 Home Servers
Information about Additional Items on the CD-ROM
Solaris, NLM and SPX/SPXII Configurations
Creating a Distribution Area (copydist)
Novell Netware IPX/SPX for Digital Alpha / Windows NT
Installing Notes R4.13 on a Workstation with Windows
UNIX Workstation Cross-platform Issues
Installing to Multiple Destination Hosts
Changing Read Access List on Macintosh
Creating a Diskette Set for Installing Notes for the Macintosh
Accessing R4 Databases from Notes R3
Web Navigator Administrator's Guide
About Notes Platform Interoperability
Certification Log and Notes License Types
Installing Notes Servers on UNIX Platforms
Novell NetWare IPX/SPX Port Driver for Windows 95 and TokenRing
Notes Server running IPX/SPX and Windows 95 / NWLink
Notes API applications on Solaris
About renaming a group using the Administration Process
Multiple choice keyword field correction
Installing Lotus Notes on UNIX Workstations
tor's Guide
About Notes Platform Interoperability
Certification Log and Notes License Types
SMTP TCP/IP Port Hangs in Windows NT 3.51
Installing Notes R4 on a UNIX Workstation
About Running Notes R4 and R3 on the Same System
Customizing a Notes for Windows Installation
Server Names in Public Address Book
New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
Installing Notes R4 on a Workstation with OS/2
Client and Server System Requirements
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
Changing the Location Document to a Different Domain
Lotus Organizer
2.1 Group Scheduling
Lotus Notes R4.13 Directory Structure
About R4/R3 Workstation Interoperability
Unable to Route Mail if Port Name in Server Document Is Blank
Upgrading Your Web Navigator Template
Viewers Supported in Notes Release 4.13
Invalid Notes_ExecDirectory Variable
Location Documents and Encrypting Saved Mail
@DbCommand, @DbColumn, and @DbLookup in "ODBC" and "DLENS" classes
Installing as a Network Resource to Fileservers For Use by Other Hosts
About Custom Web Navigator Templates
About R4 Server and R3 Workstation Interoperability
About R4 Workstation and R3 Server Interoperability
About R4/R3 Server Interoperability
About R4/R3 Workstation Interoperability
About Running Notes R4 and R3 on the Same System
About Setting the ACL in the Address Book
Changing the Location Document to a Different Domain
Client and Server System Requirements
Customizing a Notes for Windows Installation
Digital Alpha/Windows NT Notes Server
v'|AU`Z
:aY2T
Creating a Distribution Area (copydist)
Changing Read Access List on Macintosh
Creating a Diskette Set for Installing Notes for the Macintosh
Accessing R4 Databases from Notes R3
About Notes Platform Interoperability
Certification Log and Notes License Types
About renaming a group using the Administration Process
VB"dF
ZL?*d
R3 Workstation Unable to Access NDS Servers
R4 Workstations and R3 Home Servers
Server Does Not Recognize When Call Terminates
Server Names in Public Address Book
SMTP TCP/IP Port Hangs in Windows NT 3.51
Solaris, NLM and SPX/SPXII Configurations
Novell Netware IPX/SPX for Digital Alpha / Windows NT
New Operating System Versions in Notes Release 4.13
m*aD#
Novell NetWare IPX/SPX Port Driver for Windows 95 and TokenRing
Notes Server running IPX/SPX and Windows 95 / NWLink
(.txt)